Category: Webinars Collection

  • 07/17/2026 – Cancer Scientist – This Common Daily Diet May Be Feeding Cancer! – Thomas Seyfried

    You have an envelope in front of you there that says confidential on the front of it. What is in that envelope? It’s a paper that’s under embargo because the world thinks it’s going to be very important and it’s going to be a lead article in the frontiers in science because this is a strategy to manage cancer effectively and we have a lot of evidence to keep these people alive a hell of a lot longer. We have given hope to the hopeless and you have a perspective on treating cancer and other metabolic diseases that others don’t have. Yes. But the problem is the field doesn’t understand what I’m saying about the origin of cancer. So everything comes back to mitochondria and all chronic diseases in cancer are the result of damage to this. And the science is telling us this. But the field of cancer has yet to accept it. That is a tragedy. Are you pissed off about this? Well, who wouldn’t be? There’s 1,700 people a day in this country dying from cancer. That’s 70 an hour. And it gets worse every single year. When is the people going to wake up? So give me a prescription of how I should live my life to keep my mitochondria healthy. So it all comes down to what you do to maintain the health and vitality of the mitochondria that reduce the risk. But we are now in a new environment where we have massive amounts of highly processed carbohydrates, inactivity, emotional stress, poor sleep habits and you chronically damage this organel. And then if you look at the domestic dog, cancer is the number one killer of the domestic dog. But wolves in the wild rarely have cancer. But the wolf is out running around eating natural foods. Yet the dog is in an apartment somewhere, gets a dog walker once a day, right? And the next thing the dog is obese and full of cancer. And I want to give people actionable things that they can think about. So this is what’s really important. This is a bioenergetic road map to health. This is what we call the zone of prevention. It’s very hard to get cancer or chronic diseases when you’re in these zones. So let’s talk about that. So this is super interesting to me. My team given me this report to show me how many of you that watch this show subscribe. And some of you have told us according to this that you are unsubscribed from the channel randomly. So favor to ask all of you, please could you check right now if you’ve hit the subscribe button if you are a regular viewer of the show and you like what we do here. We’re approaching quite a significant landmark on this show in terms of a subscriber number. So, if there was one simple free thing that you could do to help us, my team, everyone here, to keep this show free, to keep it improving year over year and week over week, it is just to hit that subscribe button and to double check if you’ve hit it. Only thing I’ll ever ask of you. Do we have a deal? If you do it, I’ll tell you what I’ll do. I’ll make sure every single week, every single month, we fight harder and harder and harder and harder to bring you the guests and conversations that you want to hear. I’ve stayed true to that promise since the very beginning of the Dio, and I will not let you down. Please help us. Really appreciate it. Let’s get on with the show.

    Professor Thomas Seaff Freed, what is it that you’ve committed your life to doing, Thomas? Well, we’re right now committed our lives to managing cancer effectively uh without toxicity which is based on based on the science that I and other others have done in this field. You have a perspective on treating cancer and other metabolic diseases that others don’t have. the mainstream should I say. Oh yeah. Well, mainstream doesn’t have it for sure. But it’s based on science. I mean I’m my work is based on what Otto Werberg the famous German scientist said from the 1920s30s and 40s. He clearly showed that cancer was a mitochondrial metabolic disease. What does that mean mitochondrial metabolic disease? Okay. It means that the origin of the disease resides in the organel called the mitochondrian. It’s it’s in the cytoplasm of the cell. It used to be called still is the the powerhouse of the cell. Gives the cell the energy. I think we have a mitochondria. Could one of my team bring in a mitochondria? Well, this is you have a a mitochondria here. Oh, here we go. You got one each here. Yeah. Well, see this is the little organel that you see. It looks like a bean shape, but it’s actually a tubular network. These are tubes and they respond dynamically inside the cell to uh both internal uh activities as well as external activities. So you have to realize that at the time of conception uh all of the mitochondria for the developing embryo are in the cytoplasm from the mother. The cytoplasm the mitochondria are not in the nucleus. They’re in the cytool. outside of the outside of the nuke but in the cell body itself. So all of the mitochondria they determine our destiny. They will determine how long you will live on the planet if if you don’t have an unfortunate accident or something like this. They have an expiration date. Different species die at different times. You don’t find people living 400 years. Mice live about 2 and a half years. Elephants live, you know, as long as we do or whatever. But that’s all determined by this organel. So you can see I have wrinkles and this kind of thing. This is from living on the planet and this is from wear and tear on this organel which allows us to make energy efficiently. So when this organel starts to falter with age uh you die you die from old age. This organel has to be protected and respected if you would like to live a normal lifespan. But in diets and lifestyles and way we are today we we we damage this organel and this organel then can present itself damage to this organel which is a tubular network inside the cell. But let me say something else. It not only controls the internal environment of the cell. It also controls the neighboring cells. The liver neighborhood, the lung neighborhood, the colon neighborhood, the brain neighborhood, the gleal neighborhood, the neuron neighborhood. But they’re all come from the same origin. in that cytoplasm and they determine the overall metabolic health of your body. It’s a systemic they communicate uh with each other across cells across tissues. I’ll tell you this organel controls a lot of what goes what that nucleus does. It tells the cell when to divide. It tells the cell when to slow down. It’s kind of like a brain but also like an engine room. It’s kind of like that. Certainly. Certainly the brain part of it is really mysterious uh in the sense of of how it controls the destiny of the cell in the body. So sickness sickness disease cancer what do we know about the role that this little thing plays in these chronic diseases and illnesses and cancers that so many people suffer with? Yeah. Well, this is the organel that becomes damaged. Um and it can be damaged in many many different ways. uh for cancer is what we have spent a lot of our time on and now we’ve moved into the whole chronic disease issue because each each chronic disease can have different manifestations of ill health to the mitochondria in a particular population of cells. But in the case of cancer which is what we call the most serious of the chronic diseases creating the most trauma uh the most emotional distress but we have clearly shown based on on many many works that any multiple things from our environment can damage this organel in a particular population of cells in a particular organ. For example, when you talk about carcinogens, it’s a chemical that causes cancer. How does that chemical cause cancer? It damages the proteins and the lipids. These little squiggles are delicate internal membranes. They they contain the proteins and the lipids that allows us to generate energy when we breathe. Okay, you’re breathing. I’m breathing. I take in oxygen. Oxygen serves as a kind a a final acceptor for electrons that allows ATP uh to come out of this little and don’t forget it’s a tubular network and ATP is the energy currency. It’s the chemical energy currency. It allows us to enzymes to work allow allows all the metabolic machinery inside of a cell to work optimally. So just to play this back to you so I know I’m clear. Oxygen comes in because I breathe in. I then eat food in in that mitochondria. It does a process and it spits out ATP as the energy. Well, and and the waste products of a good energy metabolism would be CO2 and water. So, when we burn gasoline in an engine of a car, we break down the octane, the carbon hydrogen bonds in an octane and and we have an internal explosion that drives pistons. Okay? The exhaust is a lot of waste products uh from breaking down the minor that we’re doing the same thing inside the cell. are combusting carbon hydrogen bonds and that combustion of carbon hydrogen bonds is a graded process. So it’s not an immediate explosion. It’s a it’s a you’re you’re breaking down the carbon hydrogen bonds in a very precise way producing ATP which then drives the entire machinery of the neurons and the rest of the body. It can respond dramatically to energetic stress, emotional stress. Anyway, I gave you an example of a carcinogen uh intermittent hypoxia like people who have sleep apnea, they stop breathing for 30 seconds or more in that general and then they that creates rust RO and that’s what carcinogens do ROS. These are called reactive oxygen species. They damage those delicate membranes and then what happens if it’s too acute, too stressful, the whole cell will die. the cell loses its energy and we get uh apoptosis or necrosis cell death. But if it’s gradual chronic over years, months, years, this organel loses its ability to produce sufficient energy. But the the cell compensates interestingly enough by using these ancient pathways, heirlooms of our evolutionary past. So um because all life on the planet evolved in in oxygen but without oxygen in the dark uh these cells grew like crazy. There was no they were single cells. They unbridled proliferation and all this kind of stuff. They didn’t have mitochondria. They had bacteria and the bacteria which this organel came from was a fusion between one cell uh that had a nucleus and and was was fermenting through the cytoplasm and this bacteria which is the mitochondria came in and now you have two different forms of energy. You have um the energy in the cytoplasm, the ancient fermentation, and then you have this new form which can take in oxygen and generate energy much much more efficiently than the airlumic. Listen, one of our big discoveries if you can believe it. But you see that space in the middle there? Yeah, that’s called the matrix and that’s where the KB cycle, the TCA cycle, which breaks down the food that we eat. But they have an ancient part of a fermentation mechanism inside because before oxygen came every all life forms were fermenttors. They they produced energy without oxygen because there was no oxygen. We had to wait for those bacteria to make oxygen through a photosynthetic process. But all organisms were fermenttors in the beginning after this organel came in and was able to take in oxygen make energy really really quick. But in that matrix they have a uh in the cycle there’s a little pathway there that makes energy without oxygen from the evolutionary past. So we have it in the cytoplasm of the cell because they can use they can ferment in the cytoplasm. But this organ that our big discovery with the work of of Christoopols from semlice university he’s the world leader on that little pathway. When this organel becomes impaired, these ancient pathways of energy through fermentation arise. Okay, they they try to replace the lost energy from the efficiency of this organel. That space starts throwing out ATP from glutamine. It’s another fermentation fuel and and it’s making it’s making ancient energy in the sophisticated organel that was that was that that evolved to make efficient energy. So let me let me tell you. So you get you ask me what about damaging this organel and what happens if the damage to oxidative phosphorilation what does that mean which means energy through oxygen is too acute the cell will die cyanide is a a perfect example of this. You take a mouse or a rat or a person and you drink Kool-Aid, the cyanide laced Kool-Aid, you die because what happens is that cyanide binds to the protein that’s going to um um use oxygen for energy and the whole system shuts down. Suffocates you basically. Yeah. You die in instantly. Um and there are other things that can kill uh can kill uh quickly aid and a variety of other chemicals but for chronic diseases it’s usually u not an acute stress on this organel it’s a it’s a chronic stress and in cancer what happens in a particular tissue whether it’s bone lung bladder brain they gradually compensate with these ancient fermentation pathways so so this thing this organel cell signals to the nucleus I’m suffocate I’m not getting enough energy. Um so the nucleus turns on the transporters on the surface of the cell to bring in fuels that will elevate energy through what we call uh oxygen independent mechanisms. This is an oxygen dependent organel. This gets most of its energy because we breathe, all of our cells are using oxygen. And the CO2 that we’re blowing out and the water that will be collected in the form of urine when you might put uh other waste products in there, that’s efficient metabolic homeostasis. This organel makes not only the cell but the whole body in a state of of metabolic homeostasis where all systems are working at optimal efficiency. But with chronic disruption, uh, smoking, uh, lack of exercise, you can go right down the list of all of the different things that can elicit cancer, any kind of carcinogens, microplastics, forever chemicals, uh, uh, uh, glyphosate, and any of these kinds of things that would chronically damage uh, the ability of this organel to produce energy. Viruses, ankcoenic viruses, inflammation. you have chronic inflammation. Any of those things damage this the sophisticated ability of this organel to produce sufficient energy. That’s why that’s why um uh the ankcogenic paradox which we solved. What’s the ankcogenic paradox? That was the paradox that was first put out by Albert St. Gorgi Hungarian uh scientist who received the Nobel Prize I think for vitamin C. He said he said he was very interested in cancer and living systems. He said there’s a paradox. He said we know multiple things in the environment can elicit cancer. We’ve identified these ankcogenic viruses, chronic inflammation, carcinogens, intermittent hypoxia, rare rare germline mutations. He said we don’t understand the common pathophysiological mechanism by which any of those provocative agents would elicit disregulated cell growth which is cancer. When you talk about cancer, what do people say what is cancer? It’s cell division out of control. It’s disregulated cell growth. This organel determines when cells should divide and when they should not divide. It regulates the destiny of the cell. So what happens when this organel becomes chronically impaired? It falls back on these ancient pathways, these or or these or um uh pathways that existed before oxygen came into the environment where all the cells were disregulated in the growth because they didn’t have this regulatory system which is the mitochondria coming from a from a bacteria. So let me play that back to you in a way just so I you know make sure I understand. I I know it can be kind of deep. Okay. So in this mitochondria here that I have in front of me, there is an ancient um because this came from the bacteria a fusion of bacteras a long long time ago. Old bacteria about several billion years ago used to be very selfish and just think about itself. It used to grow on its own and didn’t communicate with anybody. Had its own way of growing and multiplying that was really not um in cohesion with anything else. That is still in there somewhere. And although now in its modern form because there’s been that fusion it grows thinking about the wider organism um when it becomes damaged it falls back on that old selfish way of growing and sometime and that’s kind of what can cause cancers. So if you if there’s stresses on this which could be all of the car carogenic things you described then sometimes this falls back on that prehistoric selfish way of growing where it doesn’t think about the wider organism. It’s close um um in the sense of thinking we don’t know about that we just know the consequences of what happens when it falls back on those ancient pathways. Now here’s the situation. People knew from Otto Warberg said cancer is a energy problem in the cell. This why would the cells start to ferment and produce a massive amount of fermentation waste product which is lactic acid. Even in the presence of oxygen, 100% oxygen, they’re still fermenting. Why? That shouldn’t happen. Uh when you and I hold our breath or have a heart attack, let me tell you something. This is really remarkable and this is another piece of information that got us on this whole thing. When people have heart attacks, uh they stop breathing, the heart seizes, okay, the bloodstream immediately fills with these fermentation waste products which are lactic acid and the other one which we now know is suinic acid. Okay. Wow. These two waste products. Now, if you don’t start breathing in a short period of time, you’re going to be dead. Mhm. And you and what you die because the neurons in your brain cannot sustain this kind of fermentation energy for very long. As soon as you the heart you you give them cardiac massage and whatever the guy’s heart starts beating again. The lack the waste products of lactic acid and suinic acid go away. They disappear because you’re breathing now. You don’t need to ferment when you have oxygen in the environment. And it’s and the mitochondria can can utilize the oxygen in the environment. cancer cells to Warberg said it’s the weirdest thing. These cancer cells um continue to ferment even in 100% of oxygen. Why are they doing that? And he speculated that this organel was damaged. Irre irreversible damage to the organel happened in these cancer cells. He didn’t have an electron microscope at the time. He didn’t have the sophisticated tools that we have today. So he projected that all on biochemistry at that time. He was a biochemist and he said you don’t should not produce fermentation if you have oxygen should shut that off and these guys should return to a normal metabolic homeostasis. And he said that’s because there’s something irreplace irre irreversibly damaged in this organel. So a lot of people attacked him and they said oh we don’t have any evidence for that. Here’s the beautiful thing. Some cancer cells continue to take in oxygen and make ATP. Therefore Warberg must be wrong. Uhhuh. We showed that that we showed the cancer cell takes in oxygen, but it’s not making energy through ATP in any great amount. It’s using it for ROS react these radicals that further damage and cause the DNA mutations that everybody is chasing. It’s all downstream effects of damage. So what does this what does this mean in simple terms? Because I’m aware a lot of my Well, it means I say, okay, so so I have disregulated cell growth. That’s ultimately what the problem we’re dealing with. We can’t control how these cells are dividing. We’re throwing all kinds of crazy stuff at them. Trying to poison or radiate surgically remove them. We’re trying to do everything to stop this disregulated cell growth. Mhm. So when we look at this organel under the micro under the electron microscope, we find these cry are often missing. You have what they call ghost mitochondria. You got the shell but nothing inside or if they’re inside, they’re all deformed. So we know there’s a foundational principle in biology. Structure determines function. If the structure is abnormal, the function will be abnormal. This is known to all biologists except oncologists. They don’t seem to understand it. What’s an oncologist? Those are the people who study cancer. So, what are you then? I’m a biologist. You’re a biologist. Yeah. I mean, when we know that if the organel is damaged, you’re not going to be able to produce energy efficiently by oxidative phosphorilation. Okay. I think you’re a bit further down the road, Thomas, than a lot of my viewers are. for me hearing that there’s this energy engine in my cells that and there’s trillions of them or billions of them and they also communicate with each other and when this becomes stressed or hurt or damaged because of lifestyle choices that I make energy production and inefficiency will change and that could cause this to die or malfunction in some way that is for me I go I’ve got it okay that’s a major step forward now we build upon that yes now we build upon that. Okay. So, so here’s the situation. We’ve discussed cancer cells. All of them that we have ever looked at have defects in the number, structure, and function of that organel. Okay. I have looked at I published that big paper where I spent uh over a year of my time going through the ancient the well the early electron microscopy literature. Warberg didn’t have that opportunity because that technology was not there for him. So he speculated that based on the biochemistry but I went back and I looked at these um electron microraphs of mitochondria in various cancers and they’re all damaged. There is few of them that risk Christ are gone. I work with some of the best like Aris Aris Mendy Marillo uh who is a world leader in beautiful electron microscopy of of cancer cells and you can see and and all the damage uh under his magnificently beautiful and one we have a couple of papers but let me tell you something else Stephen in the cytoplasm these organels are also in contact with other cellular membranes like the endopplasmic reticulum there’s a lot of we call organels inside a cell you have the nucleus you have the mitochondrian you you you have lossomes. There’s intimate contacts between some of the other membranes, mitochondrial associated membranes we see and they’re also abnormal when you look at them under the electron microscope. The ones it’s talking to are abnormal. Yeah. The ones you can see the the mitochondria are abnormal and the membranes that contact them are abnormal. And that intimate contact uh I’ll get into the calcium signaling a little bit later which controls the destiny of the cell. Why the cell is growing out of control? Well, first of all, it’s fermenting. Okay, that means it’s getting energy from sources other than oxidative phosphorilation. You can take a cancer cell and and treat it with cyanide or aid or in absence of and it’s still living. It’s still growing because it’s not using the oxygen pump. They’re not using the oxy falling back on on on oxygen independent mechanisms which are called fermentation. So I understand that to be that there’s a malfunction in a mitochondria which means that it no longer uses its oxygen pathway necessarily as sufficiently as it should. There’s always some residual level and it finds another way to make the energy which is how it survives. Yes. And then it stops communicating with the rest of the cell. Well, it actually communicates with the nucleus to open up the floodgates to bring in the fuels that drive this fermentation energy. It gets more and more greedy. It it has to because you’re you’re taking an organel that produces energy highly efficiently. Okay. Um like 34 to 36 ATPs with oxygen with oxygen. And now you’re you’re trying to replace that with fuels that give you two uh two moles of energy. Uh so it’s inefficient very and then and then you get you get two out of the in so you’re getting four. So you you you have to take in in order to make up the efficiency you must have a tremendous logistic you must have tremendous supply of of the fuels that will give us energy which are glucose the sugar and the amino acid glutamine okay okay our bodies are loaded with glutamine that’s the most abundant amino acid in our bloodstream and evolution provided that for us because if we stop breathing we use that fuel to keep the cells alive we our gut is controlled by glutamine Our immune system uses glutamine. What is glutamine? It’s an amino acid. Okay. Which we make from food. Yeah. Which we can make from food. True. Or they call essential and non-essential amino acids. Essentials are from that we must eat. We must have certain foods that provide these. Glutamine is considered a non-essential amino acid. It’s an essential amino acid biochemically called non-essential because we can make it from sugar. But basically, it’s the most abundant amino acid in our body. I think I get it now. Okay, feed me back. Tell me, let me let me test you. There should be a button just down below here. And if it says subscribed, you’re already subscribed. If it says subscriber, that means you’re not yet. And if you’re not subscribed, please could you do us a favor and hit that button? It helps the show more than you know. And according to the algorithm, you’re someone that watches our show, but you haven’t yet hit that button. Thank you so much. When we fall, the mitochondria falls to that prehistoric pathway where it starts making energy in a really really inefficient way without using oxygen in the same way. It starts relying now on glucose and glutamine um to produce that energy which is a much less efficient source of energy. So it gets a bit more greedy. It needs much more to make the same amount of ATP which is energy. Mh. So these a cancer cell can be very very greedy. It’s not responding to oxygen in the same way and they they’re a bit more selfish. they start they start sort of multiplying without thought of the broader organization. Yes. Yes. So the question I have is how does this happen functioning of the my what is it that I’ve done? You know what I ask question? Okay. Well, I Okay. It’s because children can get these cancers or a 90-year-old can get the cancer. And it doesn’t appear to me that a three-year-old has necessarily made life choices yet that can as I said when you consider forever chemicals uh that are in the environment uh things that we have that we use in our technologically advanced societies can get through the placental wall and get these into the ch into these children’s uh organs. Um you know you have to put it together. We usually it’s a a constellation of things because don’t forget I said carcinogens. Some of these carcinogens are fat soluble. Some of these carcinogens can get in and damage those during early stages of development. People always say how you explain brain cancer in in a in a six-month old baby. Okay. What what did he what what he he wasn’t smoking and drinking and partying all the time, but but his the mitochondria and a population of cells in his brain became damaged. And that damage then led to this disregulated cell growth because the organel controls when cells should divide and not divide. And then and then where’s the energy coming from? How do you how do you take a highly sophisticated piece of an organel and making energy so incredibly efficient? And now we’re using energy. So uh this organel signals to the nucleus called mitochondrial stress respon retrograde signaling. The nucleus acts as a respondent to what this organel wants. So the nucleus then ankco genes which that you’ve heard a lot about. They open the floodgates to bring in the glucose and glutamine that allow the cell to grow in a disregulated way. So we’ve as you said they go back to these ancient fermentation pathways where there was no regulation because this organel was not part of the problem. Part of the situation the regulation. So is there what are the lifestyle factors that are causing this to drastically increasing the probability of this happening. It’s not necessarily what the person did or all cases it’s what the person was exposed to uh that could have elicited this. That’s the ankcoenic paradox. So uh we have shown uh that inflammation produces these cytoines when you have an inflammatory heat in inflammation they they damage the ability of this organel to make energy efficiently. Chronic inflammation is known to be a risk factor for cancer. Chronic inflammation intermittent hypoxia carcinogens. What’s intermittent hypoxia? It’s like the sleep apnea that kind of thing. Warberg had clearly shown that intermittent hypoxia on cells would damage the efficiency of oxidative phosphorilation leading to a compensatory fermentation. So you have to compensate cuz let me tell you if you don’t compensate you’re dead. The cell I mean the cell dies. When we look at the populations around the world that have the most prevalence of cancer, it doesn’t appear to be some of the countries like Nijer, Gambia, Nepal consistently rank at the very bottom for cancer cancer incidents. Conversely, high-income countries like Australia, New Zealand, and the United States have the highest rates of cancer. Why is that? It’s because of our um technology. Uh we are still paleolithic man and uh our biology has allowed us to store energy efficiently uh because of times of famine. We are now in a new environment where we have massive amounts of highly processed carbohydrates, inactivity, emotional stress, we have poor sleep habits. You you pile all those together with availab the exposure to carcinogens and whatever and you chronically damage this organel and uh in some organs you can get breast cancer if it’s a lung if it’s a whatever it is that organel becomes chronically damaged in some populations of cells in a particular uh in a particular organ and and you can elicit disregulated cell growth as the result of that you know what I mind is in in that in the paper that we have with the chart. Uh if you can keep your mitochondria healthy because don’t forget Paleolithic man, our ancestors from 500,000 years ago uh or modern men like you said in these countries living according to traditional ways with minimal in interference from modern diet and lifestyle issues have lower amount of cancer in general. And this is what Albert Schweitzer found the the famous humanitarian physician. He was specifically looking for cancer in African tribes and he said remarkably it’s extremely low. What what are these guys doing where western society has a has a lot of cancer and these Africans have living living according to the traditional ways. So they have a lot of exercise. They’re eating all organic foods. Uh they’re not under the same kind of stress or exposure to chemicals that modern societies have. and you find out you have very low cancer. Like for example, uh dogs are all evolved from the wolf. Uh wolves in the wild rarely have cancer. The domestic dog cancer is the number one killer of the domestic dog. What is the dog doing that the wolf the wolf is out running around eating natural foods. The dog the dog is in an apartment somewhere gets a dog walker once a day, right? And the next thing the dog dog is obese and full of cancer. So it all it all comes down to what what you do to maintain the health and vitality of the mitochondria that reduce the risk and that’s what this chart I’ll show you has reduce the risk of damaging this chronically. Okay. So that can explain in large part why modern societies are struggling with chronic diseases not only cancer we have diet type 2 diabetes we have obesity we high blood pressure we we have a whole even neuroscychiatric problems. If you can protect and keep this organel healthy, you reduce risk. Now people say, well, cancer has to be genetic because we have inherited genes that put us at higher risk like the Bracka one for breast cancer and the leaf ramen for variety of other cancers. Our paper in this pile done by Bob Kaplan uh he went through uh and looked at all the genetic risk. Which paper is it? Um it’s one of the ones published in oncology. But none of these mutations are 100% penetrant, meaning that they’re secondary risk factors. A primary risk factor would be every time that mutation is there, 100% of the people because I work in t-ax disease. I work in inborn eras of metabolism. Those mutations are 100% responsible for that condition. There’s no gene mutation that’s 100% pen. You have that gene, you’re going to 100% get cancer. Uh most of them are are uh um are what they call incompletely penetrint. So what does that tell us about the nature of well it tell and then we went back what Bob did is he went back and he looked at what every one of those gene mutations in some way disturbs the efficiency of oxidative phosphorilation in that organel in the mitochondria in the mitochondria we we looked at we have all the evidence all the risk facet just just the front page there I was going to show you the hard data but you got so anyway that all of them damage this the efficiency of energy through through through this organel. So that’s like carcinogens that’s like um viral infections. The viruses that like hepatoma and papilloma they they their their products will go in here and damage it or they will replicate inside this organel screwing up the efficiency causing a compensatory fermentation causing the disregulated cell growth through abnormal calcium signaling causing cells to no longer uh be responsive to their neighbors. Is that clear? If I can make you understand this, we can make everybody understand this. Yeah. So, the the reason I uh spend a lot of time asking why and asking for clarification is because when I do the show, I then go out into the real world and I meet the people that listen. Yeah. And one of the groups of people that listens are young offenders. And when I went and visited them, I pointed at the episodes that I thought would help them. And a young one of the young offenders said to me, “I can’t listen to that episode cuz the words you used were too big.” And I remember thinking to myself, okay, then I get that all the time, but guess what? Now we have AI and you can take this statements and put it into AI right on the and it’ll it’ll it’ll dumb it down for you. So so that’s a tool that we previously did not have. So so I use that all the time. I said when you hear me speak like this don’t think I’m don’t think I’m just I I I these are the terms that we use when you’re part of the academy. Yeah. Okay. But we can take those terms now and AI can do a wonderful job in in in synthesizing. Oh yeah, I know what he’s talking about now. But without that tool, then it becomes like you said, well, I can’t understand anything. I’ve got 60 seconds and I’m going to show you how much I can get done because of our sponsor called Whisper Flow. And for those of you that don’t know what it is, it’s a business I invested in that turns your speech into text in any app or device. I’m going to post into our Slack channel, which rewards whichever team member conducted the most experiments this week. Hi everyone, here is this week’s experimentter of the week. Congratulations to the Dire of SEO trailer team, which is Aunt, Liv, Dom, and Cam. You guys have won. Okay, now I’m going to open Gmail. So, here is one of our founders on an email chain that I want to connect my team with. All I have to say is add my team’s emails, and Whisper will do exactly that. Now, a quick message to Juan, who does my schedule every single week. Hey, Juan, can I record on Wednesday at 2? Actually, no. Do you know what? Let’s record at 3 p.m. on Wednesday. Whisper Flow is four times faster than typing and it is incredibly easy to use. So, if you want to give it a go, all you have to do is head to whisperflow.ai/stephven to download it today. If you know me and if you’ve listened to this podcast before, you’ll know how obsessed I am with sleep. I’ve been on a bit of a journey with sleep. I see it as the single most important thing that I’m have the privilege of having control over and that’s exactly what our sponsor eight sleep are. It’s a very very intelligent piece of material to sleep on. Here’s what the Eight Sleep Pod does. It monitors your body while you’re sleeping. And with their AI, it adjusts the temperature for you using billions and billions and billions of hours of sleep data. And members have reported up to a 34% deeper sleep and falling asleep up to 44% faster. Me and my fianceé Melanie sleep on different parts of the bed and it adjusts my part of the bed to my body and her part of the bed to her body. So, if you want to learn more about this pod, go to 8.com/stephven.

    Big opportunity. I am not kidding. Give it a try. I really want to just make sure I takeick off the box of um cause factors. So, you mentioned stress, you mentioned sleep. I currently don’t have cancer as far as I’m aware. God forbid. Um, but I but I want to do everything I can to prevent the probability. Yeah. And I from what I’ve understood that means protecting my mitochondrial function. Yes. By living a lifestyle where I’m not creating this sort of like crazy oxidative stress on the mitochondria. Right. So what? Give me a prescription of how I should live my life to keep my mitochondria healthy. Well, that’s why we developed the glucose ke ketone index calculator. first biomarket tool that can allow people to know the level of health of their mitochondria because um when you shift from carbohydrate fuel to lip lipid fuel, what’s lipid fuel? Fat. So ketones, ketones are a water- soluble breakdown product of fatty acids. Okay. So we store atapost tissue. We store fat which is the belly fat all over. We have fat on our on the outside. Yeah. So on the outside that was there because as a species we had to survive in most harsh environments and we were um food was not always there. So we had to survive all kinds of famine all kinds of absence of food. Our bodies are so our it’s a machine that was home over millions of years to be super efficient. So glucose is gold sugar. Okay. You either burn it or you can store it as fat. Okay, that’s that’s the key. But when you have you’re not bringing in sugar, that stored fat now moves into the bloodstream, goes to the liver. It’s like taking a branch and putting it in a chopper and you out come these little soluble ketone bodies. They’re breakdown products of longchain fatty acids. They can replace sugar for the brain, for the muscles, for most other cells in the body except ariththraittes, but they can replace they can replace the energy of glucose. Okay? So, uh, and that’s how we evolved. But we’re now in an environment where we have massive amounts of highly processed carbohydrates and we we don’t want to pee them out unless you have diabetes or something. So, we store them as fat. So we have an obesity epidemic as the result of our evolutionary ability to store energy which kept us alive as a species because if we were unable to store the fat in 500,000 we would have all been extinct. You and I at this conversation would never exist. We would never have existed as a species except for our ability to store energy and we burn energy efficiently in these organels. So this is all very highly efficient machine. So when we lose that ability, uh when we have so much energy in the environment, stress, no exercise, all this, we store more and more fat, we produce an an environment that’s very damaging to this organal. Well, say that again. So how does stress impact that? Stress elevates corticosteroids. When you’re under stress, you get into a fight, into an argument, or you’re stressed out by business deal going bad, whatever. uh cortosteroids elevate elevate blood sugar contributing to uh systemic inflammation. It’s okay for a short period of time to be pissed off at something. But it’s the chronic stress, the chronic like looking at the cell phone, doom scrolling, all this kind of crazy stuff while the big Twinkie doom scrolling Twinkies not moving. All of this creates uh stress on this organel in some population of cells. It makes it work harder. It’s damaging because you produce reactive species that damage the efficiency of this organel to produce energy effectively and that either will kill the cell gradually if it can’t comp use compensatory fermentation or predispose you to cancer. So either way is unhealthy. So we have chronic disease. Cancer is the number one big dog in the chronic disease world. I mean it’s the one that people fear the most. um type two diabetes, cardiovascular disease, you know, dementia, uh all of these are part of damage to this organel in one way or another. And like I as I said for Parkinson’s disease, when that organel gets damaged, the cells of the substantia die they are incapable of compensating with fermentation. So they up and die. Cancer is very rare in neurons of the brain. Neurons, the gal cells of the brain form these brain tumors mostly. But neurons can’t compensate with fermentation. So they die. So you you either get comp compensatory ancient fermentation leading to disregulated cell growth which we call cancer or we get cell death leading to chronic diseases. What about sleep then? What’s going on with sleep that’s causing sleep is a way we can restore the energy efficiency of the mitochondria if we’re well slept. If we have good sleep. Yeah. You know everybody feels good when you have a good night’s sleep. Your body feels rejuvenated because you’re not you’re not stressing out. you’re reducing the ability of this organel to manage the the the the metabolic uh environment. uh if you’re up all night and you’re and you’re like stressed out and you’re never given this uh organel in a particular cell in a particular part of the organ of the body, you know, you you get neurossychiatric problems, you can get digestive problems, you can get cancer, you can get type 2 diabetes, you have a whole and we put it in the paper there, all the different stress, all the different things that can chronically uh or acutely damage oxidative phosphorilation. So sleep basically gives the mitochondria a little bit of a break. Yes. It’s a it’s it gives your whole body a break. Let’s be honest. So, so but you you pile those things on together. Lack of exercise. Our ancestors, what do you think our ances you how hard it is to run down and kill a big buffalo or a woolly mammoth? I mean, you’re you’re exhausted after doing something. As a matter of fact, you chase these animals. Uh you separate. And this is another thing was really interesting. Came out of Israel. I think it was last year. They looked at the cavemen, what they were eating. they were eating the the strongest members of the herd uh leading to the indirect extinction of these animals. They found out that if you can eat the strongest member of the herd, you’ll get the vitality of that uh of that or buffalo or elephant or whatever the hell they were eating because they knew the marrow and the and the the physiology of that of that organism at that point in its life could provide you with the strength that that had. Now, when you eat the strongest members of the herd because you want to be tough, you’re putting the old and the young at vulnerable to predators leading to the extinction. Uh, and this is what a big paper came out of out of uh, Israel. They looked at these cavemen, what they were eating like 500,000 years ago or whatever we’re doing. So, humans indirectly caused extinction of other species in part in not in part because they were eating the toughest guys in the herd. So, because they felt that if I eat those guys, I’m going to be strong, too. And in a way, they’re right. But all of it has to do with the energy efficiency of your muscles, your brain, your ability to be resilient, endurance. I’m telling you, these guys were chiseled. They they weren’t dying from type 2 diabetes, cancer, right? Dementia. They were dying from infections and injuries and child mortality. Uh we’re mostly killing our paleolithic ancestors. But when you bring your body back into a low glucose ketone, you’re actually going back like you were. And this is why we developed the glucose ketone index. What is in that envelope in front of you? Well, this is um it’s a paper that’s under embargo because they they think it’s going to be the world thinks it’s going to be very important and um and it is. So, and what it is, this is a um a way to keep that organel healthy. So this is a way to manage uh um energy efficiency in the body. And this hasn’t been released yet. It hasn’t been released. Okay. It’s coming out. It’s a it’s going to be a lead article in the frontiers in science. And not only that, we the paper the paper was written uh for the scientists and then the journal decided to make a second copy for they call young minds. So letting kids that are like 8 to 12 or 14 years old synthesize it down and and and one of my colleagues said that’s probably what most people will be reading because they don’t want to know about the bioenergetics that actually goes on inside this organel to explain why this chart means something. And you’ve been working on this for some time. Well, I I I built the GKI. So let me tell you the story. There was a woman uh an American woman a lawyer Trudy Dupant who uh developed um a kind of a brain stem tumor and after I wrote my book that book there that’s my only book anyway Trudy Trudy wanted to use this metabolic therapy she stayed alive much longer over 10 years with this we kept the she eventually passed away unfortunately but so I was measuring because we knew that the tumor cells needed sugar to grow out of Worberg showed at and many other people show that and they can’t burn ketones because because the fatty you need a very efficient mitochondria to burn ketones for energy. Our normal cells can burn ketones for energy and that gives us tremendous uh uh we can actually breathe lower oxygen more energy if you have efficient if you can burn ketones efficiently in this organel. But if the organel is damaged, they can’t use the ketones. They can’t burn fatty acids or ketones, which stores lipid drops. It’s one of these big papers here. These Stephen, you can’t believe how people misinterpret information. They see droplets of fatty acids in the cytoplan say, you see the cancer cell needs all that fatty acid. No, they can’t. It’s there to protect them. If they try to burn it, they blow this up and die. So there is a storage of fat. They can’t burn fatty acids or ketone bodies. So, I knew cancer needed glucose, and I knew cancer couldn’t burn fatty acids or ketones because this organel is just is broken. So, I’m measuring glucose and ketones independently in Trudy. She’s doing the finger prick thing, sending me the information back and saying, “Oh, here’s my glucose. Here’s my ketones.” Okay, so I have a a ketone glucose reader in front of me. Right. Right. If I put my blood on this strip, it tells me my glucose levels. If I put my blood on this strip, it tells me my ketone levels. Right. Right. But if you if you look at them independently, glucose is very volatile, very variable. And this is why I developed the glucose ketone ratio because Trudy had a parking spot that was for handicapped because she had a cane. Her brain stem gloma was preventing her from walking as effectively as normal. So she somebody took her parking spot. She was [ __ ] So she ran upstairs and took her blood sugar and it was 186 milligram per deciliter. It was very very high. So and I know she was on a ke ketoic diet and and she emails me and says I’m going to die. My cancer is going to grow fast. What’s going on? She said my blood sugar is like 186 and you know it’s supposed to be you told me it was supposed to be 60 or you know 50 65 or in that zone. She says so I said what’s your ketone level? Oh, it’s still, you know, like you just had 04 millmer or I think it was 0.9 millmer. I said, well, that didn’t change, right? No, just the sugar changed. So, I said to the students that were working with Josh Midenbower, I said, Josh, this this trying to measure these two independently is a [ __ ] You can’t this is hard to figure out. So, what we decided to do in miller because glucose comes out in milligram per deciliter, whereas ketones come out in millolar. So we had to convert glucose to millolar and divide it by the ketone in millimmer and then you get a number that’s not all over the world. It’s very stable. So so we were able to because of Trudy that one cancer patient we developed the ratio of of this. Then later on we realized that this ratio is a statement of how healthy your mitochondria actually are. So when you when you have these low ratio you’re in paleolithic man. you’re back in the zone where we didn’t have chronic diseases because we didn’t have damage to the organel that would cause those diseases. So, paleolithic man think where they getting their pastries where where they get their cakes and sweets and all this other they didn’t have it. They weren’t there because of of choice. They were there because of circumstance. So, our new and we learned paleolithic man was always in some sort of a state of some ketosis because they wouldn’t have food for periods. they were very active in their exercise. They had they didn’t have chronic diseases, but they had other kinds of diseases. So, so then um my my my my student um uh Derek Lee, myself and Christo Shinopoulos, we started to make a ratio chart. Now, these are the numbers that you get when you divide your sugar by your ketones. Okay? So, my sugar by my ketones. So, if I did my glucose measure now on this little re Okay, let’s see what your GKI is. Oh, you want me to do it? Okay. Okay. What? You had a glucose. You had a a ketone was 0.4 millmer. Yeah. Okay. What was your sugar? I have. So, we can divide. We can do the divi division right now and tell you what you have. You can get these little uh ketones. Oh, yeah. It’s a keto mojo. And you can also get them now for for uh Wow, these guys skilled at doing this. I travel with one of these, believe it or not. Yeah. So, I I have one all the time. Wow. 90. 90. Okay. So, you have to you have to divide. You have to divide. You’re not getting the Doesn’t this give you the push button and give you the GKI right away? Cuz the new ones have it. So, you have to divide 90 by 18 and you get a number. Uh, five. Five. So, divide five by 0.4. 12.5. Okay. So, here you are. 12.5. You’re down here in the in the in the prevention zone. Ah, nice. Okay. So, so you This is where Paleolithic man mostly lived. Paleolithic men lived in the yellow green zones because they didn’t have access to all of the things that would drive up your blue blood sugar and keep your key when your blood sugar goes through the roof, your ketones are really low because insulin is now driving it up. So So that’s good. Um 12, huh? So I I did the I did the carnivore diet for a week. Uh eating big ribe eyes. You like ribeye steak? Yes, of course. Okay. Ribe eyes, bacon and eggs, lamb. I I so I did it for a week and um I was able to get down to 10. Okay. Okay. And I could get lower, but I was loving the ribeye so much I ate a little too much of it. Right. You have to be have some level of discipline. Yeah. So, uh so so but people people this is what we call the zone of prevention. It’s very hard to get cancer or chronic diseases when you’re in these zones because you’re keeping this organel quite healthy. When you live in these zones consistently, you you don’t have to live consistently because humans, we we evolved as a scavenger species. Yeah. We would engorgorge ourselves because we knew it wasn’t happening every day. Modern man is live is living in the feast every single day. And that’s why we’re are we we’re have an out all the chronic diseases. This is the red zone is the zone of risk for chronic diseases and cancer. And when you look at the obesity epidemic, you look at all these things, these guys are and it’s it’s like we can visit the red zone. We don’t want to live in the red zone. So if I was to visit the red zone, it would look like meeting high carbohydrate diets, lots of sugar. Yeah. No exercise. No exercise. Yeah. And basically modern man. And also eating five meals a day, like snacking all the time. Yeah. Oh, then you’d be, you know, we have uh there’s document cases. We have them up to 500. You can get PKIs of 500. You have people with, you know, blood sugars about 4 or 500 milligram per deciliter. I mean, you could do the and zero ketones. I mean, you you do the you do the math. It’s it’s unbelievable. You’re basically saying, I want to keep my my blood glucose levels and you want to you want to have some level of ketones and high and my ketone levels somewhat as high as I can. Well, it’s you don’t want to go because people have the physicians listening. They go, “Oh, he’s going to go into keto acidosis.” People give me a break. Keto acidosis is like when you have ketone levels of 15 to 20 millmer. Are you kidding me? What is yours? 0.4. That’s called nutritional ketosis. That’s how we evolved. When you have type 1 diabetes where you can’t control sugar or or or insulin, you have no insulin responsive. You’re going to get high levels of sugar and ketones. This is this is a pathological condition. Most of type 2 diabetes, these are all pathologies based on damaging oxidative phosphorilation. So what this chart does is for the first time and we put it together because we did all the B in the paper discusses the bioenergetics. What we’re finding in cancer is that if you can get into the green zones where your blood sugar is low and your ketones are elevated, you hammer the hell out of these tumor cells because they they they you’re taking away one of their two primary fuels driving disregulated cell growth. Okay? And as the and as the and as the ketones go up, the rest of your cells in the body are getting super healthy. The tumor cells can’t tap into the value of a ketone because the organel needed in the tumor cell to do that is corrupted structurally and functionally. Is am I clear about that? Yes. Okay. So ketones will make you healthy, the normal cells of your body, but cannot be used to help the cancer cell because you need a good structural functional organel to burn them. So they become marginalized and if the ketones go up, they’re actually toxic to that to that cell to some extent. So but they’re still alive. Uh the cancer cells are now incapacitated. there. Uh we we showed you get rid of the abnormal inflammation, you get rid of the angiogen, the abnormal blood vessels. You’re taking an angry tumor and making it much less angry, much less inflamed, uh uh more indolent uh kind of a tumor, but it’s still there. It’s not because the other fuel that’s keeping this cancer cell going is the glutamine. Okay. So now when you have the patient in this green zone, this is for management. Now, Stephen, this is prevention is is never having to deal with what I’m talking about. If you’re living in the yellow zone, the probability of getting cancer or chronic diseases is already reduced. Okay? But now you have some poor guy out there. He’s living in the red zone his whole life. He wants to manage the cancer that he has. He he has to get down in the green zone and try to stay there as long as he can. But the cancer will still grow because it has access to glutamine. Okay? Okay. And glutamine is always here’s the bloodstream. Look at look at you have this much blood cancer needs to have. So you always have a surfitit of glutamine. So you have to come in now with drugs and the drugs like repurposed drugs to target the the glutamolysis with this one here this BMC big paper here. Mhm. Okay. This paper and the new one we have with the ketogenic for the high childhood um high-grade gloma for kids. So once once you get down here, you come in with drugs that target glutamine. I’ve looked at one and that’s Mendazol. Okay. How did I come to that realization? People knew that embendazol had some therapeutic benefit about cancer, but they don’t believe until you show the mechanism. That paper shows the mechanism. It targets glucose and glutamine. Now this one targets glucose and glutamine, the two fuels driving the disregulated growth of the tumor. Okay. So here’s the here’s the mitochondria. So it’s getting the glucose and the cytoplasm from the sugar uh and making and it’s fermenting that and then also the the amino acid glutamine comes in. You have to block the glycolysis and the gluc these two pathways you have to restrict availability of glucose and glutamine together at the same time. I speak only about things that I have tested in my lab and published papers on like this. So you have to real the cancer field doesn’t understand that the cancer can’t grow without glucose and glutamine and can’t switch to fatty acids or ketone bodies. That’s still not going to kill the cancer though, is it? It’s just going to Yeah, we don’t ever use the term cure because some of these tumors now let me tell you we have people like Pablo Kelly from Devon, England. He had the glyopblasto uh he didn’t take any radiation or chemo. He just did metabolic therapy. He lived for 10 years. He was diagnosed with an inoperable glyopblasto. They wanted to irdiate and poison him with the drugs. He said no. He was one of these naturalistic kind of guys. And um he he lived for 10 years and the tumor became operable. He had four debulking surgeries on an originally described inoperable cancer cut out four times because once we put the metabolic therapy the circle the demarcation of the tumor. Whoa. A neurosurgeon says I think I can get this out. But he never never got he lived with it for 10 years. Had a couple of kids. He died from a cerebral hemorrhage on the last debulking surgery. He never died from the tumor. But you’re saying you’re saying that the two work together in in tandem. Yes. You’re saying that the chemotherapy works in Now that’s where that’s another thing. So what we do um and this is very interesting. So if you put the patient in nutritional ketosis, the the ketogenic state of nutritional ketosis facilitates the delivery of drugs to the tumor cell. It actually makes you can use lower doses of drugs and you and and and you get bigger effect. The therapeutic benefit increases with lower dosing. So you want to be in ketosis when you do these chemotherapy, radiation therapy. Yeah. And then you use much lower doses. This is what we’re doing in a stimul clinic. We’re taking pancreatic cancers. These guys live in four and five years. What are we doing? And advanced breast cancer and all these terminal cancers. We put them into some level of ketosis and then you come in with the standard drugs, cis platin, caroplatin, whatever you want to do, but you cut the dosages down big time and then they have tremend the the u and this is what the title of the paper is ketogenic diet uh as a metabolic vehicle uh for enhancing therapeutic efficacy. The current body of research suggests that being in a state of ketosis can act as a helper therapy, enhancing the cancer killing effects of chemotherapy while simultaneously protecting healthy cells. Yeah. Yeah. Right. Right. Progressive oncologists are currently using ketogenic diets alongside standard chemo to maximize its efficacy. That’s right. That’s what we’re doing in Istanbul and and and also in in in Greece. We’re doing we’re doing those same things. So you you can use this. When you enter a fasted or ketogenic state, your healthy cells essentially go into bunker mode. They slow their division, conserve energy, and build up their defenses. Cancer cells, however, do not have this evolutionary off switch. They continue trying to rapidly divide. When the toxic chemotherapy hits, your shielded healthy cells survive it much better. While the exposed rapidly dividing cancer cells take the full hit. Yeah. Ah, okay. Interesting. Yeah. In other words, you make with the tools you have work better. The problem in the field of cancer today is they’re not using the tools in the correct way. Now, let me give you another example. If you take imunotherapies, you hear about these things, chimeic acid, G receptor, PDL, PD1, PDL1 inhibitors, they’re called precision medicines, right? So look it, they’re designed to attack a a molecule on the surface or stop that cell from uh being resistant. Mhm. If you would try to attack and what they do often times they come at after you’ve failed chemo and radiation, they then come at you with an imunotherapy. The metabolic pressure shrinks down your tumor, makes it very indolent, non-aggressive, and the rest of your body is healthy. You’re not going bald. You’re not bleeding gums. Your microbiome isn’t blown to hell. So, and then you can come in with lowd dose chemo imunotherapy because what’sever left in that remaining residual mass, they may all have something in common for having survived all this, right? So now you can come in with a precision medicine and possibly resolution. I thought this was fascinating. It says chemotherapy creates massive oxidative stress, i.e. damage inside the tumor. To repair the damage and survive, the cancer cell requires massive amounts of glucose. So, if the patient is in ketosis, the tumor’s glucose supply is essentially cut off. It can’t, the cancer cell can’t repair the DNA damage caused by your chemo, leading to faster tumor death. Um, yeah, interesting. Well, don’t forget also, listen to this, and there’s another thing people go in. What protects the tumor cell from chemo and radiation is the waste products of fermentation. The lactic acid and the suxinic acid that are dumped out of this raging beast prevent these other therapies from working. So if you want your therapy to work, you got to target those two fuels together at the same time. And when you do that, now this cell the shield is off. These things are super vulnerable to even low doses of chemo and radiation. And the amunotherapies, look it, if you have an imunotherapy, you try to attack the beast when it’s at its strongest. Ah, you’re not going to win. And this is what happens. You get only partial response. They in the field of cancer today, they think living an extra 6 months is a major breakthrough. We’re talking about living an extra five and six years. This is what’s really important. I just um I was reading some research to figure out if oncologists, so cancer doctors, are currently recommending the ketogenic diet. And it says the vast majority of mainstream oncologists do not recommend the ketogenic diet to the to their newly diagnosed patients. Um in fact if a patient brings it up many doctors will actively advise against it. And the reasons for that number one is the fear of cacetsia. Cexia. Yeah. Cexia cancer cexia is a severe wasting syndrome where patients rapidly lose muscle and fat. It is a massive problem and a leading cause of mortality in cancer patients because the ketogenic diet suppresses appetite and often leads to weight loss. Encologists are terrified that a strict keto diet will accelerate cexia and weaken the patient. Well, that’s because they they have not heard what I just said with respect to the biology and biochemistry. Okay, cexia there’s two ways you can lose in cancer patients. CEXIA is the ability of the tumor cell to mobilize energy out of the muscles. It’s taking the glutamine out of your muscles and feeding. This is one of the two fuels that’s driving the beast is glutamine. Where are they getting the glutamine from? They’re getting the glutamine not only from the bloodstream, but they dissolve your muscles as a uh as part of that part of that process. So, when you put a patient in nutritional ketosis, the weight loss is therapeutic weight loss. Cexia is pathological weight loss. Now, the other way you can lose weight is you take a high dose of chemotherapy. I travel all the time. I made a rule in my life that I’ll only travel with a cabin bag. The problem with this is there’s not much space. And here’s the solution. It is called an extra 1% travel pack. And I teamed up with extra to make this. Typically, I can only bring some of my black shirts. And it’s a trade-off of which black shirt should I bring? How many of these do you think I can get in here? So, let’s try 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14. Let’s try 15. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Okay, so that’s 24 black t-shirts. Here’s where the magic comes in. You zip it up, make sure it’s nice and sealed, and then you use this little contraption. Stick it on there. I can now take more than 20 black shirts with me, which will last me 3 weeks. So, if you travel frequently and you want to get one of these so you can save more space and be away for longer, go to extra.com and use code DOAC for 10% off our collection. And I think some of the background context here is that mainstream oncology operates on the um sort of sematic mutation therapy, which is the belief that cancer is fundamentally a genetic disease driven by DNA mutations. And because their training focuses on genetics, their treatments are designed to target DNA and cell division like he radiation targeted genetic therapies rather than manipulating cell um cellular metabolism. And lastly, as mentioned, I think we talked about this earlier, mainstream medicine requires massive multic-enter double blind phase 3 clinical trials before a protocol becomes the standard of care. So dietary interventions rarely get the level of funding. So oncologists lack the institutional green light to prescribe them to patients and they tend to say to them eat what you can. I I don’t blame them. They’re good. Many of them are good people. The problem is the system doesn’t train them to understand the biology and biochemistry of the disease they’re treating. Uh some of them become very resistant to this. They say get angry because I if I why didn’t I why wasn’t I told this? Well, first of all, they’re not reading these papers. Uh you ask them about it. They I never read it. Well, how are you going to know anything if you don’t read the literature? Um, listen to this. The National Cancer Institute, the NCI, on their website, on their website says cancer is a genetic disease caused by what you just said. Okay, they I Well, I said why don’t they put the articles in there showing all the tumors, they can’t find any mutations. The somatic mutation theory says that cancer is caused by random genetic mutations. So now new sequencing of normal people like you and me are finding mutations in all these driver genes in cells in our body that aren’t in disregulated cell growth. So we’re calling them wild type cancers. What do you mean a wild type cancer? You don’t mean Okay. The nucleus of a tumor cell, a raging tumor cell. What’s causing him that cell to grow? Is it the mitochondria in the cytoplasm or is it the mutations in the nucleus? Okay. So according to the sematic mutation theory, it’s the mutations in the nucleus that are causing the disregulated cell growth. You take that nucleus and put it into into a enucleated normal cell. Yeah. And there’s no cancer. No. There’s no disregulation. Must be something else. Then you take the nucleus of the normal cell and put it into the cytoplasm of a tumor cell and you get disregulated cell growth. So it must be something other than the nucleus. Yes. The mitochondria. Interestingly, it says so mitochondria are controlling our destiny and and and the the field of cancer has yet to understand it, accept it, and then say, “Well, we can’t do any of this until we do a line crossover.” That’s just what do you mean? The science is telling us this. That’s your way of protecting a broken system. Are you pissed off about this? Cuz you do seem pissed off about this. Well, who wouldn’t be, Stephen? There’s 1,700 people a day in this country dying from cancer. I don’t know the English. Listen, that that comes out to 70 an hour and it gets worse every single year. And the last time I was on the show, you guys use some old data. Look it up today. It’s 2026. American Cancer Society says this year in 2026 we will have 626,000 souls leave the planet from cancer. Okay, this 2026 and every year it gets worse. So when you hear all the breakthroughs, we have we have television ads in Boston for the cancer s breakthrough after breakthrough after breakthrough. All these different they come on and and and and all we do is get more dead cancer patients. Raise money for cancer. Where’s the where’s the accountability for all the money you’re raising? When are the world when is the people going to wake up? You don’t make someone healthy by irdiating and poisoning them. You’ve got to understand the biology and the biochemistry of the disease. I have the concepts and the the proofs, but the physician who works with the patient on a clinic basis, they’re the ones that must apply this to the clinic. So, there’s two different things here. There’s the hard science that’s the that’s the bedrock for this and then there’s the clinical person who has the practice that practice does that. Together, you get great success or better I say success better than anything that’s out there today. The American Cancer Society recently released its latest projections for 25 and 26, and the data paints a fascinating dual-sided picture. More people are getting diagnosed with cancer. Um, new cases. The ACS projects over 2.11 million new cancer diagnoses in 2026. This translates roughly to 5,800 new cases every single day. Approximately 626,000 Americans are expected to die from cancer in 2026. Right. about 1,700 deaths per day. Lung cancer remains the leading cause of cancer death, projected to cause more fatalities than colurectal colctal and pant pancreatic cancers combined. I also just wanted to pick a whole point we were talking about earlier which is about the metabolic approach to cancers. It says here and this is going to the point about you know people telling you to just eat whatever you want while you’re you know managing cancer. Um because the primary goal of the hospital dietician is to prevent weight loss during brutal chemotherapy regimes, patients are frequently told to eat whatever they can and eat whatever they can keep down. It is incredibly common for cancer patients to be handed meal replacement shakes which are often packed with corn syrups and refined sugars, ice cream, and high carbohydrate comfort foods just to keep their calorific intake up. From a metabolic perspective, this is a tragedy. While it keeps weight on the patient, it simultaneously floods the bloodstream with glucose and insulin. directly feeding the tumor. Um, and while keto is not the standard of care, the landscape is beginning to slowly shift. There is a growing minority of integrative oncologists and specialized metabolic clinicians worldwide that actively prescribe therapeutic ketosis alongside conventional treatments. Those doctors use the keto diet and fasting protocols to protect healthy cells and um, and sanitize tumors before administering lower, more targeted doses of chemo. That’s what we developed. That’s our that’s our plan. That’s that’s what we’re doing. Okay. We we we do that because we understand the biology and biochemistry and that’s why we develop we’re developing the new society called more the more alliance metabolic oncology research and education. This is bringing uh together what you just mentioned there in a logical approach to manage cancer. This is a logical approach based on the hard science of decades of research initiated originally by Otto Worberg and then continued by our group at Boston College. The American Cancer Society says that breast cancer is increasing, prostate cancer is increasing, pancreatic cancer, melanoma, HPV associated oral cancers are steadily increasing in the incidence of severe um cancers. Yeah, there has been no major advance in managing glyopblasto in 100 years. What’s glyobblasto? That’s the the the deadly brain cancer. Okay, that killed uh Teddy Kennedy from Massachusetts, Senator Kennedy, John McCain, President Biden’s son, Bo Biden. It’s killed a lot of various people and it’s considered a death sentence. No, no, no. We we we’re keeping these guys alive. Okay, we’re not saying we cure the cancer, but we can certainly keep them alive a lot longer. Pancreatic cancer always considered so bad. We’re getting very excellent results in managing pancreatic cancer using metabolic therapies. We know what to do and we know how to do it. I have clinicians that work with me, dieticians that know how to manage cancer effectively. We can do it right now today. If someone were to say, Seaf Freed, get your get your group together. Let me see what you can do. I will put up our metabolic therapy against any trial from any of these pharmaceutical companies. We can keep these people alive a hell of a lot longer to participate in our society. We’re not doing that. If you were made president today, of the United States of the United States, don’t go there. I’m going to go there. Uhuh. Those guys are uh not, let’s put it this way, they’re not scientifically literate. I would have to be. Yeah. Right. You’re Professor Thomas Ered. You’re now president of the United States and your primary objective is to bring down this 1,700 Americans that are going to get cancer a day. Um, is it is it get cancer or die from cancer? No, they die from cancer. 1,700 a day dying from cancer in the United 70 an hour. Think about it. You you can put in place policies to stop this happening and to also help people manage it better. What is it you do? First of all, we wouldn’t throw out everything. Just like I said, we have a strategy now to manage cancer effectively. Okay. So, you we’re not going to get rid of the drugs that are making billions and billions of dollars. We’re just going to use them at lower doses is in a different different We also want to prevent it in the first place. Well, preventing it that comes back to our chart. I’m going to write down the manifesto. So, what is what do we do to prevent these 71 people an hour dying of cancer? Well, that has to come from government policies. Okay. You just got promotion. You’re now the king of the United States. So, you don’t even need to ask anybody. What do you do to prevent the 71 people a day dying of cancer? It’s going to be education. Education number one. Education number one. Okay. You have to let people know that those And now let me tell you another thing that’s really important. It should not be any government or government official telling anyone what they should or should not eat. Okay. The the power of this chart is um personal. You’re embolding the patient. They have to know. We’re not going to tell somebody, “Oh, if you continue to eat bad food, you’re going to have you’re at high risk and that person, I don’t care. I’ll smoke cigarettes and I’m going to well, the government’s not going to come into this guy’s house and take away the bad food.” No, no, no, no. That should never happen. Those foods are there because they give us pleasure, but they should be the the knowledgeable person would be to say, “I’d like to have it every now and then, but I can’t live in that environment.” And the other thing we do terribly in this country, the poor people in these food deserts where you only get crap food and and as a tragedy in itself there they they to go to whole uh whole foods where they have the expensive ribe eyes and all this stuff that’s much more expensive. A lot of people can’t afford the kinds of foods that will put them in these better healthy zones. So we’re going to make food healthy food more cost cost effective cheaper. Those are easy words to say, but in practicality, it’s not. And what kinds of foods should people be eating? Well, I I think they should just try to avoid the highly processed carbs. Okay. You don’t listen to this. You and and exercise. There’s a lot of things we can do that would mitigate the the inflammatory conditions put on this chart. The goal here is we know what keeps us healthy. It’s the efficiency of that organel. We want to do everything possible to keep that organel healthy. We will reduce dementia. We will reduce diabetes. We will reduce obesity. And they say, “Well, GLP, why don’t I don’t want to do and human beings are are the kind that I want a quick fix for everything?” Right. Ampeg. How about some? Is this what is this GLP? GLP1. Okay. We don’t, you know, first of all, we haven’t done any research yet to know where a GLP would put you on the chart. We do know one thing, it lowers blood sugar. How level how high of a level would it bring to ketone? Because it’s the ketones that keep the organel healthy. So, I’m lowering blood sugar, but am I raising the ketones that enhance the bioenergetic efficiency of the organel? I don’t know what number and hasn’t been done yet. I don’t I haven’t seen any papers coming out. Okay, so we’ll keep the zenic off the table, but you’re saying exercise number three. So, I’ve got I’ve got education, kill the food desert so people can get healthy food. Um, stay away from the ultrarocessed stuff. Number three, exercise. We’re going to give everybody free gym memberships and whatever else they need. Reduce stress, emotional stress. You got to you got to do that. There’s a lot of ways. Music therapy. There’s a lot of different ways you can meditation, friends, happiness, all of those reduce stress. So, I had I had a guy from uh Korea. I think it was Japan or Korea. We did a big meeting one time and he he didn’t tell me what to do. He says, um, you want to get cancer. If your job and if your goal in life is to get cancer, you got to eat crap food all the time, you have to have terrible sleep, make sure you never unash the couch, sit in front of the TV all day, look at doom scrolling, do all that kind of stuff. Make sure you never exercise and make sure you don’t have any friends or be happy. He says, you’re on the fast track for for not only cancer, but all these other chronic diseases. So So that’s the what I just said is you need to not do that. you’re doing a great job. You know, there’s not many people are going to be measuring their GKI every day, but there are people who love to measure that kind of stuff. Um, now I tell you another thing. So, they put these things on your arm, these continuous sugar monitors. They’re making continuous glucose ketone monitors. So, apps are coming out now. Believe me, there’s apps. I have my Lucas Lou and some others are making these apps in my lab. and and um you can take your cell phone and and photograph a particular food item and and the food item immediate you put places you’re put the food item on the chart so you’ll know eating that will give you what zone you’ll be in if you eat it. So um it it’s really interesting and and these things are coming. We’re using AI to so but it’s purely patient empowerment. Okay. The patient themselves, the person themselves make the choices. No government president or king or whatever you want to say should ever tell people what and how they should eat. The patients should be familiar with this and have the knowledge to know I’m going to test what I think. So people say to me all the time, “What? Just tell us what you can eat.” That’s all they say to me. Okay, eat whatever you want. You figure out where on the chart you’re going to be and then you’ll know. So people say, “Well, I can’t eat ketogenic diet.” Well, our our group in in Greece, now you tell me. They got the brain cancer tremendous success in keeping brain glyobblasto guys alive. What was the diet? It was a calorierestricted Mediterranean diet. salmon, sardines, olive oil, avocado, and exercise. That is that like oh man, that that’s the worst diet. What about the carnivore diet? What about the the ribeye with a little sauce bernese on top of it? This keeps your your blood sugar low and elevates your ketone. If you want to do it with plants, everything you got fish, plants, you get the vegans and all these kind of people. This is a bioenergetic road map to health. Let me just give some specific. So, this is amazing. What about high fructose corn syrups and refined? Oh, man. That’s the worst kind of crap. You don’t take that. What about what about industrial seed oils? Well, you know, people talk about seed oils, canola and soybeans. I don’t know. But every there’s another thing too. You and I are different. Uh we have an individual metabolism uh age, race, sex, all all the religion, all kinds of stuff determine what and how you live. And I can’t be sure uh what you eat, what I eat or what you exercise where it’s going to put put us on the chart. Synthetic pesticides, I was reading here that in increases the chance of lymphoma by a staggering 41%. They all damage the oxidative phosphorilation, putting the cell at risk for compensatory fermentation. disregulated cell growth. W the problem the problem the field doesn’t understand what I’m saying with respect to the origin of cancer, how it happens mechanistically, how this organel controls the life of the cell. They don’t know enough about the biology and biochemistry of the mitochondria. You want to get guys on here like Nick Lane, he from England. I mean, these guys like Doug Wallace and some of these guys, they’re mitochondrial biologists. they they they understand this kind of stuff. I want to give people actionable things that they can think about. So, um that’s why I was asking you this question about you becoming king. Fasting protocols. Well, intermittent fasting. Let me let me talk about that just briefly. Do you ever try it? Yeah. What do you think? You liked it? It depends how long you’re talking about. Okay, let’s go a week. I know. I’ve not fasted for a week before. Okay. You know what? It’s the call of the wall. This guy, he just sent me his book. It’s coming out. Very nice guy. Veral Simck. He say people share things with me. The wall is after about three days of not eating, just drinking water. You hit this wall and it’s like, “Oh man, I’m just I can’t deal with it anymore.” It’s just a terrible feeling in my body. I can’t sleep at night. I got the Jimmy legs. I got all kinds of problems. Screw it. I’m not doing this. He found out if you sip just tiny amounts of a grape juice, you can get get through the wall. What we do for the cancer patients in the way we design our clinical procedures with my clinical friends, we do a zero carb diet for about a week uh while the body is readjusting getting getting bringing them out of the red zone, getting into the yellow zone. You can’t believe the power of glucose as an addictive drug on the brain. It’s unbelievable. It’s like cocaine. It it’s it’s and you know that when you start you start shaking and you go. So, but if you don’t eat carbs and just eat meat or whatever to keep you in a low GKI, um, then when you jump off to the water only fasting, it’s much less traumatic to the brain. You’ve gone through the wall, the gate, so to speak. So, once you know how to get through the gate, you make this whole process a lot a lot easier. And that helps people enormously, especially those people that want to get rid of their chronic disease. Okay? Because uh or some, you know, we have a lot of people out there that just like to do all this stuff. You know, you get these these people that go overboard on everything. But, you know, right now we have an obesity, chronic epid cancer epidemic. All of these epidemics are the result of an abuse of that organel in one way or another. And we have a a plan to mitigate that abuse and at least people have an at least they’re empowered to do it with the help of knowledgeable physicians. I want to just keep on this point of actionable feedback. So, um Dr. Vulta Longos Dr. His extensive research clinical trials prove that fasting mimicking diets drastically lower IGF-1 which triggers cellular autophagy and actually make standard cancer therapies up to three times more effective by removing the metabolic shield of cancer cells. Yeah. Which is the gluc the waste products of of of glucactic acid and the suenic acid. That all goes down. Would you recommend again if you’re king would you recommend that if I would never recommend any I have to just give them the knowledge. Then the person has to make the decision themselves. Do you think it could be beneficial? Of course, if you were king to um have everybody wear a CGM, one of those continuous glucose monitors at least once. No. Never. No. I I think if you have cancer and you really want to stay in this green zone to know, right? Listen, I was down in Mexico not long ago. I was talking to one of the head physicians down there. He wore one of these things, right? He said, “Every time I wanted to go out and have a party and have a good time, this damn thing would be beeping.” So what do you ripped it off and threw it in the trash? So you don’t want somebody barking in your ear when you’re having a good time. That’s why what you’re doing right now with this, you’re choosing to prick your finger. You’re the one making that decision. There’s not something on your arm saying, “Stephen, don’t do that. Don’t do that.” But you know what? It was useful to wear it once or twice because it even I could I suddenly realized that things I put in my mouth had an impact on my blood sugar and my blood which and also I realized that it had an impact in 10 minutes. Yeah. And then and then also when my blood sugar came back down and crashed I thought oh gosh I feel I could suddenly pair my behavior to my feelings. Yes. Well, that that now I’m not I I no I I’ I’ve seen that. And not only that, uh Andrew Scarboro from England who who has been doing this for for the stage three go uh he’s like 15 years out. He’s done this so many times with the finger prick and all this. He knows now already when his body is in these zones from the feeling that you just described. But for the people at the beginning and who are given a terminal diagnosis, they want to get into these green zones and they want to use the things that are going to keep them alive on the planet for a longer period of time with a higher quality of life. That is important. That thing on your arm can help you stay in that zone until you have this thing managed at which time you can choose when to do that. So there’s flexibility in this whole process. It’s not one like for example we have the standard of care which is written and granted for crying out loud. They get all they they or if you do anything different from the standard of care you could lose your license as a physician. Metabolic therapy is is patient driven. It’s driven on the patient. What about hyperbaric oxygen? Yeah. There was a study in 2013 that demonstrated that while a ketogenic diet alone significantly slowed tumor growth and systemic metastic cancer mouse models combining the diet with hyperbaric oxygen therapy elicited a profound synergetic decrease in tumor growth and drastically increase survival times. Yeah, we published that paper with Dominic Dagustinino. So we we put my so uh listen hyperbaric oxygen will create oxidative stress in cells that do not have efficient oxidative phosphorilation uh cancer cells cancer cells. So you can kill cancer cells by oxidative stress by irdiating or poisoning them or you can put a patient in in nutritional ketosis and then put them in hyperbaric oxygen and the cancer cells are selectively killed. When you irdiate somebody you’re damaging the whole body with all kinds of stuff. And there’s another thing Stephen you got to listen to this and you listen carefully when you go to these treat these standard of care standard when you use standard of care radiation chemo whatever they give you imunotherapies or whatever so the patient comes in and he says I’ve been really working hard on this the doctor says oh no that doesn’t work right gives you some radiation or gives you fly up into the red zone the treatment itself puts so much stress on the body that the body itself starts going you go into the red zone from the very treatments that you’re giving to the patient which is making strengthening the tumor cells. You’re not against chemotherapy though, are you? No, I’m I’m I’m positive about it. But it has to be used in the right context. It has to be used when your body is in this state of nutrition. And you can use low doses so you don’t force the tumor cell to become even more resistant to the treatment. The next thing which is actionable is what you talked about earlier which is these microplastics and forever chemicals. In late 2023, the International Agency of Research on Cancer officially upgraded these forever chemicals which are used in non-stick pans and food packaging to a grade one carcinogen in humans cancer-causing in humans based on strong mechanistic evidence that it induces epigenetic which is gene alterations and suppresses the immune system. So you’d ban the forever chemicals. Okay. Uh, this is a beautiful paper. I went back and I took what all of Otto Warberg meticulously went through all of his work, showed where he was absolutely correct and where he just didn’t have the the new information that would make him I talked about the forever chemicals microlastics. Guess what? They damaged the organel. They get into they break they cause rosin and damaged a it reduce the efficiency of oxidative phosphorilation causing a compensatory increase and the utilization of glucose and glutamine and disregulated cell growth. Everything comes back to this organel. Chron all chronic diseases and cancer are the result of damage to this organel. That’s why having this little thing here is so important. It’s a great prop. I ought to get one for my class. You can keep it. Um the next thing is purifying the water supply. Um heavy metals are found in local water supplies to run off and ultimately are carcinogenic in some cases. The ARC classifies arsenic and cacadium as group one caroggenics and they’re frequently found in unfiltered public water infrastructure. So you clean out the water supply as well. Yeah. You know all this stuff is coming into our water supplies. people flushing down all these chemicals into the into the which then leech back into the water supply and every one of the chemicals that we have looked at that has been linked to oncology or disregulated cell growth all damage the oxidative phosphorilation chronically. So we’re bringing the entire focus back to things what can I do to keep this organel healthy uh even if I’m exposed to these chemicals if I can do get into these zones like you’re trying to do. So even if you are exposed to these, this organel has an incredible healing power in itself. What is the most important thing we haven’t talked about that we should have talked about, Professor Thomas? Well, I mean, you’ve covered a lot. One of the things I I want to talk about uh is metastasis. What’s that? That’s the spread of the tumor throughout the body. Okay. So if you were to have a cancer that’s just localized in one spot, you know, the probability of developing a therapy that would be um long term is highly increased. The problem that kills people is the spread. So if the tumor is in the breast and it spreads to the liver and the lungs and the brain, you know, you got a problem. Lung cancer spreads to the brain, the liver. Most of these cancers that spread to the brain or other organs become difficult and that’s why you use systemic chemotherapy. You’re trying to stop. What we have found is that you have a a stem cell. People love stem cells. If you ever hear the term stem cell tumor, wow, a stem cell tumor. Stem cell tumors cannot metastasize. How do I know? Because I have stem cell tumors diagnosed as stem cell tumors with stem cell markers. I’ve grown them. They grow very angry. They get a lot of blood vessels but they can’t spread. Okay, how do you get spreading tumor cells in your body? The immune system comes in, recognizes that as an unhealed wound and then fuses with the stem cells and then you have these hybrid cells. They are programmed to move around your body. So they are a macrofage tumor cell hybrid. So and they’re very hard to kill, but we found they’re remarkably sensitive. They’re glutamine driven. So we know they’re glutamine driven and they need the glucose and that why that’s why metabolic therapy done the right way can nail nail those metastatic cancer cells purging them with a little little bit of imunotherapy to go along with it. You might be able to to get what we call resolution. Don’t forget my colleagues and I Dom Diagust Joe Maroon we built the press pulse therapeutic strategy. I mentioned that on your previous show. That’s the way you you you press down the glucose of the tumor and then you pulse to kill the glutamine which will which will target the metastatic cancer cells enhancing the health and vitality of the organs already infiltrated by the tumor. I looked on our previous conversation Doc Professor Thomas and um it’s quite heartbreaking because the comments sections are all people that are e either struggling themselves with cancer or a loved one of theirs, their wife, their husband has just been diagnosed with cancer. Is there anything for those people that have clicked on this video because I imagine they are in the millions. Yeah. You want them to hear. Well, the thing of it is is why Well, this is a bigger issue. When you have the science and you have the strategy to manage cancer effectively with minimal toxicity, not to say we can cure, but to say we can manage it. Why is it not being done? That’s the question. But to them to them who’ve tuned in. Okay. So these kinds of conversations that we have are allowing the populations to realize that there is their loved ones do not need to be sacrificed for the good of industries that are generally considered profitable. They in other words the profitability of the industries are based on your sickness. Uh and and a lot of those comments came, oh, you can’t you can’t do anything. Yes, you can do something about it. When you’re armed with the knowledge and people ignore the knowledge, then there’s a problem. Do people need to sort of self advocate to some degree? I think so. With with uh care providers, what do they I think that’s a very delicate question. Yeah. The oncologists never heard of this stuff. They have never read these papers. They were never trained in medical school to know the biology and biochemistry of cancer. It was told to be a genetic disease. Theories are so important in science. For 1,800 years, people thought the work of Aristotle, his comments and the mathematics of Claudius Tami said that the earth was the center of the solar system and all the planets uh and sun revolved around the earth. The geocentric theory, right? Capernacus struggled with the talami mathematics and realized that if he put the the sun in the center of the solar system and made earth just another planet, a lot of the mathematics made sense. Kepler comes in and says these aren’t circles, they’re ellipticals. Galileo takes the telescope, sees the moon’s interuptor and was able to look at and quantify where where predict where planets would be at a certain period of time. Then they took poor Godano Bruno. You know about this guy, Bruno? Stephen, you got to know Bruno. Your job is to know about the poor Bruno who was burned alive by the Catholic Church for challenging the the the geocentric theory. And he became a martyr of science. So when you have established power structure, whether it’s a religion or whether it’s an industry or whatever, challenging that can be very very hazardous. Has it been hazardous for you? Listen, no. I mean, I do what I do because I like I just collect more and more data at the sport. Hazardous for me would be getting blindsided. Blindsided would be somebody coming at me with a piece of new data that I have never considered. I don’t sleep. I I think about this stuff all the time to avoid the blind side. My students are on the on the alert for any paper that comes out that says cancer oh cancer cells can burn fatty acids and ketone bodies. Oh, really? Let’s go back through and dissect out their control experiments and you find in every case there was always some glucose and glutamine in the media making it look like the fatty acids. So, so that’s what bothers me. What bothers me is getting hit with a piece of data that undermines what we’re what we our knowledge base is. And so far, we haven’t had that. Okay, it’s we’re standing on the shoulders of Otto Warberg, a giant in the field of biochemistry. He was thrown under the bus when everybody thought cancer was a genetic disease. My this paper goes back and shows exactly where Warberg made his mistakes and where we have rectified some of that, bringing the whole field back on where it should be. It is a mitochondrial metabolic disorder and we can account for all of the phenotypes and characteristics of that disease knowing that now with that knowledge logical people and people interested in helping others will will uh take advantage of that. We’re not throwing out all these toxic chemicals. We’re learning how to use them in a different way and that’s where the success is going to come. So let’s let’s conclude with a a actionable takeaway for people who are suffering themselves with with cancers um or have someone in their family right now that is suffering from cancers. What is the actionable takeaway? Well, I think the action will take once this paper comes out they can start taking action if they are motivated enough. They can read about this. they can read about it and then try to like just like you’re doing no different get into these zones and then work with their oncologists, knowledgeable people to to to treat them with standards of care. Yeah. As long as they can remain and then we do non-invasive imaging, PET scans, see MRIs. Okay. So, specifically what what you’re saying is this paper, I will link it below in the comment section for anyone that wants to read it. This graph will be on the screen throughout this episode anyway, so people can screenshot it if they want to have a look. And the way that they test whe what what their GKI index is is they can buy one of these Keto Mojo things which you can get on Amazon for $ 20, $30. You prick your finger, it gives you the glucose reading. You divide it by 18. No, no. The the new machines have the button. You just So even the people don’t have to do that. Okay, fine. And as you can see on here, this is an interesting way to sort of increase your your management, improve your management of of some of these. Yeah. And then there’s a challenge to get into those zones. Um, you know, I’m not saying this is easy stuff. GLP1 inhibitor, man, that’s a hell of a lot easier than than than doing this. And I should probably say always consult with a medical professional. Yeah. Um, I I think uh because you know a lot of people they have a lot of coorbidities. They have diabetes, high blood pressure, hypertension, cancer. They have a it’s not a perfectly healthy person with cancer. Mhm. So before you go in to challenge that, you need to have what you look like you might look, you know, you might have to be adjusted in some way. That’s why the people who the physicians that are working with this can do all that. I I’m I’m not in the clinical thing. And there are some people who respond poorly to the ketogenic diet is high stakes of ketosis because I’ve I’ve received DMs before from a woman who said, “My my husband did ketosis and he collapsed unconscious. He took him to the hospital. He had some coorbidity.” Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Oh, the other thing too is you got to be some people have carnitine deficiencies. Carnitine prevents fatty acids from being made into ketone bodies. So, so, so they can be carnitine supplementation can help them, but you need a physician to know this. We have a closing tradition where the last guest leader question for the next and the question left for you is on the subject of energy. What in your life has brought you the most energy and what was the biggest energy drain you’ve ever experienced? Well, this is bringing me the biggest energy. This well not this the whole concept the idea that you have found uh mother nature has allowed you to look into the depths of of of what we consider the biology and biochemistry of how bodies work. and knowing how to take that and apply it to people that are suffering from all these different chronic diseases and giving them the opportunity to change that because before that it was mysterious. Oh, I’m do I’m in keto. What’s your GK? I I don’t know. Well, now you have a quantitative opportunity that gets us. So, we have a lot of evidence. I think people should be feel encouraged. I think we have given hope to the hopeless and and I think that’s empowering and the goal here is not to make a billion dollars. It’s just to know that you’ve kept all these poor souls alive longer than they were projected to be to be. And I think this power and that keeps us going because when we see more and more people coming to me, I get emails back from people three or four years ago and I said, “Gee, I thought you were a goner.” And he says, “I’m doing really well. I just came back from a vacation with my wife.” Well, that’s empowering. I said, “Well, that’s good. And don’t forget, Stephen, all of our research money comes from private foundations and philanthropy. So, so is that a way that people can help? Yeah. And where do they go to help? Oh, Travis Kristopherson’s foundation. So, we in my papers they we have the foundations that support uh our work, private foundations. So, and there are occasionally, yes, please link. There are occasionally people I know and I when I give kits of information to people uh I say please consider making a donation only if it works for you. Yeah. Don’t charge them anything or ask them to pay something if it’s not going to help them. If you were told to be dead in 6 months and 6 years later you’re alive. Maybe you throw us a few shekeles into the private found into the foundation supporting our work. I’ll link that foundation below in the comments. Yeah, we have a couple on breast cancer on on on general general uh um support on the metabolic approach that we have. So, we have a lot going. We’re very excited. You can see all the papers we’ve published. Uh and it’s not like um uh some of these are in top journals, some of them are in new journals, but but the issue is we’re we’re we’re we’re publishing this. My thing is, you know, I great great great respect for science and doctors in the medical profession. Go go go get your information. Speak to your medical provider. There’s so many tools out there now. Go and check for yourself. I think in the oncology field, that’s where we have this vast wasteland of misinformation or misunderstanding, let’s put it that way. They don’t understand these concepts where, you know, people who have done heart work and bone work and replacements, those people are at the state-of-the-art with this kind of stuff. Well, the last conversation we had, it’s reached about 15 million people. So on YouTube, it’s got 10 million views and then across all your platforms, it’s got another five or so million views. Yeah.

    One is you’re giving people tools and science that they can think about and research themselves and speak to their medical practitioner about. But also, it actually just creates a community of people in the comment section where, you know, this is a community of people that are searching for hope. Yeah. And as some of them read through the comment sections, they actually commented saying, “It was so nice to to speak to other people in the comment sections about what I’m going through and how it feels from an emotional level.” So, this is something I actually wanted to say in this episode was if you’re if you’re listening to this conversation now and you’ve gotten to this point, do feel free to go into the comment section and just offer some support and some love to other people um who are struggling because you know it can be a very lonely experience the minute you find out you’ve got a diagnosis and off you go into the internet into podcast into AI to try and figure out what you can do. So, yeah, do share things that have helped you point at different resources that are rigorous and offer emotional support to those that are in the comment section. and that would be a wonderful thing. Thomas, thank you so much for all that you do. Um, you’re you’re an absolute warrior for pushing science, the science into the world and for fighting for these people that don’t have the tools. And if you I mean, I don’t think I’ve ever seen a comment section quite like it in terms of the gratitude that people have for the work that you’re doing. It is remarkable work. Long may you continue to do it. Well, thank you very much. and you you know you play a very important part on this because this information is not disseminated to the the population and it’s the population of people that will eventually make the change. So they’re going to want this especially when we keep publishing more and more case reports of successful cases and the ch the system will change and we just have to modify what we have to make it better and I think that’s what keeps us going. So I have no plans of stopping this anytime soon. My students are all excited about this. they they’re learning about it at Boston College. So, this is a big emphasis that we have and we continue to do it. Again, scientific literacy is so important uh for uh how you um navigate through life. And um thank you very much for your show and we’ll we’ll keep uh pushing this as as hard as we can. Thank you.

  • 09/28/2026 – The newest Hermes agent update is unbelievable

    Hermes Agent has released some monster updates lately that have completely changed how you use the AI agent. If you use these new, sometimes hidden features the right way, you’re going to be a productivity machine. In this video, I cover all the new features and show you my brand new Hermes agent setup. I also show you what I’m using. Am I using Grockbot, Hermes, Chat GBT, and which tasks I use them for. If you stick with me until the end of the video, you’ll be a master of the best open-source AI agent out there. Now, let’s lock in and get into it. So, one of the biggest updates from Hermes lately is the bot mode. Here is how you need to be using the bot mode. For those who don’t know, Grockbot comes out a couple months ago, takes the world by storm. Hermes quickly comes out with their bot mode. What is the bot mode? Bot mode allows you to create multiple Hermes bots very very easily and manage them and talk to them all at the same time here. Sort of like iMessage. Previously, Hermes was very much a single agent setup where you just talk to one agent. It’s just kind of the god mode agent that does everything for you. Now with Hermes bot mode, you have multiple bots, different profiles, different memories, personalities, tools, all of that. But here’s the mistake I see a lot of people use with this new feature. They treat it like Grock where they make a whole bunch of bots that all are like different human roles, the developer role, the marketer role. I don’t think that’s the right way to do this. I think that’s fine for Grockbot. For for Hermes, you want to make profiles and agents that kind of match the strength of what Hermes is. And the strength of what Hermes is is you can use any model, any provider you want with each one of these agents. So, I’m not making agents that have different roles. I’m making agents with Hermes, which is GPT6 Ash, Claudy, which is Opus 5. I’m making agents for all the different models so I can take advantage of the strengths of each one of those models. If I need to build something, I go to Hermes, my GPT6 Astra model. If I need some front-end work done, I go to Claud. If I have simple tasks I want done, I go to Quen, which is actually powered by a local model running on my DJX Spark. So, it gets it done completely for free. So, my recommendation to you is this. Go to your Hermes agent, say, “Hey, set me up a new bot powered by Claude or whatever other models you want to use.” Hit enter. It will set up the new bots for you in the bot mode. By the way, this is only in Hermes desktop. And all you have to do is click the bot mode here, and it will create the new bots for you. Do that, then you can use the strengths of each model for whatever task you’re doing. If you want to do cheap coding, make sure you make a Grock bot in there. If you want to do super fast coding, I actually make a Meta bot in there. Meta’s coding models are actually good now. So, make sure you set those up. We’re actually going to be covering 10 awesome new features here. So, let’s get to the second feature, which is their advanced local model support. Now, stay with me here. It doesn’t matter which computer you have, this local model support is going to be relevant for you. So, I really, really like this. If you go to settings and then you go to providers and then you click on run models locally, click that. What’s going to happen is it’s actually going to look at your hardware and then determine the best local model you should be running on it. Doesn’t matter what you have. If you have a Mac Mini 16 GB, you have a super powerful Mac Studio like me, does not matter. It will figure out the best model for your device and then basically manage it for you. All you need to do is click set up for me. It’ll almost be like LM Studio where it’ll download it for you, load it, test it, run it, and it’ll put it into a Hermes bot for you. So, you will have your own Hermes bot powered by a local model with unlimited intelligence. Now, I’m going to be honest. If you have a bad computer, if you have a smaller computer like a Mac Mini, will it be the best intelligence in the world? No. But you’ll still get free intelligence. So, even if you have a smaller computer, you can use it for really simple tasks to let it run and do it for free. So, everyone should be doing this now. Go to providers, local models, and see which local model it wants to load for you, and then load up. Just click set up for me. You have nothing to lose by doing this. Hermes agent is insanely powerful, but it’s just one piece of the agent puzzle. Luckily, my friends over at HubSpot put together a free AI agent cheat sheet that helps you figure out which AI agents should be used for which jobs without having you need to test a bunch of tools yourself. Inside the guide, it covers seven of the biggest AI agents right now. Chad GBT agent mode manis claude coowork openclaw zapier nadn clawed code for each one it breaks down what it’s best at how hard it is to set up what it costs and when you should actually use it you also get copy paste starter prompts these prompts cover workflows like competitor research lead routing and daily briefings so you can go from comparing tools to actually using them right away is the skip if you need section which basically tells you hey these agents you don’t need to use them if you do these There’s so many agents out there, it’s good that they tell you which ones you don’t need to use. If you enjoy Hermes, you want to know what other agents you should be using, too. This is the resource for you. Grab the free cheat sheet in the link down below, and thanks to HubSpot for sponsoring the video. The next big update I’ve been using on is Hermes HUD. This is a great new feature, especially if you play video games. This is like a gamer’s dream. I recently built like an open- source version of this for all my other agents, but it’s great that Hermes built this in. So basically it allows you to make this like kind of mini version of Hermes. This little HUD, you can move it anywhere on your computer you want. It always sits on top of whatever is on your screen. So if you open up a game, you open up War Dogs or World of Warcraft, whatever you’re playing, this will sit on top of it. So anytime you can go in and you can talk to it. You can say, “Hey, what’s the stock price of MU Micron?” But here’s the cool part. It has access to whatever is on your screen. So if you’re playing a game, you’re playing World of Warcraft and you’re on a quest and you’re stuck, you don’t know where to go, maybe it has you killing like a specific like highlevel elite bore, you can go in on Hermes Hut and say, “Hey, where is this boar located?” And it’ll show you, it’ll tell you exactly where to go cuz it can see your screen. So it’s like the best like cheat code for video games ever. If you had a Game Shark when you were a kid like me, I know my millennial is showing right now. This is basically like that or just an easy way to access your agent. No matter what’s going on your screen, you don’t have to keep minimizing and opening and minimizing. It’s just always a HUD that’s there working for you. So, I love it. If you’re on Mac, all you need to do is do commandshiftth. If you’re on Windows, it’s control shift H. Puts it in HUD mode and you’re good to go. You can move this around anywhere on your screen you want and you always have Hermes agent ready to go. It’s amazing. Which brings us to feature four, which is it now has chat GBT voice mode. If you’ve watched my previous videos, you know I am absolutely in love with chat GBT voice. I think I think it’s such a powerful tool. Well, guess what? You now can hit this button right here. Open it. Hey, can you tell me what the status of my other agents are? So, it has the strengths of Chad GBT voice, which is it’s real time, interacts with you very, very quickly, but it also has access to all its tools. So, it can look what your other agents are doing. It can orchestrate your other agents. It can delegate tasks to different agents. It’s basically chat GBT voice but in this nice multi- aent setup. All you need to do is put in your OpenAI API key and it’s good to go. I think the costs are like really small. It’s like 5 cents a minute or something like that. So, it is really, really cheap and it’s really awesome. If you haven’t used Chad GPT voice yet, it is such a sick way to use AI. It is clearly the the way of the future, the way we’ll be interacting computers in the future, which is through our voice. I recommend when you’re doing work next time and you’re thinking about typing your Hermes agent, just use voice instead. Sit there, talk to your microphone and just delegate tasks out. Just stream a conscious as you come with tasks. Give it to your Hermes agent and now it’ll be amazing at delegating it to your different bots you set up, which is much related to the next feature I really love that they just released, which is the ability to use the hey Hermes keyword to talk to your agent. So, as you can see here, I just said it out loud. Hey Hermes, can you tell Claud to build a 3D firstperson shooter using 3JS? And as you can see, it gave the command to the other agent to build the 3D firstperson shooter. So now basically anytime you’re sitting at your computer and you think, “Oh, I wish I could do this. I wish I could do that.” You just say the Hermes keyword and it starts listening to whatever you have to say. This is awesome. You’re multitasking. You’re sitting at your computer. You think of things. You say the keyword and you just start shouting out tasks to do. It’s been really helpful for me. I’ve been able to get way more done. I’m telling you, voice makes you so much more productive. The next feature I’m really enjoying is its sub agent functionality. It now has really nice user interfaces for sub agents. So, you can track what each sub agent is doing. A lot of the AI agents out there and the tools, they don’t give you visibility into all the agents. I really like this. So, check this use case out. Please use sub agents to design three concept poster images for dystopian shooting video game called Null District. It’s a stylistic cyberpunk dystopian looter shooter. What’s going to happen when you give a task that has multiple threads and strands to do? It’s going to spin up a bunch of sub aents, but now it’s going to give you a really nice interface for them. As you can see here, here are the three different sub aents. You can see which models they’re using. You can click in and you get an entire window with every single thing the agent is doing, which is really cool. If you want to change each sub agent, which model they’re running. So maybe you want to do like Claude for one sub sub aent to see what kind of design you get, Muse for another, you can go in here and do that. You can change which skills each sub agent uses, things like that. That’s like the strength of Hermes, right? Is it’s so configurable. You can do anything you want, any model you want, any provider you want. So, I highly recommend doing that when it uses sub agents. Have it use different sub aents. Have it use Opus, have it use Chad GBT, have it use Grock, and see how the different sub aents perform. Really good if you want to do something like design related where you can see different options after it’s done. The next feature that’s great is the cron jobs are greatly improved. They now have memory of past cron jobs. So, if you’re anything like me and you have your agents do regular research, daily research, weekly research, whatever, it will now remember its past research and not repeat its research again. So, so as an example, I have it research AI stocks every day. I like to invest. I like to invest in AI companies. Before it would go and it basically research a lot of the same companies over and over and over again cuz it had no memory of its past crown jobs and what it did during those crown jobs. Now the memories of those crown jobs have improved. So now you can see here here’s one of the research reports it did recently where it went through found a bunch of stocks Micron Micron AVGO. But if we look at the next report re it researches an entirely different set of companies. As you can see it even says previously researched. It shows it right there, which is amazing. So now your cron jobs are a lot higher quality. I’d recommend doing all your research cron jobs inside Hermes cuz now it has that memory, which is really, really nice. So I think the number one question I get on all my videos now is like, Hermes, you’re not talking about Hermes. I still use Hermes a ton. Hermes is still a fantastic tool. It is the only usable open-source AI agent, I think, right now. It is excellent. So, you want to use it for the strengths that you get out of an open-source AI agent, which is one, you can use any number of models, and two, you can customize it any way you want. So, if I’m doing network administrator stuff, which is loading local models, my different computers, managing my tech, managing all my different computers, I like to use Hermes for that because Hermes is a lot more willing to jump between my computers. There’s a lot of guard rails on the other AI agents when it comes to that. Also for personal work, for the crown jobs, for doing things that might require or be better with multiple models, I like Hermes. For the deep technical work, I like Chad GBT work only because that harness, that desktop harness is excellent. The computer use in that is just the best, bar none, the absolute best. So, I like Chad GBT work for that. In more general knowledge work, I like Grockbot cuz I think the Grockbot interface is excellent. I think it’s super easy to use and also it has the mobile app. Hermes still doesn’t have a mobile app, which is that’s a big weakness. Grockbot has the mobile app. So, for quick general knowledge work, I like to go to my Grobot app on my phone, shoot off some commands real quick, and I get a lot of work done. That’s my stack. I’m still using Hermes. It still manages all my computers for me. I also love the iMessage uh integration, so I can go to iMessage and quickly shoot off prompts as well. That’s what it’s great for, too. But, you want to mix and match. You want to use the different agents and use it for each of their strengths. I hope this was helpful. If it was, leave a like down below. Let me know in the comments which AI agent you use the most. Hermes, Crockbot, Work, Open Claw, whatever you’re using the most. Let me know down below. I’m curious. I’ll start making more videos about whichever agents you guys like. Subscribe and turn on notifications. All I do is cover all the AI agents, how to use them, how to get the most out of them. I hope this is helpful. I’m so appreciative if you’d watch this video and I’ll see you in the next one.

  • 09/28/2026 – The BillBoardMate Reveal

    Everyone, it is Luke here. Hopefully you can hear me. Okay, let me know in the chat. I’ll turn my camera on real quick. I’ll pull this over here. And what I should be able to do then is pause this screen and I can change this over. What’s up, guys? Hello. Hello. Hello. Um, I’ll change this over to

    Okay, let me see if this

    Awesome. Cool. Okay, cool. All right, you can see my screen. That’s a lot going on. Let me just put it here for a minute. What is up, everyone? Good to see you here today. This is literally my top, not even 1%, probably 0.1% um audience on today’s session which I am so impressed with everyone that was able to jump on today uh with such little notice um which and now due to less people being on here than I thought might be not not by much only by 20 or 30 um it means I’m going to go bigger for everyone here because it means less people will be on today’s session and less people will watch the 24hour replay that I’ll have live if I end up even setting that out depending on how uh things go today. So, first of all, thank you for being here. If you’re here right now, say hello in the chat. Give it a thumbs up. Hey, Aqua, how are you? Uh Steven, good to see you, my friend. Good. Good to see you as well, my friend. I appreciate you. No, so is it. Um August, how are you, August? Good to see you. Adam, Paul, Diane, Ross, Stanley, good to see you all here today. Um awesome. Awesome. Awesome. And uh great. Appreciate you guys doing the thumbs up here. Fred, good to see you, my friend. Um awesome. You guys are the best. Um so today I’m not going to uh this is isn’t going to be like a multiple hour session. So you can first of all, even though I know some of you don’t mind that, uh I do know that can be a bit full on at times. Trust me, I never planned it to be like that. I I think I and you know I’ve I’ve had AI go back in and analyze um a lot of the sessions recently and just to tell me why are they so long when I don’t feel like I’ve talked up for that long. It’s a lot of it is actually me just answering questions at the end um or me hanging around sharing different examples of things but the the the the core bulk of it is in a a much smaller period. And what I might even do in future sessions is um see if I can have AI cut the bulk out, cut any question and answer parts out and then just combine that at the end um with overlays with what the question is and then the answer. See if I can make it a bit more of a production replay for you guys. But um and I’ll even show you how today how uh we can do this um even if you like because right now we are at a wildly interesting time uh in this AI space. You I don’t know if you guys have noticed since using Fable 5.1 or using the new chat GPT um that things aren’t the same, right? things aren’t the same as what they were

    and they’re just not the same as what they were a like even like a model ago. So in the older models compared to now it seems I I’ve definitely noticed it. It depends on how much you would have been using these tools if you noticed it at all. U but it’s like they’ve definitely got smarter. what you have to do yourself is definitely becoming less and less and less to get an outcome. And the more you the more you ask questions and the more you ask AI tools what it feels you often are getting a much better end result. Now the reason for this and the reason for so many updates from all of these different tools is it’s again it’s the race to AGI. Some believe that chat GPT6 is the first real marker

    of AGI. This stands for um artificial general intelligence. And what this means is this is the point where um OGI is the point where AI is essentially as smart and capable if not more smart or smarter uh

    and more capable.

    than humans, right? And this is where every AI company is racing to get to uh as quick as humanly possible, right? And who can who can tell me why who can tell me why this is such an important milestone for a company? Because it’s really crazy. It’s actually quite insane like how fast this has come on and how quickly these tools are getting better and better and better. Aqua says money which is essentially really the root of it all to be honest. Right. So definitely definitely winner there. Um status above the rest Steven says look that’s part of it too but it’s money but why why is AGI why is it a race? Why does the first person that gets there, why is that so important? Who could tell me and I’ll tell you in a second otherwise cuz I know I don’t expect you I don’t expect anyone to know. Um, but I’ll just tell you guys, um, that the reason for this is when we have an AI that is smarter or more capable than humans, that is when companies start to hire AI tools, bots, um, humanoids, um, u software, AI agents instead of paying humans, right? Isn’t this is when companies start to hire because because it makes more it makes no sense to hire humans anymore at this point, right? Sorry, one second. Uh got to get my son tomorrow. Okay, one second. Uh we have Yeah, instead of paying uh paying humans. So this means

    that um we are going to Yeah. So it will cost substantially less like 100x less than minimum wage for a employee that can work 24/7. Never needs a break.

    Never needs holidays. mental health days,

    any sort of day

    and it will only get smarter

    and better, right? So when when and then when AGI hits as well, taking AGI and putting it into actual hardware means things like like a humanoid robot can clean dishes better than humans. It can play basketball better than humans. Um, and actually let me just um see if I can find this over here in this other tab for you for you guys right now. Um, um, I don’t know if you guys saw in the past couple of days um that they’re now doing um, humanoid robot fights and cage fights in China right now. They look they’re pretty ridiculous. Let me see if I can show this here.

    which is pretty ridiculous. They got walkouts and everything. This one here is like the main company. It’s called like a T700 or something which is very Terminator like but look at they can get back up.

    So they’re still a bit clunky, right? But they’re still

    pretty crazy what they can do. Now, on a side note, in terms, you know, this is all about I always try to think of all the different ways you can make money. Um, these the Oh, the actually before I get into that, this this lady is saying um outside a few years ago, these robots have really gotten so much better. So, they this has obviously been going on for years in in China, AI um uh robot fights, which is crazy. But quick quickly here, have a look at their shoulders. Have a look at their knees. Any of their joints that they have in their elbows. Apparently, these are the most expensive parts, right, of building these AI um robots in terms of hardware and the technology and like the six gear. I think it’s like a six gear movement or something, right? Um I’ll find the name what what it is later on when I send it in the email. But basically, I was watching this guy. He when he started investing in um the actual companies that are that are actually responsible for the for the key parts in making this actual shoulder movement part that gives it the human um human movement type, right? So the motor inside of it apparently there’s two main parts. There’s the motor and then there’s all the pieces around it that make it up and he started investing in the companies that actually are responsible for that and the his returns he’s got in the past month are insane. So keeping you like even having just your thoughts on like okay what else could be coming that that um that might need a like might be like gamechanging for humans. What key areas and key parts even even probably investing in this exact model that this guy’s done. It’s probably a smart idea uh long term when these things start getting pumped out like crazy. um if the companies that are at the forefront of the space now um are still are still at the front of it in future and guys don’t if you’ve seen Nvidia is now the most expensive or the is the most pro um the most is the number one uh highest valued company in the world so Nvidia beats Apple and Microsoft now if you guys don’t know what Nvidia is uh Nvidia is um look at this it’s first publicly traded company to touch $4 trillion market value. Here you go. Now, Nvidia is responsible for the chips, the AI chips inside of these huge data centers, right? And um in May 2023, it hit 1 trillion. In 3 years, it’s now at $4 trillion valuation. And it’s something crazy like like look at how let me let me show you this. How many people at Nvidia are millionaires?

    It’s estimated more 27,000 or more Nvidia employees are now millionaires. Roughly 76 to 78% of Nvidia’s workforce have become millionaires. Um nearly 50% of employees report a net worth exceeding 25 million. Right now the way they’ve done that is they’ve given them um obviously shares in the company or some sort at the start of their employment. But um you know what a smart in cool way to make everyone want to be like working together to get the best outcomes um possible right so um yeah pretty crazy so um but the reason why it’s so it’s so they’ve blown up so big is because let’s have a look at chat GPT data center is because the way these AI tools get to AGI as fast as possible is by building these gigantic gigantic data centers like this um that are just full of computers um and Nvidia chips essentially Nvidia chips uh and the more and more computing power you add on to the actual different AI models at chat, GBT, Claude, etc. Um, and there’s two. Let’s see what um Elon’s Elon’s got one of the biggest ones.

    Um,

    look how crazy this is inside of these places. It’s just like another world of computing. Um, look at this. AI is investing 659 million into a new Memphis data center. Uh, and again, this would just be 100% computing inside of these places. They make it look all pretty, but it’s definitely not it’s not like the nicest way thing how this is all working, right? But the the big the big thing with all of this is is that um yeah, the more compute you add onto these data centers gives means the more and more um uh means the more it can do and the faster it will get to a level that’s considered agi. It’s just a matter of time and it’s going to happen and everyone’s racing to get there first because the first person to do this

    then has essentially ultimate power. Probably the most powerful position anyone’s ever been in in the entire history of the earth really. I know it’s a big call to make, but when you have the tech that you own and you run and you’re literally can change how everyone does everything, you can change people’s employment because you got something that does it better. Like just think about what that is worth. And then to companies with the trillions of dollars, it will save companies uh from having to employ people. It doesn’t show the flip side of it, right, of like, okay, well now, like, how do we then take all these people that need jobs, what do they do then do now? Um, and on top of that as well, the absolutely disgustingly huge costs that these data centers you cost to run. And even just the amount of water, like some of these cities around these data centers, like they’re they’re they’re actually running out of water in the homes around them because these data centers use so much water to cool all of the computers and they’re cuz they’re all water cooled. It all cools the temperature of them down through these water systems and they pump so much water through them. So yeah, and but the thing is it’s it’s a race, right? And it means that whoever’s there first is going to essentially have the power that all the other companies when they catch up then there’ll be different options and whatnot but whoever’s there first is going to have that you know initial just next level position and it’s important as well because it’s not just a a race with countries we’re just in in a country right it’s not just America doing this there’s other countries China being a major one that is also trying to get to AGI first, right? Uh, in a lot of ways, China is is far more advanced in some ways in with AI and um, but when it comes to AGI, I’m not sure where they’re at right now to be honest. I don’t think anyone knows exactly but uh we have seen in the past how deepseek which is China’s company AI one of their main AI companies has came out and blew the minds of everyone at chat GPT and cord and other other places here and then we’ve jumped jumped uh a lot farther forward since seeing how far they’ve been they were ahead in some ways then. So, um, we’re at this point now, which is super interesting. And we’re, and like I said, I mentioned with the last last model that’s come out, we’re at a point now, which is just so cool that things are changing with how we use AI now. And um I noticed it myself and I and I’m going to share this with you here cuz this this is not something that you guys are going to do we’re going to do today or anything, but it’s something that you know what like just because I said I’d do some more things for you guys today. Um I’ll show you guys how you can get this actually for free. Um just cuz you’re in this top 0.01% audience. But I want to um I just, you know, I I’ll it was something I was going to like just tease you guys with and then in a few weeks when I open the doors for it, see if you guys wanted to be a part of it. But you know what? If you’re here, I’m going to let you guys be a part of this. If you do one thing for me today on today’s session, um let me see if I can find where I’ve put it. Um here. So, something I’m going to be doing in the coming weeks, guys, is because of this change in how AI has been going, you know, I’ve been trying to do my weekly webinars and I’m looking at the different things that have coming out and tools that are different, things that are different that are happening um and trying to just continuously do webinar week by week um on a specific topic um or a new release from an AI company or something like that. But I’ve found that for myself, the entire way I use my AI tools is different now. I don’t need to create these giant markdown files anymore or these different rule files to give my AI specific rules and specific terms and and specific ways to schedule things and to use different plugins and different third party um like get um GitHub um repos that I bring into like there’s so many things I don’t do anymore uh because I don’t need to Um because AI has got smart enough that it can just literally understand things. even simp even the simplest of things uh for example the way I had things set up it meant that every time I build something um ever it would build it from complete scratch and after speaking with my AI recently I said how can we improve how we do things and it came back to me with a bunch of cool recommendations like hey like why don’t we just make like a like almost like a like a shelf system where we we go back through the past 20 products you’ve built and anything that you’ve built more than once, we’ll we’ll we’ll make a copy of it and we’ll put it on the shelf. So in future whenever you need to build a login page or a um or a um a security um like like the security levels of any software um before I launch it. Let’s have those elements already pre-built so we can just slot them in and then code them in versus coding the entire thing from scratch. Um and I found this this was a big big help with my login portals, right? because I used to have three or four different login ways that people would have to log into my tools and it was frustrating that uh Claude would build it that way and then it realized that so it’s fixed that now right um now that’s just with uh Claude for example an example now we’ve got things like computer use which I’ll share with you today I I could say um like I can have Claude take over my computer and run specific tasks for me And like like let me show you this. I’ll be like um here open a new Claude. Can you see this here? You can’t see this right now. I’ll show it to you. I’ll share it in a minute. But basically, I could have Claude go out and come to this website here and I could have an analyze this entire page and and then create a PDF document after literally pulling up this actual browser uh live where you you can see it doing it. You can see its cursor, what it selects, anything like that. Now, I can have it do that, but I can have it go into I could say, “Hey, can you open up Canva?” And it would go to canva.com. It would then log in to Canva via my Gmail, right? It would quickly, it would do all of this for me.

    and then it would be able to use Canva as if it were me right in front of me in this browser here with computer use. That’s something that was never been you could never do before. I have to use different tools like um like Hermes bot or things like that to use things outside of Claude directly itself. Now um with chat GBT totally uh similar experience where it has got to a level that is just so crazy but the way you use chat DPT is so different. I don’t I don’t know if you guys have seen this that yet. Let me actually even try to show you it now. Um

    share

    Yeah.

    So, at the top here, see, I’ve got I’ve got this I built this before out, right? We got JBT. And at the top, if if I go to a new chat, the way this works now is we’ve got the different levels of how of of the of chat GBT6 that I’m using right now, we’ve got things like our our voice chat, which is just wild how fast and accurate it is to use voice chat right now. But at the top here, we got chat and we have work, chat, and work. Then we also have over here on the left chat GBT. If I go down on chat GBT, I got Codeex. And with these three tools, it’s literally the biggest powerhouse of a software ever right now. More so than Claude Code, I would say in terms of uh if you’re just getting started and you want to get a lot done quick with next to no learning curve, uh this is where you want to be. Uh, but Claude I still love for so much. Um, which again I want to share with you how I use both and how I also have them both work together um to essentially be a shared um a shared system so each one knows exactly what I’m doing at all times so I can use them both to work on my projects. Um, but let me jump back over into um this example here. Let me turn my webcam off so you can see it a bit bigger too. Now, the way I’m going to do this is over over like a five session uh webinar master class, right? And again, I’m going to share with you how you guys you guys can be a part of this for free because you’re on today’s session. Uh you I’m just get you to do one thing for me later on and I’ll make sure I get you access for this. A good a good way to see this, see underneath um session one here, it says the old manual way. The way you would use AI would be you you’d prompt something, you get an answer, you copy and paste different things that it would say and then you would go and do the work. Now, with a Gentic AI, you you define what you want the outcome to be. AI interviews you, AI plans it, AI uses its tools, it executes it, it checks the work, and then you approve it. And then it’s just a so much more hands-off system. Uh and the best thing as well is in the past you used to have to have specific uh um tools and specific repositories of different things for uh Claude to be able to do more things. Now you don’t it can literally go out and find the things that it needs, download them, and then give you um what it is you’re requesting uh all the time. So this is what we’re going to do. The session one is going to be called the AI reset. We’re going to go over through chatbt6 um and also called fable 5.1. The two biggest models right now. What’s new, what’s changed, what you don’t need to know do anymore, when to use chat versus work versus codeex and chat GPT, claude versus claude code uh in terms of the latest additions of them and then the best practices there. That’s session one. Session two, we’re going to build out your AI brain your context and your advantage. Getting things set up uh to give uh AI tools across the board, not just CL, not just HBT, but any of your actual tools that you might be using now or in the future. Um we’re going to go over that. Then we’re going to go into session three, which is going to be u from prompting to delegating. Now, this is something massive that I’ve been doing recently, which has helped me just exponentially increase the amount of work my AI tools are doing for me daily and how I can have work getting done every single day, even if I haven’t haven’t prompted it every day to do something. Now, what I mean by that, let me even just share my full screen here.

    So, while I have my AI tools that that have been working overnight down here, for example, I have where are we? Look at this. All of this is my me inside of one of my other tools here that I’ve got my C CEO agent. I’ve got um my site design and creative um agent which has now currently been redesigning my advert mate website. Right. I’ve um let me see if if I’ve got a full vision of it here. I’ll download this. I’ll see if it’s actually downloaded it for me. I’ll say can you get me a JPEG or PNG format of the full sales page. But then I’ve got my traffic bot. So, right now, look at this. This traffic uh agent here is asking me where do I want? So, I’ve asked it to um to go out and find some free traffic methods uh on where it can go out uh both paid and free that that you can go ahead and and advertise my actual offer on. So, it’s gone out. It’s done the research. It says it’s found all my latest tools and it says first free stack I’d run which is going to cost no spend until I approve paid ads which is going to be on Reddit and niche forms. So it’ll go out to Reddit and niche forms and start posting about my actual software. Um directory and launch sites like product hunt alternative directories tools like X uh short demo clips. Yeah. So, it’ll go out and post short demos of the of the product where people where people and audiences hang out, SEO and comparison pages, advert made versus ad agency, stepmate versus vibe coding chaos, best video overlay tools. Uh, it’ll start ranking for from you for that and then it’ll get affiliates too. And look at this, it’s got a plan of what it wants to do. So, it’s gone out and done further research. the best free lanes which is these these Reddit threads so under marketing and AI indie hackers product hunt for maker posts pay-per-click and Facebook ads for helpful comments only. Um so day one it would run submitting it to future tools to SASHub to alternative to and SAS city. These would all be like websites like um that would be sharing all the up and cominging tools that would be coming for AI I imagine. Um let me see if the site wants to load for me a bit faster.

    So look 20 AI tools that are coming out right now and you see AI news of other tools. So, it would go out to these different pages and literally start to um submit it to these different places to get my my tools on different lists that people literally go in and look for all the time. So, yeah, pretty cool. Back to this. So, so yeah, we go into that into into delegating. So, AI will then go out and do the work. So when I tell it to go to go and and start that, it will start that right away. We’ll go instead to step four, how we then take it from idea to done. So this is this is again the the easiest way to get AI these tools to essentially take everything from a simple prompt and have a finished ready to go build at the end outcome. Basically this this new agentic way underneath it. Uh and then uh step five is going to be our uh building your AI workforce. So what are AI agents and why do they matter? Build a build agents for specific roles kind of like you’ve seen how I’ve done here in these different ones. You can see I’ve got one here called product scout which goes out all the time looking for new potential product ideas. Uh side quest. This is where I’m trying to build an an app on the side of a video game. I shared that on the last session. Competitor research literally goes out and looks at my competitors and makes uh does a full breakdown of all three and and bring see I’ve got now it’s bringing me their different ads that these that the competitors are running right now. Um and you can see I’ve got a heaps of different one agents. I can make more and I can have AI tell me what agents I need. Now, that’s with um that’s with a with Grockbot there, but there’s uh there’s plenty of other AI agent tools that are out there like um like Meta just launched a brand new one which is going to be one that that I’ll probably showcase that most of you will want to use uh over what I just shared with you then. uh this way is if you’re a bit more into AI and you want and you want to have specific agents for specific tasks um which many of you will but there’ll be some of you that just want one agent that can do essentially everything for you each day and you and it’s a you know if you’ve never used an AI agent like this before um then that will be a better way to get your to get started in the space right now uh these bonus two days session four and five were going to be an um an upsell to the rest of it. Um but again, I’ll share with you how to get access to everything in here um in today’s session as well. So that’s going to start probably start of next month. Um I haven’t even told anyone about it till you guys just now. So that’s the first thing I wanted to say. Uh it’ll be a really good refresher and again there’ll be replays and everything like that but it’ll be a way that in in one week I can get everyone updated to a place that that I feel that everyone needs to be. I know a lot of you might even been at this point uh already by and understand all of this but um I know a lot of people won’t. So and this is this is just a really good way to you know cuz things move so fast so many tools come out. so many webinars go by and you just if you want to make sure you’re at the front of everything and being able to get the best results while doing the least amount of work, then this is something you want to want to be a part of. Um, give me a thumbs up if that’s something that you think you might want to join with me on. Um, whether it’s watching it live or in the replay, just give me a thumbs up in the chat over here. Um, just so I can see where you guys are at. Thank you guys. Awesome. Thanks, Ralph, Dina, Stanley, G, Aqua, Cool. Now what I’m going to do here as well is there was two things about today’s session that I was that I’m covering right I wanted to share with you first how um you don’t need to pay for so many softwares anymore um and there’s two reasons for that like well yeah so if you have a subscription for tools and you want to use specific tools uh you don’t need to pay anymore so for all of them so in the past right like You guys would have seen me share Open Router, right? Open router is a tool. Let me sign um let me see sign in. I’ve just a couple of models here first. Now,

    what this does is essentially you can have access to any of the AI languages out there. Not just these top sticks, but literally however many hundred there there are right now. They might even be into the thousand right now. Let’s have a look at let’s go view more. And you see there’s top 25 here, but there’s a lot more than 25. But say if I was using say

    where’s chat GPT here. Oh, that’s the best value. Um

    here vastest bottles. So say I want to use GPT JBT and then I wanted to um then switch to using Google Gemini. But instead of having a subscription to Google Gemini, which might cost me 30 bucks a month, I only want to pay for what I used of that tool. Oh, I only need it for like a couple of things. That’s what Open Router does, right? It lets you switch different models um because they’ve opened up access via their API for you to be to essentially pay via API. Um which is pretty cool right now. Um it what um

    one second here. Um what I’ve um what I I want to share with you today though is now this is with AI models. What if you could do it with different actual software? Now um you might not have realized this but there’s many many AI tools that let you access their actual API of the the tool itself. So look at this for example here is a tool called Higsfield. I use this to create uh any of my sales videos that I’ve been using that I’ve been doing recently. Um and it’s essentially all all this is by the way is a um essentially a a repo of look at this. If I go into video, it has all the different video models. So these different companies like Cance, let me even show share with you so you get a real good visual. C dance um cling 3.0.

    So you can see here under video all these on the right SN cling 3.0 Gemini Flux Miniax one 3.0 know Grock imagine Sora 2 um which is open AI’s most vmost most advanced video model these are all

    third party tools

    um

    that

    um so look at this um that allow you to take te text and turn it into video. Now, if I go back, I don’t know if that’s the actual official Oh, it must be.

    All right, here you go. This is better. Yeah, that one looked a bit weird to me. Um, now this Yeah, look at that. This is all AI generated. All of this that you see here is AI generated video, which is crazy, right? And you can see consistent characters.

    Now, if I went to buy pay for this,

    there’s probably probably uh uh video generator.

    or here the similar one with um seed dance right this we saw here cost up up up to look at that 640 bucks for a million 100 million tokens which is tokens are just you know that’s the annoying thing and with each tool they have tokens but it doesn’t tell you there’s no like quantifiable like one tokens equals equals this amount for every tool right it’s quite frustrating to work out how much is an actual dollar Um, but you can see here how long how much video you roughly will get uh for that actual cost. But that’s and but they give you look at look at that for a 480p video which no one’s rendering videos that’s that’s taking their marketing seriously at 480p right 1080p is like bare minimum really where you should be doing it at. right now. I could buy this here and then I’ve got 100 million tokens through this one plan. But I could use his field and I can have the choice of whatever model that I want to use depending on what my job is that I’m trying to do. Not just for video, but for audio um and for image generation as well. So you often see that what people do is they’ll create the imagery in here in Higsfield maybe or in um GBT image and they might it might use chat GBT to build the image here. And look if I click on any of these like I see dance I can then go in here and then I can go upload an image or I can choose a preset. I can um again do it all directly inside of here. But um

    and then what I can also do is connect these via MCP which means essentially that that means I can go into Chad GBT and say hey can you connect to Higsfield? So when when I’m in Chad GBT I can say hey can you I use Higsfield and build me out a um a storyboard with images for a potential video that I want you to build out for a sales video. Let me even just share that with you right here. How I’ve done that. Um here, right, I I was building out this it gave me this storyboard of what it wanted to do for a sales video for overlay mate, right? And while the storyboard looks good, the video didn’t turn out very great to be honest. Um it looked a bit rough. And here’s another example that it did. Here’s another story board for a different version that it did. where it was like talking about how videos once someone watches a video they just walk off and they don’t buy anything and I can’t do anything as a video because I don’t have hands. I just play the video and that’s it until now. Now I can actually put email optins. I can put buy buttons inside of the video. I can give people um like when people go to exit a video, I can put a um a a discount code or a value ad in the video that pops up that stops people leaving and brings them back into the video. And here at the end and there’s an AI that looks at the views where people drop off at and then optimizes the video to keep people watching. Um this was this was a much better I’ll see if we can even sh show you this here. Let me see if this works. You might not be able to hear it very well, but watched every single day. Not one of them lets you touch it. They watch, they leave, and your money walks out with them every single time. This year, your video gets hands. Meet Overlay Mate. The first video that clicks back. The catch. It stops the video, takes the email, and lets them keep watching. The lead is yours before they bail. Power two, the portal. It sends them anywhere you point. Your site, your calendar, your affiliate link, one tap. Power three, the vault. For the first time ever, they pay inside the video. cards, Apple Pay, Google Pay, no redirect. And there’s a sidekick in the building. An AI that studies every viewer for when you want it smarter by morning. Any video, YouTube, Vimeo, Luen. Paste the link, drag on the weapons, hit save. Live in under 10 minutes. 14-day refund. Double your money back if it isn’t live in 10. The only risk is not trying. overlaymate.com. All right. So, you can see that’s what it built with just literally one prompt and a storyboard. I asked him to build me three storyboards and three different ideas. That’s what it created, right? Pretty cool, right? Give me a thumbs up if you thought that was pretty cool. I don’t know if you could hear that, okay? it hopefully. Um,

    yeah. Oh, cool. So, you could hear it. Okay. Yeah. Um, so that’s what it built. But the frustrating thing, the reason I haven’t shared this tool with you guys in the past is because the pricing is just it’s so expensive, right? I’m on on the right now on the I think I’m on this plan here, the $99 one, which by the way, guys, if you do ever want to sign up to this again, I’m going to show you a better way than doing this right now. But if you do, and I’ll give you a special link that’ll get get it for you cheaper, but keep on saying no with every update upgrade they try to give you. So, if you kick get ultra and then they try to update you, upgrade you instantly, say no. or even choose the plus model because whatever model you want to be on, if you choose the one below it, it’ll keep on trying to update you to the next one and they’ll first give you like 30% discount, then it’ll give you a 40% discount and they go all the way up to 60%. And that pisses me off because I hate that they if you say yes at 50%. I hate knowing that people that have said no, we don’t want that. Like the people that haven’t shown to be the best customers then get rewarded by a 60% off access, right? And I got done by that. I said yes to 50% off. Um because I didn’t realize that that was going to happen. And I And then by the way, this is this is the annual cost, right? If I turn it to monthly, it’s now 120 month 130 bucks a month. And again, you might not need that many tokens, but I can tell you 1,200 tokens is about maybe four or five like videos a month of of like one minute sales videos, right? at the highest level. Um, you can always buy more tokens and whatnot, but it’s not I it’s just not ideal if you like if you’re doing one video or something like that, then sure. But again, if you only want if you only need this for one video, like signing up to a whole membership can be just frustrating as hell. But as I said before, there’s now like even if I wanted to use just say Cling AI, see it’s got the API option here. Let’s go to pricing. Um and with AI with um with wherever it says API, it means I can connect um Claude or Chvt directly to the API and then access the tool where I only pay for what I use. Exactly the same as Open Router. that might that will change models depending on what it is that I’m trying to do. Or if I wanted to use Gemini for something specific, then great, I could do that. I can have it change over and then it will only charge me for what I use here right now using the API. Now, that means I don’t need to have a Gemini membership, a Nvidia Neatron 3 membership, a GLM membership, you know, all of these different memberships that are here. I don’t need them now. That’s with the AI model. Now, we can do that with um uh Higsfield and and again any tool really that’s out there, you should check if there is an actual a um API that you can connect to. So, and this is brand new by the way with Higfield. Now, the thing is when they what Hixel did the other day, it’s something pretty crazy. the founder of it, he released the API public. So essentially what that is is he’s gone and built like a $4 billion company in two in 18 months he’s built this in and he’s now gone here is everything here is all everything that this tool uses to make this actual product. Right? And again, this isn’t this product itself doesn’t create video itself to outside of but what it does is it gives you access to all of these other models much cheaper than in some cases than if you sign up to them directly which is just insane. They’ve obviously really good at at organizing deals and making deals. So he’s made the entire tool public which means two things. The first thing it means is you can actually now use if you want to if you wanted to create your own custom video software that was for a specific industry, right? Say you wanted to create a tool. I was thinking of this last night. So, I wanted to create a tool that would go out and find the most viral Tik Tok videos. And then I wanted the tool to be able to completely rebuild that viral video, but have it be made with different characters in a different location. So, I’m not doing I’m not copying the video in the sense of just re-uploading the same video and hoping it goes viral. I’m making my own version of it and I’m then going to post it and it should go viral again because it’s gone viral in the past in a different format with different characters and whatnot, right? So, if I wanted that ability to happen, I can now have that be built into my own software and it would use Higsfield and the API to actually do that inside of my software, but it won’t say Higsfield anywhere at all. Right? It’s how a lot of tools run. They’ll use API access from other tools inside of their products. For example, as well, I do it as well in Advert Mate, my Facebook, uh, Instagram, YouTube, Google Ads tool. Um, where it builds out where the AI will build out the actual sales copy and the headlines and stuff for the actual ads. Um, it does that using Chat GPT and their API. So, chat GPT works inside of my software, Advent, Mate. Um, but you don’t need you don’t need a chat GBT subscription to use my software because it pays it gets paid for via the API. Um, if that makes sense. Now, if I Higsfield and this just came out, which is why I’m sharing this as well, Higfield API.

    Um

    yeah, and what you can do here is you can sign up and you’ll get $15 free right now from them by signing up via um their Higsfield API. So, let me go ahead and let me actually see if I can find a better link for you guys here. Send this in the chat.

    And there’s also it says it says create API API key get 50% discount. You can watch how it works as well if you wanted to. But if I

    and you can see I did this the other day. Now, I got $15 on my API key here, ready to go. Now, it does say 50% off for 7 days. Now, this is this is this is just smart wording. It’s not 50% off forever for these models cuz it’ll let you choose three different models. So, you select three models and save up to 50%. That only select those when you’re ready to start actually creating video. And I don’t know if that’s going to be there forever or not, but um this it’ll give you 7 days from the day that you activate those three models to save 50%. So if you got a sales video or something that you might want to create, you can do it for half the cost on the models you want. You see, select models and it’s ranked in pretty much the best order of the highest quality down. And you can see what’s by a cost really what what’s the best overall. But again, see it says top up to 200 bucks to get 7 days something or other. See, it doesn’t let you it doesn’t stay too long on either of these for you to see. Top up to $200 to get 7 days max discount and $1,000 to get 30 days max discount. See, you don’t need to be doing that um right now, but um

    yeah, you get the idea. So, that’s something that’s worth doing. And then all you need to do is go and then it’ll actually help you connect it to your actual um to your actual GBTs. So you can you all you need to do is then go into here and say, “Hey, can you connect to

    connect to um his field API

    and then it’ll go ahead

    See, I’ve already done it. So, but again, that’s all you need to do and and it will take you through the steps to actually do it. Right? That simple. Now, what I’m I’ve shared the other day as well. Let me actually go ahead and see if I can share it here somewhere. I mentioned I mentioned this in the last training with you guys that there’s a way that I’m going to be sharing um this week and I I did this as a bonus for Neil’s um promotion that I did last week uh that there’s a way that you can actually do this and have essentially the open router version like this but you you can connect essentially um to a to essentially um a tool day pass software like this where you just literally connect once and then you can have access to all of these tools just by connecting once to one master um connection and then as well that means uh you can ask your once you’ve done that and you’ve connected that to your actual AI like cord or chat GPT if you ask it to do something that you don’t don’t actually have the ability to and JGBT like, “Hey, can you go and and scrape 3,000 of my competitor Instagram um Instagram followers of my competitors and then uh search their images to see if they’re on LinkedIn?” Um, and if they are, can you grab their emails from LinkedIn for me and then draft a email campaign to them? because I want to offer them 30% off um or a free haircut the next time they come in or whatever the whatever the deal is that you’re trying to actually do. Now, normally chat can’t just go and do that, but there’s third party tools that can. And you you don’t even need to know what those third party tools are when you’re connected to something like this. You can literally just um say that and then the tool day pass will be able to go out and choose the right tools for that. Tell you how much it’ll cost for that one action and then you’re good to go. Same here with Higsfield, right? I want to make that clear that when you’re when you’re connected to the API, you do not need a membership. This then just gives you direct access to all of their tools and it does so uh where you then only pay for what you use. So you don’t need to spend $60 a month or like I was doing like I’m doing $130 a month on a Higsfield membership when you might only need to to be generating $10 a month in video footage, right? So, I always recommend starting off at least using APIs where possible because you’ll um you don’t need a subscription to absolutely everything. Um and this will save you so much money doing it this way right out the gate. And then when I share with you guys this um the tool day pass, I think it’s on Thursday. I will go through that then. Now, I’m going to add this in for you guys as well with building your own AI workforce. this entire uh master class. And guys, this this is probably going to be like a 2 grand masterass to be a part of. Um so you guys being in my top 0.1% year today and being able to get it literally um as like like a bonus for doing bonus for doing something for me um that’ll help me out a lot um is a is a major major add-on here. And so I’ll get that. I’m going to throw that in here with this. Now, what I wanted to now share with you is something that I’ve been working on as well for quite some time. uh literally probably five or six months and I just have it just the older AI tools just haven’t been able to build it out in the way that I wanted it to. Right? I wanted to build something. Let me have a sip of my drink and I’ll turn my camera on because I thought this would be just such a cool concept.

    And this is a good example of how of where AI has got to now that literally like a month or two ago it could not do what I’m about to share with you as quick as it’s done it. And let me let me share it this way. Right? So for me every time I do anything right and same this would be the same for you guys. Anytime you put marketing or put effort into your marketing, it’s usually for an end goal, right? It has an end goal, which is usually a launch or a um release or a trying to get traffic goal, right? So once you’ve built your product, you’re now just trying to get traffic. And it doesn’t matter if you’re building a website um or if you’re doing an email campaign, website, email campaign, social media posting.

    Um, even if it’s traditional media like print media, like anything and everything that you that you’re doing is it has a goal to bring back sales to what it is you originally doing, right? Um, but eventually once you’ve done once you’ve done that actual marketing campaign, right, or done that uh social media post or that blog post or that website that you’ve created that you’re now running ads to. Um, and that that then that social media ad goes to an actual landing page of some sort. Once you’ve once you’ve completed that, those assets now are obsolete. A a perfect example of this or like they’re just dead. They’re just dead, right? Basically, now for example, at the start of this webinar, I sent out an email saying we are live, right? Just like how I sent emails out telling you about this webinar. From now on, that actual email, all those emails, the three emails I sent are now useless. However, there’s still going to be hundreds, if not thousands of people that are going to open those emails now, and they’re going to realize they’ve missed what they’ve done. they’re going to re they they’re going to even see that like oh well that this is wasted my time even opening this and there’s no way I can take that email back right but what if there was a way I could change a core part of that email

    a core part of that email or that blog post or that sales site um or that you know launch page that um or even if a launch is closed, right? It’s like how do I then still like anything that you build is still going to get traffic uh down like com down the track, right? Anything you build will continue to get traffic. Every time you send a new email out to an email list, that’s still going to get traffic from days if not weeks and sometimes a year later. Some sometimes people open an email for something, right? It’s crazy. But people do. People people go on holidays. People forget uh to check things. People do continuously follow up on different things. People will still find your your blog post in Google that you’ve done on your website. Um and your your website even just by having a website live having a website live you will get traffic no matter what you it will be impossible for you to be having a website live that does not get traffic from somewhere even if you do not do any type of advertising it just will get ranked in Google in certain keywords and people will find your sites no matter what. Uh it’s just the way just the way it works. Now, what if there’s a way that you could change a part of that so that it is always relevant to what you’re doing now? What if I could make my site old emails that that have been sent already sent? Um,

    what if I can make u blog posts, um, apps, app pages, literally anywhere you can put content on. um always being relevant and always being a driving force to what um you’re selling now, right? Who would like would you be interested to see how to do that? Because this is something that’s never been done before, ever. And the compounding effect of this is huge. What if I could literally take the past they let’s say past 100 emails that have gone out to hundreds of thousands of people and if anyone clicked on any of those even the ones today that that about today’s webinar and that the one that says we’re live now what if I could change that email to now say instead of saying we are live now that if they open it it says you’ve missed the webinar but here is the replay that’s turns a dead complete completely dead email into something that’s completely relevant to what they’re after that they they might have wanted to attend it, they missed it. They can instantly go, “Okay, but I can watch the webinar here.” But I do this after I’ve sent the actual email, right? Give me a thumbs up if that’s something you would like to see how to do cuz I’ll share that with you now. It’s literally been something that we’ve I’ve finally built out and I cannot believe uh it works so well. Cool. Let me even actually, you know, let me show you this actually right now. Let me go ahead. I’m going to pause this real quick. I’m going to share with you. And I So, I had this created and I had to build an actual like basic sales page. I’m not selling it to you guys for like the actual launch of this or anything. I’m what I’m doing. I’m just going to share with you what I’ve been able to build literally overnight in terms of delivering like a front to this product. Um, but let me go here.

    Actually, let me actually share this with you first. I’m going to share with you the video that I made inside of um inside of Higsfield first and

    let me go share something else. I’m just going to mute my microphone for a second and hopefully this won’t be too loud for you guys, but I’ll share the I’ll share this with the audio. Uh turn my mic off.

    Every blog post you ever wrote, every page, every link in every bio, they’re all still out there, still being seen. Most are advertising something that ended years ago. What if every one of them was a billboard you still controlled? That’s billboard, mate. Paste one snippet once, then change what it shows and where it sends people from. One dashboard forever. Wherever you can put a banner, it works. Your email footer, your homepage, inside a blog post, your social bio, any clickable link. Launch week. One switch puts your launch on every board you own. Cut closes. They flip back by themselves. 40 old reviews pointing at a dead product. Change one link. Every post now sells what you sell today. Put it in your emails. When someone opens one a year from now, they don’t see the old offer. They see what you’re selling today. One QR code on every slide. Registration, then the replay, then your offer. Your work stops expiring. Every page, every email, every link you make keeps working for what you’re selling right now. And it grows every time you hit publish. Paste it once, change it forever. Billboard mate.

    All right. So, that’s what it built. But let me actually show share with you this tool, the tool itself, cuz it’s pretty damn wild um that that it can actually do this now. So, this is a um a demo account here that I’ve had it go in and create one, two, three, four essentially different what I’ve called billboards, right? Um but they’re essentially just four different blocks that I can take that that area or that section of code um and then literally have that then be put on any side. I can have it be be my email footer. I can have claude to chat GPT. Put the put it at the bottom of every email footer and I can then change what that looks like every single time I um I want it want to change it to change it to something else. It means that I can literally let me show you this. This is look this is um the homepage which is literally made and it’s literally um flipping the these numbers around the the actual count of how many times they’ve changed it’s changed to something else. So say originally I have this anywhere right website in my email footer. That’s one of one of the best places I think that you can put it is in your email footer. Say I’m going to change it from launch week now and I want it to go to the evergreen offer. I can have it set to be automatically done after a certain date or I can just go in and go, “Yep, change.” Boom. And then it changes the actual billboard and the link that it goes to. So now I can have literally every past email, every blog post, every website, every anywhere that I’ve put this actual snippet of a code uh in. And again, you don’t even need to copy and paste the code like into an actual website. You just tell chat GPT or Claude, hey, just paste can you paste this billboard uh into my footer of my emails? Can you put it uh on my sales pages? Can you put it in my in this blog post? Can you make a clickable link for my bio that shares my key links that I want people to go to, but also include uh the free tools um that include the billboard link so I can change it um ongoing to test different offers at different times. Um then if I have a webinar tonight, I can change all past emails. And the thing is if they have Yeah. If they haven’t opened the email, it will be able to change into anything else. If they’ve opened the email, they’ve got the information and it was relevant, then they’re not going to open it again, right? It’s for if if they haven’t opened the email, then it will change to whatever it says. So, I’m going to change it to say webinar training tonight. But say they don’t open the email again till like 2 days afterwards. Well, it it’ll be back at the evergreen offer from there. Now, you can create your own billboards and and and upload them yourself. The cool thing is though, this tool does it all for you as well. So, if I go to webinar slides right now, this one here has uh the deal of the week. See the deal. It changes every Monday. Now, I can swap this banner around. I can make one from scratch. I can make a countdown as well. And I can also also have a split test running if I want to. And I can have it even just pick the winner. So that means um if I turn it on I it it’ll just pick the banner that gets the most clicks. Here is what how what I would name the actual banner which again just gives you the name in the top left corner the link that you want the banner to click to right is what you put in here. Um and again here you can put in a description of the banner. Sometimes sometimes different people have different security plugins and stuff where it might not show all images. Um, not many people have this, but it’s just worth putting in text that it’ll tell people what it is if they reveal the actual images in the email or on the website or anything like that. Um, so yeah, and this over here gives you the basic big idea of everything that you of what this does. You pay a small snippet to an email website or buy one time. From then on, you control what it shows and where it sends people. Now, the real beauty of this tool is the actual compounding effect of this, right? the more emails you send, the more things you post, the more things that you do in the future, uh you can then turn all of those marketing activities into an actual asset, uh a marketing asset, a traffic method that increases your traffic to your current offers, your current marketing methods that you’re doing right now. Not only for you, but you can do this for local businesses as well. And it just blows it’ll blow their mind that this is possible. Companies that send out emails daily would be literally dreaming of a way that they can do this to make their past emails not become obsolete useless things, right? Um another example if you saw in the actual I’ll click out of this here for now so you can see the just what the tool looks like. It just looks like this now. Much cleaner. But um here the QR code, if I take this QR code and paste it anywhere, whenever I change what is being shared here, right? So all I need to do is create another banner if I want to swap the banner out. I can then upload my my own banner if I’ve got one or I can create an actual variation here. I all I need to do is type in my headline. I could say um and you can see there’s different different uh color schemes here. And you can play around with them all. Right? So, I’m going to change this to like, I don’t know, blue, right? You play around with what you want to, you know, you get the idea. I can say my headline’s going to be um 30% off today only. um

    our Black Friday sale, right? Um

    while stocks last first in first served. And if I went here, you you can change the shape if you want it to be like a photo column, an email, blog, blog banner, slim strip, right? You can make it wider. You can have these sections be um big, too, right? It doesn’t have to just be that that bottom section, right? I can have this be a core part of an actual email. Now, that’s what I can do as well. I can go square. Let’s go square. And I can go save and make it live.

    Boom. Now I can have it split test the two to see which one gets more clicks. I can also um even make a countdown too until until a specific launch time. And it will literally run live until the countdown’s done. And once the countdown’s done and it’ll say your doors doors dismissed. I could say here um see the next best offer.

    Oh,

    don’t worry. Click here or

    um

    closed or just missed it. I’ll be like you missed it. Don’t worry though. And again, you can play around with the wording and sizing. And I might actually change this a bit more to so I can add in a bit more text in a second row. Last chance. All right. And then I can save to make it live. And then you go down here, right? And see, you can play around with the different color schemes and stuff and get the get the perfect concept that you’re after. But you can see here, look at this. A big block. And I So that what I can essentially do is have it be like an email footer. And then when I want to switch it over, I can go, okay, that that dealer league is done. Black Friday is here today. Let’s go ahead and go boom, change it to this everywhere that I’ve got that specific code is now going to change to this until I change it back somewhere else. And you can see it tracks the amount of clicks you get. Um, it’ll show you the numbers of each day and how many clicks and what’s worked the best. Um, and again for emails, all I would do is take this and I would say, “Hey, can you put this code in the footer of my email or for here I would say for a website or blog?” I say, “Hey, can you chug this example on my website?” Smart link too. Again, you can go ahead um this is again you type this in a link in bio or something or in a PDF file or just anywhere that would link uh and you want to repoint like you want to hyperlink some someone to a specific link. I can like go copy this here

    and that link instantly would smartly go across to where it needs to go. Um, and again, so say if I had a PDF and I took this image and I put it in the PDF, I would link it to this smart link and then all and then it would track perfectly up here. And QR code again um here. And now we’ve also got this uh make a version for a partner. So, this allows you to give a um say you did this for a local business or a or a um client and you want to give them access um to this actual panel, but you don’t want to give them access to all of your panels. You can make a version here for your um for the for your partners so they can have their own board. The account the clicks accounted separately and their ID rides along to the destination here. you still control the banner and the link for everyone, which means you’re in control of the money. So, you get paid to do this service. You can just give them the actual tool uh or the actual um access to see what’s being run and how what traffic they’re getting and the results they then get from this. Now, what does this equal to then? if you’re if you’re doing actual if you’re selling things online, right? So, if I was selling things online, let me even just pull this up here. I’d say something like

    say I’d say something like this like I’m going to do a new one. Hey, Cord. Um, I was wanting to see if you can create an image for me which breaks down um the extra sales for for maybe three or four different examples maybe for like a $47 offer, a $97 offer, a $397 offer, and a 997 offer um of if one was to use um Billboard mate in a live setting. and they’re getting, you know, decent numbers like like standard numbers of traffic coming into their sites. How much extra on average these different um uh offers would get if they had build mate turned on. uh consider and then obviously considering that the each of these uh businesses are doing some form of online marketing whether it’s through paid ads uh to a website where a billboard mate link could be or through email marketing where it could turn all of their past emails as a potential link um to their current offer um that um that they’re running. And if you can just do just a rough breakdown of a, you know, average case example of how much more money this would bring in um over say a 30-day period. Thanks. Now, let me just see if it can do this and decently. Let’s see how it goes. But again, any new like literally any type of um traffic that extra leads that you can get to a sales page is going to increase how much money is made overall because more people will end up seeing your offer that they would not have seen previously. And that’s how businesses, that’s how the best businesses make money online is by having lots of different ways they can get traffic and optimizing the traffic they’re getting. Not only that, but being able to turn leads from from ever being disappointed into being happy and getting the solution or answer that they’re looking for. If anyone is ever coming to a page that’s for an old sales page or for an old promotion or for an old uh release and then the prices and the and everything is different now than what it once was, they’re going to be disappointed if they can’t access that. They’ve come to the page, they’ve got excited, if they’re ready to buy and then they can’t at that price, they’re going to be pissed off. All right? So giving them an option to either then have a internal discounted link if they’ve because you know if you sent the email promos out they’ve missed the close date of a promotion. you know, it’s all fair just to not not give them that promotion deal again, but maybe for a month because people will continue to open up emails at least for a month that you’ve sent uh say, “Hey, look, like it it could be a secondary link that you then just have Claude called build out and say, “Hey, I know this offer closed now, but can you just create a special link that I can use for Billboard, mate, um where where we still offer the same deal just uh for 50 bucks more. So, it’s fair to everyone that did buy within time within the time, but that would still save them 90% of what the actual live homepage does. Um, if you can create that page for me, um, that would be great. And that can be the link that Billboard mate then sends the user to, um, to still get that discount. That one little task is is huge. And the crazy thing is now with where AI is at with Claude and with chat GPT um that you can have that set up as a as a rule. You can say every time I release a product, I want this to happen. Can you go ahead and set up Billboard Mate for me uh to ensure that happens every time so I don’t need to um request you to do it. you you’ll just do it and give me the link at the end of the um of the promotion of the of the section, right? Um

    okay. So, it’s going to it’s going here. We’ll see what this builds out here in a second. But that’s pretty cool, right? So, what uh now the thing with this, this is a pretty expensive tool for me to run because the way it works is every single time a page that has a Billboard Mate banner on it uh is Oh, you guys you guys can’t see my Claude right now. Sorry, guys. I can I forgot that you can’t see my Claude. Let me go ahead and and change that over here so you can I thought I had it set to sharing my desktop. Yeah, here I just went went into cordons and I just asked it to to do that for me here.

    So every time that it runs and it has this banner or any banner anywhere, anytime someone clicks on a link that has this, it then requ pulls it asks my servers to send out this banner uh or the the the specific banner that’s that’s with the actual um link. It will then um

    it will then have that happen. I can see this on a pretend blog post here and see what it looks like. I don’t know. That was a weird noise outside. Maybe there’s ab sailors. I don’t know. Doing cleaning. But um yeah, there’s a quick example on a blog post what it would look like in the middle of it. Right. Um so you can see what things look like too now. The cool thing with this is uh on this on the left here as well, there’s a takeover section. Right? So, say there’s a I have a specific I forgot to share this before. Say there’s a specific um launch that I’m doing and it that I want I want the takeover one to change every single board that I have up here. Every single link that I’ve ever got running, uh this takeover one will literally change the change it to this when it when I have the launch set up to. I can have every board. I can just have um webinar slide. I can just have the ones that I select here and then the date that I want to run from. This will take over everything, right? And then I have a carousel section too which will then actually slide through multiple different banners in like the like it is here live. So place that I had this previously.

    All right. So, I can have it as a carousel. I can have it as columns if I want it to be laid out side by side. Um,

    and you can add in more slots and add in more um add in more slides and sections into each spot. Now, again, the same thing. You would just copy and paste this specific I copy that into my email footer. um or ask Claude to do it. And if I wanted it side by side, I would then have this be copied and pasted across. Right? So um and again, you can change the size. It doesn’t need to be this design, this width ways. It can be anything. It can be literally like how I had it prior like this as a big box. You can have any image be uploaded to. Again, I could go swap banner, upload my own banner here. um and have a fully designed image with pictures and visuals and my product there, the buy buttons. You can have anything. I’ve just done a super basic example here that you can use right out the gate that that that works effectively, you know, minimal words, just key info. Boom, for when someone uses these different sections. So, that’s also here. Now, this obviously, again, like I was saying, costs me every time someone requests this the banner to be sent to be put on their website, on their blog, in their email footers. If they send out an email to 10,000 people, if all 10,000 people open that email, that’s 10,000 requests of the banner that I then need to fulfill to those actual places. Um, and depending on how many open them will depend how many I then have to pay for, right? So, normally when this comes out, it’s it has to be a recurring offer. Now, what I wanted to do for everyone here in my top 1% was I only need five people really to come in with this that want to be a member of this and just use it and implement it. And let me know what suggestions you want want to it. anything you want added. If there’s something unique that that’s for a use case, I want you to tell me and help me build this out any further than we that it is now. And also have um and also again let me use any um results that you get um from this because again if I pull this up here, let’s see what we’ve what it’s built out. Um here’s an example. Um,

    [ __ ] I don’t know what the hell that noise is outside, but um, says, “Yeah, what the hell could I add?” Um, so not what the hell what it could add in 30 days. So, old emails being opened again with 2,500 opens after an email’s first week, times 2% clickthrough click, 2% click on the banner, it could give you an extra 50 clicks. Website and old blog posts, 5,000 banner views, times 1% click click rate. Now, 1% 1% clickthrough rate is tiny, right? But this is just being really really modest, like really basic here. If you have it in your bio or your YouTube or um and any QR links, anywhere that you put the QR code, and the cool thing about the QR code, that can be put on print media, that can be put in in actual physical like business cards. You can change that QR code where whenever you want to be to be able to go to a different link. All right, that’s huge. That means your marketing like a lot of people do put QR codes on stuff and then that offer or that event or whatever becomes obsolete. People scan them in the future and and it leads them to a dead end. Now, it’s always going to lead you to somewhere uh that you can make money and provide a service to your uh actual customers and leads, right? And here, so extra clicks a month all landing on what uh on what you’re selling today, 130. That’s with this basic example here on a $47 offer. So with four in a 100 people who click buy, that’s an extra $240 bucks and about five extra sales a month. So about three grand a year just on that with a $47 offer on a $97 offer. That’s around 380 bucks a month more. That’s around 4,500 a year. Um and look at this. It’s also bringing it down. So, one one if one out of a 100 people, one out of a 100 interested leads buy buys your $397 offer, you’ll make an extra $620 a month, which is an extra $7,400 a year. And for a $997 offer, which is 0.5% of 100 interested leads that have clicked on your banner, that’s an extra 780 a month. Um, and that’s about one extra sale a month. That’s around 10 grand. Just under 10 grand a year. Now, that is so so modest. And while that’s this isn’t a promise, this is not being extravagant by any means, right? This is a really low-end. Like, I’m actually shocked that it made it this low, but you know what? An extra thousand bucks a month is just, you know, like just from having this one plugin set, 10 grand a year. pretty crazy that it can do that. Now think of it if your audience or your customers audience uh if you know if you can use this on their businesses like that’s and this is this is with a small this is only with 2,500 emails that that is based this on right it’s not based this on really anything more besides some very limited number out of 120 clicks more. The cool thing is this then only compounds the more people that you email, the more leads that come in, the more website traffic that you get. Um, and you can continuously use the same banners to continuously advertise anything and everything. You could even take one of these links, one of your banner links, go to an influencer hiring site. I’ll sh I’ll share something maybe on another webinar this week where you can literally pay to have a link put in a YouTube bio of a viral like of a high viewer count YouTube page or in the bio of an influencers’s Instagram account might cost 100 bucks 200 bucks but you might get 10,000 to 50,000 clicks on that link for it being there and if you offer something of value to that that to that audience of that influencer of that page, you know, you’re going to get people coming in that um that are going to start converting. Now, the cool thing about that, too, is you can actually split test multiple different offers by using the carousel or even just by using individual slides by having multiple different options added here. See, we’ve got two right now. If I turn split test on, I can then split test uh the two different options and then it’ll pick the winner for me after a specific amount of time. So, right now I got split test on. This is live and it’ll split test sending traffic to both of these, which is just yeah, killer, right? So, I only need five people for this. This is again, you see, this is going to be a product that has to be recurring. because of the costs, right? But for the five people that join with me now, I’m not going to charge you recurring for it. I’m going to give you unlimited access to and build up as many boards as you want and you’ll also be able to have as much traffic as you want coming through your leads. Um, again, there’ll be like a fair use essentially if you’re getting like trillions of clicks and it’s like fake clicks from fake like traffic sites and stuff like that. that’s not going to be included, but that that won’t be included for anyone, right? For some reason, I know I know there’s no one there’s no one here in my 0.1% top audience that would be buying fake traffic, but for some reason, people do and they think it’s going to work. Um, right. I don’t know why. Um, also, when you first log in, there’s a full wizard that takes you through how to use this from every single step, right? So, I’m going to give you guys unlimited access to this tool. zero recurring. You guys are the only people ever that will get zero recurring for this. Um I’m also going to give you access to Thursday’s training which is going to include um where is it? Which is going going to include the tool pass. This was the bonus from Neil’s webinar um last week or one of the bonuses where I’m going to give you that tool that is like um Open Router except for uh different softwares just like how I shared with you with Higsfield. It’ll give you over 3,000 different tools that you can then use API access to. And you don’t even need to know what those tools are. If there’s something that you’re wanting to do now, you have the ability to do it because every time you put in a request into Claude or Chad JBT, it will search for what tool can do that for you. It’ll tell you the cost of how much doing that job that one time is going to be. Might be a couple of cents, um 50 cents maybe at the max depending on what it is. Um and then it would say ask yes or no. and then you can literally access over 3,000 tools without needing a subscription, right? Um, the other way is to manually know what the tools are and then connect to them via API like I shared with you here, but I recommend doing that with Higsfield to get your $15 free credit. Now, not only am I am I going to give you this, I’m also going to give you access to my um how do I create my my sales video training. So, just like I shared with you a basic example before on the same webinar this week, I’m going to go in and I’m going to create sales videos live using Higsfield and you can just copy exactly what I do. Uh that will be included in this as well. And then I’m also going to give you access to uh this masterass which is again this is the big bonus really. This is again costs more than it does to be a part of Billboard mate. Um, but I’m going to throw this in for you guys as well. Normally, this is this this is going to be a couple of grand to be a part of because I’m going to be working with everyone on a very close level to making sure everyone’s got their own uh AI tools set up from their basic chatbt and claudes uh all the way up to their own uh AI agent tools like Hermes Grock down the Grock agents um and and the new meta um AI agent tool set up as well. um any triggers and verification set up. Everything’s going to be set up for you. You’re going to get no upsells or anything for this course. It’s all just going to be there for you guys. And what I want to do is even give you guys a big discount on what I’ve got it up for now. Um so all you need to do is go to billboardmate.com and it’s only five people I need. So I’m not going to like hard sell this. I’m sure they’re going to get taken up instantly. if you want um the coupon code that’s going to give you 100 bucks off this, which again it’s I think it might even be 700. It’s about half price. It gives you half price than what I’ve got it for on here. Please let me know in the chat and I’ll send you the link. By the way, guys, this here, this whole sales page, look like even from like see how it’s made this billboard up here live. I’ll put the link in the chat by the way. And it made this all today for me. Literally today, like hours before the session, I said, “Oh, can you make me a sales page?” Uh, and it did this and it made this video as well. I said, and I actually did say I said, “Make me the video and the sales page.” And it literally did all of this for me. And what I’m going to do as well is I’ll give you the actual um uh the actual code or the actual my setup that I have that makes sales pages like this with real examples, real screenshots from the tool, real animated sections in the actual setup of the page. And it did this with literally one click. Like I didn’t edit this at all, like at all. Now, as you can see, here it says 497. It’s not that much. Uh, I’ve got a discount code here. All you need to do is go get Billboard, mate. And here, type in I think I think I made it Billboard. Billboard five. Cuz for the five people that I need. Is that it? Yeah. Billboard five. 500 bucks off and it brings it down to 997. If you jump in right now, you get this plus the billboard tool plus my full mask. Guys, this in itself, guys, is going to be just the like this in itself is the biggest value asset I think I could give all year because again, it’s going to bring you up to almost like we’re we’re almost at AGI. This will get you up to where we need to be now. And again, once you once you’ve got things set up like this, you do not need to have be doing probably a lot of the work you’re currently doing in AI tools. Let me even share this with you here. Look at this. If I scroll up to where I say, make me a website. Um, it was literally earlier today. See, can you then also build me an example site for billboard make, but don’t make it live in the current domain as I really like the current live billboard sales page. Awesome that I asked to make some tweaks here earlier. Let me see. Is it this one here?

    Um,

    I I’ll find out later where I open, but it was literally a basic prompt in here somewhere that says um but I said once you’ve done this, can you set up everything? So when a user buys, they get their email login and license keys and and anything else needed. And then it went and literally did all of that. Like I don’t need to put in any extra info. I don’t don’t need to connect it to things. I don’t need to give it access to things anymore. It’s all literally just done and set up uh once at the start and never need to do it again. Um whereas you’ll often find if you’re doing things the old way, you have to continuously give it access to all these different tools and plugins and places and whatnot. Um, and you know what? I’m also going to do one other major major uh benefit for you guys. anyone that does this, I’m going to equal the investment so of 997 that it comes down to and I’m going to give you a coupon code of 997 that you can use for any of my other tools whether it be overlay mate it whether it be stepmate whether it be um what’s another one we could be doing here over stepmate we could be throwing in perfection.

    Um, now I’ll send you these. Um, I’ll say also get a 997 coupon. And that’s just like me just going over the top. It’s for five people only. And if you’ve jumped in, you’ve got I I’ll ensure you got that already. You can use this on

    um

    on advert.com as well or dubtalkmate which is my other software talkmate.com or URLFam and you get the full funnels of all of these with that 997. In some cases, you can even um add multiple. You can add in two softwares if it works to be in with that in that budget there. But um or you can keep it for the future, right? Whatever you want to do. But again, I’m doing that for five people only. If you’re in on this, just let me know you’re in on in the chat because I’m not doing this again after this. So, um

    but again, you can put it towards anything. I can give you a bunch. I can give you you can give you get access to my travel hacking offer. You can get get access to uh I’ve got another couple of offers that I’m building out now of just things that I’ve like one one of one of my one one tool that I’m finishing up now. Let me see if I can share it with you where we’re at now with it. Um, it’s been an absolute mission to build platform AI negation.

    Is it here?

    Trying to find where the example was that we had. Oh, here. Um,

    I just need to get it to copy.

    Copy the

    to my

    One second.

    and I’ll let do this here. Um, if you have any questions as well, by the way, chuck them in in the questions tab. This again is just a steal of a deal, and I think I can see a bunch of people have already got it, so I don’t need to push this that much harder. Um, but I want you guys to help me improve it. That’s the whole goal here is to help me improve it and to really just use it, implement it. I I’ll teach you ways you can sell it to local businesses because I want to launch it as an actual um tool as well. Now, here this is this is again this what I’m going to share with you here. This is a future tool. You could even use this on as well. Um but I’ve called this brain right now, but it’s it’ll look much nicer than this. But if I open it, what it does is gives me right now I’ve got it as a unified place that it’s connected my chat GBT my claude uh the different levels of claude claude codeex manis which is another which is meta’s AI tool all of these you can see I’ve got down the bottom here as well I’ve got manis here I’ve got chpt here I’ve got claude here um and you can see here the different jobs that it’s been doing recently so I did the we are live emails here with um and then it’s done uh the brain mate complete which is this I’m doing here it it basically copies and shows me the work that I’ve been doing but it connects all of these with chat TVD claude the different levels of claude like claude uh code claude um chat then codeex here and then manners so they all know exactly how much work is being done on each project. So if I jumped into Chad GBT right now, it would know exactly what I’ve built over here for the Billboard app, even though Chad has never worked on it. It completely makes everything in sync across the board. Um so I can give you access to that um as well. You know, there’s many things we can do here. Um, I’ll get a full list out, but um, again, you can even keep it for the future. I’m only doing this for five people, so you need to jump in now if that’s for you. If there’s any questions, let me know. Um, cuz I’d love to help out. Can you apply apply to perfection tool? Yep, you can 100% apply this to to perfection. If you guys haven’t seen the perfection tool, I need to get a better not add it to a better domain. But here, you can even let me even share with you what perfection does if you haven’t seen this video yet. Um, this I had this made with Higsfield as well.

    So yeah, you can definitely use it on that as well. Um, you name it, you go and grab it. Um, sorry that if there was no audio on that. That’s frustrating. I was trying to let it have it play through my actual microphone. If it didn’t work very well, I apologize. You can you can check out the video afterwards. I’ll put the link in the chat again and um you check that perfection. But again, the link to Billboard mate is again here. I’ll put it on the screen as well. So you can just go to Billboard mate. And what I’ll do is I’ll break down everything you get. Use code billboard for 500 off. And then what you get bonuses a 997 coupon for any of my other tools or keep for future. That in itself just essentially makes this free. Like if you’re going to be doing AR marketing, I’m sure there’ll be something I’ll be creating or releasing that you’ll want. That’s like that’s that’s essentially what I’m like I’m living for right now is building things to get AI more accessible for everyday people and to minimize the actual like workload of it. Um you’re also going to get access to let me actually go ahead and actually bring that in here. access to my full AI workforce master class starting next month. Um, three, access to this week’s bonus training uh, on creating sales videos and not just sales videos, but or any type of video, eg content, Insta, reals, um, ads, etc. like the one on the site or um on the Billboard mate.com site um or the perfection site example and then also we’re going to give you access to the AI day pass uh toolkit where where we’re going to set up set up live on the same webinar this week. I think it’s on Thursday. Um set up live this Thursday. Um your account to access over 3,000 AI tools um without needing a subscription. You don’t need to know what they do. But if you ever ask AI to ask AI to do something that it can’t do directly, but another AI tool can, you can just pay the small amount to do that one task rather than need a subscription. Um,

    let me make this a bit smaller so it actually fits. And I’ll make this

    smaller, too.

    And what I’ll even do is I’ll I’ll share this with you guys in a second.

    and then use

    use the coupon on any of my tools. For example, and I’ll give you guys a list here.

    Um, agent suite. What’s my agent suit?

    Here we go. Now, again, this is this is only for five people. This isn’t like a public offer. This is just a one time thing I’m doing here um for you guys. Agent 72 is really really like it’s my it’s like one of the best ways you can build tools like you can build something like if you if you’ve never built a full tool from start to finish. This is a really good um good what good tool to jump in on because it literally allows you to come in here, set everything up the way it’s meant to be set up inside of your AI tools from the get- go. You then go ahead and go and you guys if you have if you bought Agent 72 in launch week and you haven’t gone back and do it, please do so because I’ve built this out so much more. It’s updated fully to the latest versions of chat GBT and Claude. Um now in in the past you would normally go into here and you would generate your ideas using the idea engine right and after you’ve done that and it’s helped you come up with an idea you would then come back and you would open the oneshot engine which would give you a one like it would take you through a bunch of different steps here and you would go through all the different steps to get a prompt that you can then use in the AI tool of your choice include chat GBT wherever it is and it would then oneshot build everything for you that you’ve put in here, you would go back to the next section and go through and build all the different things that you need to. What I’ve added to this now is this build tab where you can do the whole thing in just one big um flow. So, I can go start the flow and it’ll interview you for 90 seconds. everything that you could possibly do to that it’ll like learn about you and then it will then create for you. So you don’t need to do them step by step. You can do everything from start to finish. This will then build out your color schemes for your branding, uh your voice, your price guides, your building prompt, your sales page. It’ll do everything in one flow, everything matching, nothing retyped. You then you’ll get a full outcome at the end of it. Um, and again, you can just do just the brand and logo, just the sales page, just the product blueprint if you’re just wanting to do the actual AI building part of it. This again has all been added for you. So, make sure to check this out, too, if you’ve already got Agent 72. But if you don’t, again, that’s another option you can have. So, what I’ll do is I’m going to drop this link in the chat. Secret VIP session. Save. And if you’re in, you should get your login pretty quickly for the log for this. If you um need me for anything though, and even if you’ve joined, just tell me you’ve joined. Let let me know on WhatsApp that you’ve joined as well. Um just so I can help make sure you’re you’re set up with everything and we can chat moving forward if there’s anything you want added into it um or anything like that. So my WhatsApp I just added I just chucked the link for this for this uh in the chat section for this document. All right. Um, contact me WhatsApp plus 61433844588.

    If you really struggled to use WhatsApp, um, which you shouldn’t. It’s pretty easy. It’s like adding a number to a phone book. Um, you can contact me at Luke Social Media Mansion. I’ll keep an eye out today for emails from there. But please, this gives you live access to me. And that’s for everyone here. You’re all in my top 1%. You can all contact me on my personal number via WhatsApp. Sometimes it might take me a day or so extra to get back to everyone. But that is there for you. But again, make sure you use that. Use the code billboard 5. If that if the money doesn’t come off, then those spots are taken. Um, and yeah. Um, I think that there should be like maybe I think there maybe one or two spots there. Um, Billboard 5 is the coupon.

    Um, cool. So, we got that. We got that. Um, what else was I going to suggest? Let’s let me actually pull this up since we’re here. Let’s have a look at um Meta AI agent. Let’s see if we can download that Muse. So, this is this is Meta’s latest agent.

    And you can see this type of stuff that it’s suggesting you use it for. Reserving things, booking travel for you, booking restaurants, like day-to-day life stuff more so than coding as such. Um,

    always working on your goals and suggesting ideas.

    So, you can see here, I can stage a travel packing list. I can schedule your tennis lessons. can get you money back when a price drops on an item that you bought. So, it says, “Forward a receipt and I remember it for you. I track the item against retailers and your card price protection windows.” Smart, right? Works with your apps and builds it builds its own tools. Connect your email calendar, Instagram, and more. If a task needs a tool that doesn’t exist, Muse can build it for you. Download Muse for Mac. get the most out of news. So, this again is more for a day-to-day AI person that’s wanting to use it in their day-to-day life more so than building things out. I would re I would recommend um but let’s go ahead and download it anyway.

    and I’m going create an account. Ask me to check out to check a code that it sent me. While that happens, I’ll go ahead and I’ll install it. Muse.

    Now, we’re going to be covering this on our actual live um webinar series right in a week and a bit. um which is going to be where are we this series but we’ll cover we’ll cover Muse and how it compares to other tools like um like our Grockbot here where where I’ve got individual AI agents that all do different tasks. The cool thing as well with AI agents like this, each one of these tools has their own computer interface. You can see here, look at this. If I went to my side quest or say I went to my CEO’s um that I’ve made my CEO. So whenever I talk to my CEO, it delegates work to all of these other agents depending on what where it needs to go. I can actually see when it’s working. I can click on this computer in the top right

    and I can see that right now it’s got Instagram pulled up on its computer. That’s what it’s was currently last accessing, right? Um,

    so whereas Stack Boss might have been accessing something else.

    And these computers that they use here, these run even when my computer’s turned off. So right now, yeah, it’s got it the desktop open, but down the bottom you can see Chrome and the different file managers and stuff that has access to. Let me go ahead

    and and

    share. So it’s not available for me here in Australia yet, right? So I’ll join the wait list. But for you guys in America, it should be, right? So, even though I’ve installed it, I can probably open it, but I probably can’t even access it yet. But you guys in America most likely can maybe even in the UK.

    Let’s see if it’s Let’s see if it’ll add my mobile number and let me access it. No, I’m on the wait list. So, I can’t share that one with you guys yet, but

  • 09/28/2026 – If I Started With $0, Here’s My Exact Plan to $100k

    If you don’t want to be like everyone else, broke, stressed, and stuck on a hamster wheel, focus on making your first 100k. As someone who grew up broke and is now a self-made multi-millionaire, I can tell you that the first 100k was the hardest to reach. But once I did, everything else changed. So in this video, I’m giving you an eight-step roadmap to your first 100k. So if I had to start from zero, the very first thing I’d do is eliminate everything that numbs you. And let me explain. So ask yourself, right? What is motivating you to reach 100k? Is it your toxic job? Do you want to provide for your family? Or are you just tired of being broke? Now, all of these were my reasons, too. But whatever it is for you, I need you to marinate with that pain, right? And use that pain as a superpower so that you can stay focused and keep on pushing on this roadmap. So I hated working in corporate America. Super toxic coworkers, had to work 12-13 hour days, and the pain from that made me want to make a lot of money and be my own boss. And so TikTok and YouTube’s algorithm, it knew that, right? So it fed me a lot of content about making money and side hustles. And every time I watched these videos, right? I felt good about myself, even though I didn’t actually do anything. Watching people talk about success or how to make money, that alone temporarily numbed the pain and the drive that I had to make a lot of money. And this sounds weird, but without the pain, right? Without the drive, I was more willing to accept where I was, which caused me to push less and to slow down on my path to 100k. And the only way to stay focused is by subtraction, right? Not addition. Meaning you need to get rid of all the noise, everything that distracts you or slows you down on this path. The reason is being in this constant state and this drive, right? That’s what’s going to make the next step and all the other steps a lot easier. All right, so the next step is to cut three very specific types of expenses for two reasons. Number one is this is going to allow you to take on more risk, and number two, you’re going to have more money to deploy later on to build passive income. And we’ll talk more about that later. Now, you’re not going to hear anyone else say this, but I don’t want you to stop buying the little things that make you happy. An example, iced coffee. The path to 100k is long and it’s going to require work, right? And you’re not going to get there by cutting out all the little expenses that make you happy. Think about it, right? The more miserable you are, the more likely you are to give up doing whatever is making you miserable. So, my recommendation is following the Pareto principle to cut out very specific expenses. All right, so the principle basically states that 80%of outcomes come from 20%of inputs. So, in other words, you want to focus on the few expenses, right? The 20%that takes up the most amount of your paycheck, right? So, for most people, this would be housing, your transportation, and your food. Starting with housing, and I’m saying this as someone who went through this. So, after college, right? I chose to live at home and commute 2 to 3 hours round trip every day for years in order to save money. My coworkers, they didn’t want to live at home with their parents because it wasn’t cool. So, they rented out luxury apartments that were pretty much walking distance to work. If you can’t live at home, get some roommates, all right? You want to minimize your housing expenses for as long as you can. Next is transportation. Now, depending on where you live, you will have to have a car to get around. So, ideally you have a used car that’s fully paid off. Otherwise, look into carpooling or public transportation. Next is food. So, I used to buy a lot of food in bulk from Costco. I would meal prep on Sundays for the entire week, and my lunch came out to be like $2 to $3 compared to my coworkers who were paying $18 to get salads from Sweetgreen. The point is to stack up your cash flow as much as you can because even though you’re working and you’re making money, you’re probably spending most of it right now. Later on, we’re going to use this cash flow to increase your active and passive income. But, real quick, I built a free 100k roadmap that breaks out exactly what to do over the next 7 days to set your finances up. This is the exact process that got me to my first 100k and thousands of people have already used it, so I know it works. So, whether you’re starting from zero or if you’ve already got some savings going, this is my gift to you. It’s completely free. Link is in the description or go to vincentchan.co/roadmap. All right, the third step is to apply the 44 framework. I’m sure you’ve heard the expression before that time is money. Meaning, if you want to increase your money, you have to increase your time. Now, many people are going to immediately point to their 9-5 job, right? Thinking that this is what is taking up all of their time and it’s what’s preventing you from building wealth. But, the reality is it’s not your job’s fault, right? Everyone I know built their wealth while working a full-time job. I built this YouTube channel while working 12 to 13-hour days in corporate America. So, disconnect the idea that your job is the problem. Instead, let’s look at your schedule. All right, so when I worked a 9-5, technically mine was like an 8-9 or 10 or whatever, but let’s just go with the standard 9-5, all right? If we follow the 44 framework, that means that you have two blocks of 4 hours that are currently unaccounted for. Your 5-9 in the morning and your 5-9 in the evening. Now, you can choose to unlock those 4 hours by waking up earlier or by sleeping later or unlock 8 hours by doing both. This is what I personally did for about a year, right? I did both, including also working on the weekends. Um, but I’m going to be straight up, this is going to suck and you are going to definitely need the pain that we talked about earlier to actually push through this. Once you’ve identified your chunk of time, just hold on to that. We’re going to come back to it later on. Now, the fourth step is to focus on your 9-5 job. Now, I know everyone wants passive income immediately, right? But, the truth is you can only build passive income if you have enough money coming in from active income first, right? So, that’s your 9-5 job. And then you use some of that money to build that passive income stream. The thing you need to know that it’s pretty common for employers to pay their workers the least amount of money possible where it’s just enough that they don’t quit. Like, how many people do you know that haven’t gotten a raise in the past few years, right? Or if they have, it’s like a 3%raise, which is less than the rate of inflation. So, essentially you are getting paid less than you did the prior year. So, here I recommend two things, all right? Number one is have the conversation with your boss. Find out what similar roles are paying with Glassdoor or Indeed. And then when you have the conversation, come in with a folder of all your accomplishments when you ask for the raise. The worst your manager can say is no, and if they do, you can consider job hopping for either more money, a new title, more responsibility, or a growth opportunity. Ideally, all of that. These conversations are never easy, and it’s something that I struggled with in the very beginning as well. But if you think about it, right? Having this 15-minute or 30 minutes of uncomfortable conversation, that could be worth tens of thousands of dollars to you in the form of a raise. All right. Now, step five is to build another active income stream with the chunk of time that you identified earlier. And this is where things start to tie together, right? So, in business, you essentially get rewarded based on the risk that you take on. The riskier something is that you got to do, the more money you’re going to make. And you’re not going to be able to take on risk if you don’t have any time, if you don’t have any money, or if your expenses are really high, which is why we focused on saving time and cutting the expenses in the beginning. The goal here is to increase the amount of money that we can deploy later on to build our passive income. All right. So, in that chunk of time that you’ve identified, this is what you’re going to start doing, okay? And if you only remember one thing from this video, let it be this. You see, the way most people look into building another income stream is they come up with a business idea or a side hustle, and then they try to fit themselves around that. But the way to make it sustainable and make the most amount of money is to find a side hustle that fits around them. The easiest way to find out what that means specifically for you is grab a piece of paper and draw out three circles in a Venn diagram. In the first circle, write down the things that you do for fun. So, for me, I’m going to put down eating new foods, video games, taking multi-day hikes, home DIY projects, making videos, and telling stories. Now, in the second circle, write down everything that you are good at, right? So, for me, it’s personal finance, um cooking Asian food, uh Excel or Google spreadsheets. Put as much as you can here, um and then in the third circle, write down things that people will generally pay you money for. So, I’m going to put down consulting, right? Teaching or marketing and data analysis. The mistake that a lot of people make here is that they only look at one or two of these circles and then they think about a side hustle or business to start. For example, I love to eat and one of the first types of content I ever made was an ASMR video eating channel, right? And in the beginning, I absolutely loved it, but I wasn’t able to monetize that at all. So, I ended up hating that entire thing cuz I was spending hours doing this work, but I wasn’t making any money. In other words, if you have something that you love doing, but it’s not something that people will pay you money for, it’s fine. Just keep it as a hobby, right? You don’t have everything you like, which is why we want to focus on this area that overlaps, right? This is what I call the profit zone, where all three circles intersect. So, let’s say we have Excel and data analysis, right? So, these are what I call technical skills, um but we also have storytelling and socializing and video and stuff like that, right? That’s what I would call more of a soft skill. We can stack these skills up and be a data consultant, right? To help businesses or people make decisions based on data. Because this role requires one, you need to understand the numbers and number two, you need to be able to present a way that people can understand. Or what I’m doing right now, right? I like making videos, right? I’m good at personal finance and I’m good at teaching complicated financial topics. So, I started teaching people about money on YouTube. Stacking the right skills is what’s going to make you more unique in the value that you provide, which will allow you to be more consistent with what you’re doing and make more money over the long term. But finding your profit zone is only half the battle, right? So, I always see people get really excited about starting a business, right? And they either never end up starting or they give up too quickly because they think it’s a lot of work, right? From setting up and fixing broken workflows or spreadsheets and messages and trying to find tools to patch everything together. But here’s how today’s video sponsor Emergent can help. Let’s say you make the best cookies in the world and people pay top dollar to try them in your bakery. You’re taking orders through the phone, your website, your Instagram DMs and you’re finding that you’re spending hours taking orders and following up with customers when all you really want to do is make cookies. Here’s where Emergent comes in. All right, so I’ll simply ask you to build an order page where clients can select their cookie, the time slot to pick it up. You want to take the payment up front, and you automatically text these customers reminders the day before. Oh, and also show me all the upcoming bookings in one place. And in just a few minutes, Emergent automatically built this out. No technical skills required. And now you can focus on doing what you love. Check out Emergent with the link below and build your custom software simply by explaining what you want. All right, great. So, you have this additional stream of active income, which is great, but the truth is more income alone is not going to make you rich. Yes, earning more is a very important part of our overall path to 100k, but the next step is actually turning your active income into long-term wealth and passive income. This is where we want to build a passive income stream so that your money can make you more money while you sleep, which will help you get to your goal faster. Now, I always say no income stream is 100%passive, right? Everything requires a bit of work to start, but the idea here is to make your money work for you rather than only selling your time for money. Because there’s only so many jobs and and gigs that you can do in one week. And one of the lowest effort ways to build wealth and generate passive income is by investing in the stock market. Let’s say we can only invest 20 bucks a day, and we’ll use the S&P 500 as an example, um which has had an average return of 10%since the 1950s. If you invest just $20 a day, you would reach 100k in about 8 to 9 years. And if you want to get there even faster, cut more expenses, increase your income, and invest more money. If you want to start investing, the first thing is to decide how much of your income you’re actually going to invest every month. And you can start really small here, even $5 works. The next step is to decide what to invest in. The easiest for beginners is with index funds and ETFs. And I personally made a lot of money from simple long-term index fund investing, and it’s safe and it’s low maintenance. There are a ton of options out there, but again, the most popular one is the S&P 500, which includes the top 500 largest companies in the US, all packed into one investment. You can invest with whatever investing app you want. The main thing you want to look out for is that it offers fractional investing, which means that you can invest with as little as $5. I made an entire video on how to invest for beginners over here. I do a full walk-through step-by-step. I’ll also leave a link down below if you’re interested. All right, so the next step, and probably the most underrated one, is to avoid falling for lifestyle inflation. I have a friend who literally just graduated law school like a month or 2 months ago, and she has a 250k offer already in hand. She’s studying for the bar exam right now and doesn’t start working until October. But she already bought a brand new BMW and is already looking to move into a penthouse apartment. Now, some of you might be like, “Okay, she’s fine, right? She’s making multiple six figures.” But here’s the problem. Let’s take Benita and David. Both increased their incomes dramatically, right, into their late 20s, right? Benita goes from making 60k at 25 to 120k at 30. Same thing for David. But Benita kept living like he made 60k, and he was investing the rest. On the other hand, David started spending more money to match his 120k salary, right? A bigger apartment, a nicer car, etc. By the time they’re 40, right? Benita already has hundreds of thousands of dollars invested. David might not have anything invested, or worse, he has to pay all this new debt off from his fancy lifestyle. It might not seem like a big difference right now, right, in their 20s or early 30s, but in years, right, in 10 years, that is the difference between having to work until 65, 75, 85, or retiring early. Now, I’m not saying to live like a monk. I want you to enjoy your life, but you can set up a rule for yourself. So, for example, um my rule was whenever I got a raise or a bonus, I only increased the cost of my living or my life at most 10 or 20%of that raise. Everything else, I funneled that money back into my investments, my retirement accounts, um into my business, or into education. Remember, the goal here is to get to 100k as quickly as possible, right? You are going to need to sacrifice some luxuries in life now for a bigger reward later. It ultimately boils down to do you want to be rich, or do you want to look rich? Now, remember what I said in the beginning, right? Even though I have multiple seven figures now, it was reaching that first 100k that made the biggest difference and was the one that changed my life. And the reason for that is because of the critical mass theory. I want you to imagine rolling a snowball down a very snowy hill, right? When you roll it, it’s going to pick up more snow, it’s going to get bigger, it’s going to get faster, but you’re not going to actually notice this until it picks up enough snow first to reach critical mass. In finance, 100k is that initial critical mass. And here’s what I mean. If you invest 15k a year in the S&P 500 and assume a 10%annual return, right? Your net worth, you will have 100k in 5.36 years. However, 80%of that total 100k came directly from your cash contributions, right? Your active income. It’s that 15k that you originally contributed every year. And it’s only the other 20%that came from investing in the stock market. But once you pass that 100k critical mass threshold, this is when things start to get interesting, right? If you continue to invest 15k a year, you’re going to reach a net worth of 200k in 3.53 years. Then you’ll reach 300k in 2.64 years, 400k in 2.11 years, and 500k in 1.75 years. So, you can see, right? The amount of time it requires you to reach an additional 100k financial milestone gets smaller and smaller. Once you’re at a 900k net worth, it’s only going to take you 0.95 years to reach 1 million. And now, if we look at what makes up the total $1 million, right? 32%comes from your direct cash contributions or your active income, whereas 68%, right? Almost 70%of that is coming from the stock market alone, which is why going from a net worth of 900k to 1 million is nearly six times faster than it takes to go from zero to 100k. That’s why it’s so important to do everything you can to reach your first 100k, right? And the biggest lever to get there is by increasing your active income and building multiple ones. And that’s because if you think about your income streams like a chair, right? If you only rely on one, your 9-5 job, that is a chair with one leg. That one leg is holding up your entire financial life, right? If you lose your job, you get sick, whatever, then that leg breaks. And then there’s nothing else holding up your chair, which will impact the rest of your financial goals downstream, significantly delaying it. But if you have additional streams of income, right, whether that’s from a side hustle or business or passive income from your investments, right? You are essentially adding more legs to this chair. And the more you can add, the stronger the chair becomes. And even if you lose your job, right, one leg falls off or breaks, you still have the other legs. That’s important. Now, the single most important reason that the 100K changed my life is that that is when I realized my money started working harder than me. And it was also when I realized that I was able to start thinking bigger, right, start thinking long-term. And that’s what I’m trying to help you unlock, because I’m sure you have even bigger financial dreams than a 100K, but you cannot get to 1 million, 2 million, or more until you pass the 100K milestone. And that leads me to something that you’ve got to start accepting. And it’s that even if you were trying your absolute hardest to get a 100K, sometimes you might still feel like you’re not doing enough. And that might be because you don’t know all the financial accounts you actually need and how to use each one the right way to build wealth.

  • 09/28/2026 – Adam Neumann – His $47 Billion Empire Collapsed!

    I went from 13,000 employees to three employees in one week. We work was one of the fastest physical global growth the world’s ever seen. But everything went wrong. We lost everything. 2019 you were publicly filed its S1 company valued at around $47 billion. The S1 showed some losses, 3 billion in the past 3 years. Also, the S1 revealed when you were CEO that you’d also trademarked the word we and sold it back to the company. That’s not true. People sometimes think I was fired because the Wall Street Journal said so. Not true. I wanted to hear directly from you. What happened? You really want to go there? I’m I’m happy to the floor is yours. So in we work the business grew faster than I could grow and every step I take suddenly the ego starts coming up. Oh 20 billion valuation billion valuation in Japan on top of that 5 billion valuation in China. It suddenly became about the money. I forgot what we were all about when I lost it. Everybody lost it. And the next thing is we found ourselves being forced to go public when we weren’t ready. Then you resigned as CEO of we work after the IPO didn’t pan out. So I stepped down out of choice and a second after I did it, we got stabbed in the back and the only lesson there, you’re going to stab the king, kill. If you’re not going to kill, I’m going to come back again. Why did you make that choice to go back into business again? Cuz you had money from the reports, almost a billion dollars. You know how hard it is. I now realize that in we work, I did a lot more things right than wrong. A lot more. Not like 10% more, like 95%. Some of what I’m saying is hard for you to fully hone in on. All these founders you spoke to, all this I don’t think they shared this paper. So, let’s talk about it. So, first, you might have seen or you might not have seen, but this channel is chasing a big subscriber milestone. So, I have to ask you for a favor. Roughly 58% of the people watching right now still haven’t hit the subscribe button despite the fact that you watch this channel every single week. So, could I ask you guys a favor? that 58% of you that for whatever reason haven’t yet hit the subscribe button. If there was ever a time to deliver upon a favor for us, it would be right now. And I promise that I will do everything in my power to make sure that this channel gets better and better and better for you. Do we have a deal?

    Adam Newman, I’ve had the privilege of getting to know you briefly over the last um couple of months, and it struck me almost immediately that you’re unlike almost any other founder or CEO or really person I think I’ve ever met. There’s a depth to you and a and a philosophy and a perspective that is just incredibly rare. My question to you is for you to be an anomaly if we accept that. Am I right in thinking that you had some sort of anomalous early origin story? What is that that story that shaped this man that sat in front of me? You know, for me first when I get to know someone in the beginning and they say, “Where is it coming from? Who are you?” I usually start the same. First of all, I’m a husband. It’s my first job. what I’m most proud of. Then I’m a father. I’m a father of six. Then I’m a friend. Friendships are very important for me. And after that I’m an entrepreneur. I think each one of us has a phenomenal soul. I think it’s perfect. And I think what really we see when we look at people is the distance between where we think they’re holding to where their potential is. And I think it’s that gap between those two things that actually defines a person. And for me throughout my life, sometimes out of my control when I was young and sometimes with my control when I got older, I’ve always been striving to close that gap. So you talk about not having control. Your early context is quite unstable from what I read because your mother suffered from bipolar. Can you bring me into that world so I can understand like the sort of context that Adam was raised? Happily. So we’ll start like every story it has two sides to it and my mom and my father are both doctors and growing up I always saw both of them taking care of the patients and it would feel sometimes like the patients came ahead of us. So for example my sister and I we were never sick no matter how sick we were look at my she was an oncologist and she would say my patients are sicker go to school and that was sort of the beginning of it. When I was in the second grade, my parents got a divorce. It was very difficult for my mom and she needed a change of scenery. So, we actually moved to the United States. You know this photo here? I do. Um, and this one here, you’ve got a kid. This is you as a a child that is beaming with uh smell sort of ear to ear. Often when I see photos like that, my my curiosity is what what you can’t see and what that young kid, that young boy there is is not saying, but what he’s feeling underneath all of those uh those emotions. What I could tell you is I think for me I think the challenge started in that. So we talked about my mother being bipolar. I only observed my mother’s moods when we moved to the United States. There was no one around. It was only my mom and my sister and I. And all day she would work with the patients and at night at 800 PM she would come home and all hell would break loose. And I remember there’s many stories but I remember this. She would tell my sister and I we had to wash the dishes. That was our one chore. And we wouldn’t no matter what because kids sometimes rebel by action when they can’t rebel by words. And she would come home, you didn’t wash the dishes. And she would take the dishes and throw them on the floor. And then she would cry and start cleaning the dishes and and mopping them. And it was every night ended with some version of action like that. And for 2 years, I remember how crazy my sister and I thought the whole experience was. And we didn’t have any friends who were sharing that experience until one day she bought this nice set of dishes. And she comes home again to throw the dishes. And we notice she’s only throwing the cheap dishes. She’s not throwing the ones that she liked, which gave us a little hint that maybe there’s a little more control over what’s happening than this out of control situation. So if I had to guess what was happening with the kids because now in hindsight I know my mom and my dad very well. Probably there was a lot of arguing in the house. Probably as a kid cuz I now see my kids that are very young. I’m sure a child finds it very confusing when the parents are not aligned as a team because as a child all you have to lean on are your parents. But I think the most important thing to say if my mom wasn’t the way she was and if I didn’t go through all those challenges that I went through growing up and I went through a lot. We’re talking about bipolar. There’s a lot that comes with it and we could go deeper or less but almost every single thing if you took a piece of paper and you have to do a check mark for every bad thing we think can happen to a little boy. you get to check mark with me all almost all of them including the really bad ones that we don’t like to talk about as bad as that was when I was 22 23 I remember being very angry about my childhood only when I met Rebecca my then girlfriend to then wife she very quickly introduced me to spiritual practice the way she introduced me by the way was after a week of dating she came to me and she goes look you’re really nice you have a lot of potential but you’re not the guy for me that was very surprised at the time. I was living in New York. My sister was the supermodel. We were hanging out. I I thought a lot of myself. And I said, “What do you mean I’m not the guy for you?” And he said, “Well, you don’t have a spiritual band. You’re very focused on material things. You want to be successful, but you’re not actually understanding the game of life. The guy I’m interested in is going to want true happiness and true fulfillment. And true happiness, and true fulfillment does not come from material things.” It was so different from anything anyone has ever told me that instead of running away or doing this or doing that, I thought for a second. I said, “Well, how would one come to explore this spiritual life that you’re talking about?” And she said, “Well, you need a practice.” And for me, that practice started being cabala. But for all of us there can be different practices. The thing I learned very quickly in the practice is the difference between meant to be and free choice. And I think a lot of people don’t understand it, but how can there be? We talk a lot about in spirituality about it’s meant to be and there’s free choice. How could there be free choice and things be meant to be at the same time? The way I explain it is you get to a fork in your life and you choose left over right and everything works out meant to be. You get to that same fork and you choose right and you crash on your face horribly. everybody’s watching and you stop and you actually learn lessons from it and you take accountability and you say, you know what, whatever happened to me happened for a reason and I’m going to learn from it. I’m going to be stronger. Almost like a sword that’s getting forged and the more times you hit it and the more hit you put on it, the stronger it gets. And then you learn those lessons and you go back into the game of life and you apply that in again. Suddenly you take the catastrophe or the tragedy or the curse and you make it into a blessing. You turn it into a made to be. When the world did crash on me as an adult, it was nothing compared to what I had to deal with as a child. I was like, it’s okay. I have a wife. I have kids. I have close friends. We’ll take a deep breath and we’ll start from scratch again. And that kind of fortitude, I think regretfully, comes through going through very difficult things. So if you’re listening to this right now and you’re going through something really difficult and it feels dark, I encourage you to remember that the darkest moment of the night is a second before dawn. I feel like there’s things in your early context that you haven’t shared before because you said there’s things that we don’t usually share. Not publicly, but meaning I have in front of So I used to share everything in front of our employees that we work. So there’s things I shared in front of 10,000 people. I’m not sure it ever made it to the press. What is missing? You really want to go there? I’m I’m happy to. If you’re happy to, I’m happy to. I’ll share two things that I’m not sure maybe could be helpful for other people that are going through similar things.

    So the the hidding and stuff like so when someone’s bipolar, by the way, they get very angry or very happy very fast. When they’re happy, they’re the happiest. You have fun and everything’s amazing. And my mom would play games with us and it was phenomenal. But also when that I think happens a lot with bipolar, there’s the suicide threats. And then there’s one thing when you threaten to. So again, if you’re two children and your only parent threatens to commit suicide, who is going to take care of you? What is going to happen if suddenly that happens? And I have a lot of memories, but one that just came back to me not too long ago. We’re in the kibuts, which is where we’re living after we came back from the US. My mom wanted us to have a special experience. So we went to this community where everybody shares a lot of things together. It’s also the beginning of why I love communities. And we get into this big fight and my mom basically says she’s going to kill herself and she takes the knife and I remember she’s holding this huge knife. I’m like, “No, no, don’t do it.” And I remember I just remember feeling that I have to stop it that it is up to me and if I don’t stop it, then she’s going to kill herself right there in front of my sister and I. So I grab the knife and we’re fighting left and right and my sister is sitting right there and she’s crying and she’s crying and I’m no and she’s saying yes and the whole thing is so crazy. How old were you? 12 at that moment. That’s one. There’s more if you want to go deeper, but that was one. I invite you to go deeper.

    When I was in between second grade to fourth grade, um I was sexually I think you called molested by an older uh than a teenager. So she was at least six or seven years older than me. this one. I didn’t even know that what was happening was wrong. And many years later, Rebecca and I are in the Hamptons and it’s somehow the story comes up and she goes, “Adam, I understand that this is not normal for a child at that age.” And I didn’t even fully understand. And that taught me that explained to me a lot about children. And again, we go back to the responsibility of parents and the responsibility of society to take care of the children and schools to understand what’s happening. And whenever we see anyone, we are so good at walking into a room, seeing someone else, and judging. Oh, they’re not acting the way I would act. They’re not acting right. They’re not speaking right. Everybody’s so busy judging everybody. I want to encourage every single person next time you’re about to judge. You don’t know who that person is. You do not know where they come from. You do not know what happened to them as a kid. God forbid they were molested. God forbid they dealt with all these things. You don’t know where they started. You only know where you see them now. And it could be that if you really got to know them and you would have known the distance they went from here to here, you would have been extremely impressed with them and you would have not measured them that way. And this is why I think it’s so important for all of us when we walk into rooms to really go after unity. You and I can say the same sentence in a way that tears people apart or brings people together. It takes more effort to speak in a way that brings us together. But if we don’t start acting like this, if we keep dividing and keep splitting, I’m worried. Sounds like as an adult, you’ve been able to understand that early experience and sort of create a new sort of perspective or lens on what happened to you and what it means. And as you said, you know, you’ve you’ve orientated it around the fact that it’s happened for a reason or at least there’s there’s something to have learned from it. Was that always the case? So I I sometimes reflect on my own experience and think that for the first season of my life I was dragged and then at some point I like got hold of the steering wheel and I was able to like drive and one of them was like sort of unconscious and the other was more in sort of intentional and thoughtful and I’m wondering through your early teens and 20ies whether you had the wisdom and the perspective that you have now on your early experiences and how that’s evolved over time. I probably went to sleep crying every single night for probably until I was 14 or 15. And I remember and if you ask my sister what would I say? She I I completely forgot. She said I told her that one day I’ll become very successful and we’ll take care of I’ll take care of us. That was what I used to say. I I literally didn’t remember. This is something she told me. I think that’s how I interpreted that control and how I’m going to fix all these challenges that I had. But we launched the school, Rebecca and I, more Rebecca I held. It’s a fifth school. In the school, we teach kids how to be connected to themselves, how to be part of something greater than themselves. If someone just taught me this as a kid and I would have understood then that there’s this bigger picture, I think I would have been able to handle it a lot better and skip the challenging years faster, move faster into the point where I realize that I don’t control what happens, but I can control how I react to it. So, back to your point of driving, are you driving? Don’t know. Now, you question it. I’m questioning. I would question, you know, my my follow-up question to you would be, how do you define success? My definition of success these days, it’s funny, I was thinking about it this morning when I got on the lift on my way here. I thought, um, do you know what it was? Cuz my my fiance turned to me this weekend and she went, Stephen, I think you have enough now. And then she paused and then she retracted the statement, but I but it got me thinking about what enough is. And actually, I thought, well, it’s the motion forward in the pursuit of goals that matter to me that are challenging surrounded by people that is the that is the success. And that’s like a daily a daily thing. There’s no there’s no podium in this this game that I’m playing. But when she said she thinks you have enough, was she referring to material things? Yes. I think society has taught us that once we gain that success, once we gain those material things, we get to this number, suddenly that hole that we all fill inside of us will be full. Now, I know it’s very hard to hear, especially for people who haven’t gotten there yet. Like, oh yeah, you got there already. So now you’re saying it. I’m only going to share with you what I have learned and from all the most successful people that I know and I’m lucky to know quite a lot of them. I have not seen one that got happy or fulfilled from attaining a number or a material thing. I don’t believe that’s how the game of life works. So when your fiance said which not like her cuz I think she’s more on the spiritual side. Tell her that I said I’m surprised she said that. I think she had something deeper to say and she was holding back. When she said, “I think you have enough.” I would really go back to redefining success. So, back to that. I’ll tell you how I define it in a second. But I think if we can agree on the definition of success, then we can start having a discussion of a are we there and are we headed there and b how do we do better to get there? And if we agree on our definition of success, then now we can start working together towards the same goal. If one of us defines success by making the most money and the other person defines success by being the most fulfilled, the most happy, the most light that they can be, then playing two different games. What’s your definition? When you’re at your deathbed and you’re one minute before it’s all going to go and you know you’re out of time, all you have left is the love that surrounds you at that moment. your children, your grandchildren, your friends, your friends, children, all the love that surrounds you at that moment and all the love that you have cultivated for your entire life. And I think it’s that love which then moves on to whatever it is that happens after. So my definition of success is in that last moment right before you go, how do you feel? Do you feel full and surrounded by love and like life has been this amazing journey or is there regret or is there this and I’ll tell you the one thing that happens right before we pass away the ego goes away completely. No more secrets. And and again in the spiritual study you say what’s the definition of hell back to how we started this. You get to see you get to glimpse for a second the ultimate potential that your soul had perfect it was and how high you could have gone and where you really got to and the distance between those two. That’s hell. When you were 31 years old in 2010 and you sat down with your partner Miguel, Miguel McKelie and you you made this sketch on a whiteboard for Wei work. If I’d asked you then what your definition of success was, would you have turned to me and said love or would you have said something else? I believe I would have said something else. So my big shift is when I met my wife. So by this point of this picture that you’re showing me, I was four years into Rebecca teaching me about the game of life. So I’m starting to get advanced. So I I can tell you what what I was thinking. It wouldn’t have been love, but it would have been we and the point above because was called if you look at that picture, it’s going to say we work, we live, we give, we share. I don’t remember. I haven’t seen it for like 10 years. It was never about desks and chairs. It was always about creating a world where people make a life and not just a living. It was about something greater than ourselves. If we just jump sort of backwards in time from that day by about 10 years. If I had asked you what you want to be when you’re older, what would you have said? At 21. 21. It’s embarrassing. I’ll tell you. It’s embarrassing though. I’m embarrassed for I’m embarrassed for my 21-year-old self. What did you want to be? A billionaire. You wanted to be a billionaire at 21. I did regretfully. Why? I thought that making the money is going to compensate. I thought it was going to fill that hole for my childhood. What about at 16 if I’d asked you? I think I said millionaire there and I don’t think I knew the word millionaire at 16. I think the numbers grew cuz the world changed. But I thought that making money was going to fill that hole from the childhood that back then seemed very difficult and very aggressive and very with all these negative words that we can use about the difficult and abusive childhoods. And I thought that making money would solve it. But then I did three businesses afterwards who did not succeed until I met Rebecca. And Rebecca was like, “You’re chasing money. You will never have it. And even if you get it, it will never make you happy. You will never have it.” And she said, “Chasing money is like chasing cool. You’re cool. You’re just like that. You didn’t ch I don’t think you’re working too hard on doing so much. You don’t like putting on shoes. I like putting on shoes that please. It’s all good.” So she said, “You’re chasing money. It doesn’t work like that. Also like chasing a girl. You really want someone. You have to take a deep breath.” But she said to me, “Even if you were to get money the way you’re chasing it, it not only will not fulfill you, it will be negative for you.” So I said, “Well, what should I do?” She said, “Well, you’re a very talented individual. You should figure out what your superpower is. It’s the first time I’ve heard anyone use the word superpower.” She goes, “You need to take your superpower. You need to connect it to something that’s really meaningful for the world. Something you’re passionate about, but something that can make a difference. You need to bring those two things together. You need to only focus on making that a reality. Employees will want to work with a company that’s doing that. Investors want to invest in a company that’s doing that. And consumers want to buy from a company that’s doing that. The rest will for then she said success the way you you define it then that money success you think is a will fall on you from the sky more than you can ever imagine. I was like I want to marry this woman. I proposed 3 months after we met. And the idea of Wii was central to this drawing that I have in front of me, which is a a drawing you did on a whiteboard when you were 31 years old, 2010 with your partner Miguel after selling your company. I think it was called Green Desk. Green Desk. You sold it for how much? It wasn’t like 1.5 million. There were three partners. So we each got half a million. Half a million. Half a million. But our partner didn’t want to pay us the whole amount up front. So he only gave us $300,000. The rest was installment over four years for Miguel and I. And I remember telling Miguel, Miguel, you keep the money cuz I’ll waste it. First time I ever made money. You keep the money cuz I will waste it and we’ll keep it for our next business. And the way the universe works, by the way, the universe speaks to us. The signs start happening and you sort of one thing leads to another. It’s almost serendipity. Our first Weiwork building to get the building, the landlord wouldn’t give it to us unless we gave a check of exactly $300,000. The same $300,000 that was sitting in Miguel’s account. It went from there to there. and my work was created. So tell me what that is. Okay, we’re in Greenesk. Just to remind everybody what Greenesk is, Greenesk was created in May of 2008. The world was the world was crashing. That was the downturn and before it started, Miguel and I got to know each other. He was an architect and I had a baby clothing company and we’re in the same building. My roommate introduced us and we would just talk about doing great things and there was a landlord there and every day he would see me goes, “Adam, your baby clothing company sucks.” And I said, “Mr. Gutman, why do you say that?” He said, “Well, my wife, we have eight kids. She loves buying baby clothes. She didn’t once buy from you. I don’t know how you pay me rent. Your baby clothes suck.” And I would say, “Well, Mr. Gutman, you own all this real estate around here.” He goes, “Yes, I do.” Said, “Your real estate sucks.” He goes, “Why do you say that?” Said, “It’s all empty.” And we would do that for four months back and forth. One day he looks at me goes, “Adam, if I gave you one of my buildings, you keep saying that it sucks. What would you do with it?” So he takes me upstairs and he shows me this this beautiful floor plate. And I said to him, “How much do you get in rent?” He goes, “$5,000 a month.” Said, “Well, it’s empty, but let’s say you would get $5,000.” Said, “Look, I’m a small business. I don’t need this much. Let’s divide it to 15 small places spaces. We’ll charge $1,000 each. We’ll put a receptionist. We’ll pay the receptionist 2500. We’ll get 15,000. That will leave us with 12,500. You will get 7,500 and we’ll get the difference. And he was like, “Let me think about it.” He calls me the next day. He goes, “I love it, but instead of one floor, take the whole building. It had five floors. We’ll put the receptionist downstairs so we can share the expenses. It will be even better.” And we put five ads on Craigslist. We launched Greenes. It was 92% full within a week. started cash flowing positive which was a new thing for me because this was my fourth business never had cash flow positive cash flowing positive within a month and became very successful very fast after about 6 maybe 12 months we started thinking bigger Miguel and I said we’ll take green this national we went to our landlord said I’m not interested we asked for $20 million we said we’ll split the business 50/50 he wasn’t interested so we started and and very soon after he said I’ll buy it from you and we started planning this and you drew this on a whiteboard. Miguel drew this on the wall, not even a whiteboard. The walls were made of glass. This was drawn on the glass. So all of our walls in green desk were also whiteboards and cuz everybody was about creating and inventing. And what you see here is that social life, commercial, friends is here. This proves the fact Ben Horwitz in the interview that you saw he did with me in the podcast, he says to me, Adam, you’ve always had one idea. And then at the end, at the end, he apologized said, Adam, I didn’t mean to say you only have one idea. Of course, you have all these ideas. I said, Ben, you’re right. This is not that different from what flow is. This is all about the friends and all about the living and all about the working life essentials. Wow, I haven’t seen this for a long time. Fintech, travel, everything in between. So, for anyone that’s watching uh listening and can’t see, it’s a circle that has lots of circles in it. Um, and it says all the little circles are like travel, health, social life, friends, um, co-work co-workers, supporters, uh, life essentials, work rituals, work rituals. I can read it better than me, but that makes sense. And this was the idea for we work. This is the idea for we work. So sometimes people said, “Oh, you grew out of desk and chairs. You shouldn’t have gone to all these categories.” The idea started, this was before there was one desk. What is the essence of this? We wanted to make a world, at least in our opinion, that really needed community. This was to deliver on a mission of of create a world where people make a life and not just a living. This was a full life style, life circle, and it was very aspirational. And it’s how, by the way, for anyone of our listeners or your listeners that uh that is starting a business, start with a vision. Dream as high as you can. Go all the way to the stars. Cuz if you don’t shoot for the stars, you’re never going to get to the moon. Go far. Then take a deep breath and go back to basics. What do I need to do first? What I need to do second? What I need to do third? The secret of life and entrepreneurship is to be able to be in both places at the same time. On the one hand, I’m going to go so far. On the other hand, I’m just starting, so I better roll up my sleeves and get the broom and start brooming. It’s both of them. I need to go knock on doors. I need to go meet people. I need to do whatever work needs to be done in the beginning to get the business started. Let’s talk about both then. So the you got the trenches and then you’ve got let’s say the clouds or the moon as you refer to it. Why is it important to dream big? Why is the scale and the size of the dream important? So I believe it’s the secret of manifestation. So when people ask me Adam what is the secret manifestation? How do you make something out of nothing? I think the order is first you have to believe. If you and I have a big idea, first we have to believe it. Then that takes time to believe. True belief, by the way. Do you know when belief is measured? No. When it’s really tough. Belief is not measured on everything. So I remember this. This is and I’ve shared this story before, but your audience is so wide that I’m sure a lot of them haven’t heard it. when right after the whole explosion of we work occurred and it was like 5 days in and the whole thing was crashing on us and there’s a million articles and the whole thing is happening my spiritual teacher who I haven’t spoken at this point almost for 2 years after I studied with him for 8 years calls me said Adam how are you doing I said I’m not doing so well right now it’s crazy he said oh great that’s why I called you I said why did you call me his name is Eton I said why didn’t you call me said I called you to make sure that you remembered the two things we learned for 8 years. Said, “Atan, we didn’t learn two things for 8 years. We study twice a week. We learned endless things.” Goes, “No, you missed it. We learned two things.” I said, “Please remind me.” Goes, “One was love thy neighbor as yourself, and the rest is commentary.” It took a second for it. I said, “Let’s talk about this for a second. What does love thy neighbor as yourself mean to you? Such a famous saying. We’ve heard it so many times. When I think about it, the way that I understand it is to have empathy and compassion for all of the complexities, both the good, the bad, the indifferent, and that which you don’t understand, which is like how I would treat myself. Like I understand um all the that I’m a complex person and that I’m multifaceted and imperfect and that I have strengths and weaknesses and I kind of I’m okay with all of it and in others we’re less okay with all of it. Beautiful. Let’s say a little bit different words, but that was right on. Love that yourself means that you first have to love yourself. To love yourself, you have to acknowledge not only the great strength that you have that you love, you must acknowledge your weaknesses, your failures, your mistakes. And the only way you can love yourself after all of those is if you’re able to forgive yourself. So the true secret of loving oneself is to forgive yourself. To not carry guilt. To really be able to know that all of these are lessons for you to grow and change and go to your next level from. Back to the sword analogy that you’re a sword and you’re getting forged. And every single time you get hit, you just get stronger. Once you feel that and you’re able to love yourself, then you’re able to love everybody else. That was the first thing he told me we learned. The second thing he said to me which we said before is I want to remind you that the darkest moment of the night is a second before dawn. Belief is not measured when everything is going up and everybody’s telling you what a genius you are and everybody wants to be your friend and everybody wants to be your investor. Belief is measured when it’s all crashing. when even your friends are questioning you when the phone is not ringing and if a person is able to have true belief then then he says to me if you’re going to be able to take this experience and really hold your belief hold your positivity hold your happiness be the person I know you can be you can’t imagine what the future stored for you what did you believe in in your hardest moment in God and in myself in my wife in my kids and in the fact that even though I don’t know at this moment why this thing happened, I am going to be stronger for it. And I remember that morning, this phone call was was late at night. The next morning at 6:00 a.m. I walked down to to my three I went from 13,000 employees to three employees in one week. I walked down to the three employees who were my partners in the family office, not even employees, partners. I walked down to them and I’m smiling and they’re stressed out. We would meet every day at 6:00 a.m. that we’re done. We’re bankrupt. It’s finished. They only joined me 3 months before they came to manage what they thought was a 5 to10 billion family office and they’re dealing with negative 400 million compounding interest full bankruptcy situation. And this story and I thought about them all my not all a lot of friends that I had that were really there with me and enjoyed with me and grew with me and made money with me when I really needed that one small moment a lot of them weren’t there. And these three almost strangers who I didn’t really know were standing right there by my side. And they see me smiling. Adam, why are you smiling? You they’re like, they thought I really lost my mind. It was done. And I said, I’m smiling because I remember that the darkest moment of the night is a second before dawn. And I remember that belief is actually measured when things are difficult, not when everything is working. And I believe, and I know it’s going to work out, and I don’t know how, and I don’t know why, but this is all going to work out for the best. And we’re going to learn a lot from this. and it will actually prepare us when a real difficulty happens. So, we’re ready to go and deal with it. And about 10 days later, we started coming out of it in a very positive way. I want to go to the top of the story and I’ll read cuz I really want to walk through some of the key moments. But, um, I noticed your energy shift a little bit when you started describing those three people. Here’s another thing that I’ve learned. If you know haven’t you’re facing this as we speak right now. I bet you have lots of friends. I I bet you have How you define friends. Exactly. Well, I’ll tell you a secret about them, and I’m sorry to say that. We’re only going to know which one of them are your friend and which ones are not. When if, god forbid, you crash and you actually need them. And I can also tell you if you’re going to crash or not. If you go big enough, really, really big, you crash. Whenever someone says, “Oh, Adam, it’s never going to happen to me. My ego is never going to get the best of me. I’m never I’m always going to stay in control.” Young successful people like to say that to me and say, “Oh, you haven’t gone big enough.” Cuz if you really really That’s part of the definition of going really really big. Life is not about if we fall down. We’re supposed to fall down. Life is about how we get up. And the more times we fall down, the more times we get to get up. And if you practice getting up enough times, then you might not fall. Then you get very good at it. And then you can go and really go for the stars. So with the friends, the reason I my energy changed about those three, I didn’t know them that well and they stuck by me. I have a weakness with loyalty. I’m very loyal. So if you were there for me when things were tough, I’m a sucker for that. I’ll be there for you even if you mess up to a fault almost. A lot of founders who start businesses have this thing that pop culture is called imposter syndrome where they kind of do doubt themselves. And this sort of sits in contrast to this idea of having belief because sometimes they don’t believe and they are plagued with insecurities and doubts and they kind of go back and forward and they think really am I the person to do this? I’ve never done it before which is that that comes with pursuing something great. You had never done it before. So what do you say to those people who are struggling with doubt and because they’re hearing listen you have to believe. Did you have doubt when you when you drew this? A fascinating question. My level of certainty was so high when I was doing way work. I I was sure it was going to work. It was a lot of times I think people confused my certainty as a different word. I was just I was that sure that the product is needed for the world. When I started flow which was different and came after everything and after also we had a family. When I started we work I had no kids. It was just Rebecca and I was very easy to throw myself into something and work 18 to 20our days, 7 days a week and love every second. There was nothing else. We work grew astronomically quickly, really atypically quickly, especially for that like type of company. And I I wanted to hear directly from you like why what happened? What were the factors that contributed to this meteoric rise? So I think a couple of years after you founded the company I became a customer of it um both in New York but also in London. What didn’t I see? What was what was it? So we work started in February of 2010 and it’s for anybody listening I think this is the way that that it should and could work. I think from the first day we were so clear as you pointed out with the circle on on the fact that this mission is bigger than us. And when you’re part of a mission that’s greater than yourself, urgency doesn’t just become something like, “Oh, we have to do it now because I said so or because we said so.” When you feel that your mission really needs to come out to the world, then you have to do it now because there’s no time to waste cuz it’s really important. And we just started with our first and part of my energy is I bring people together. I really like creating community, but I also I love to move fast when we’re clear on the direction that we’re moving. And I don’t believe anything is impossible. So when you connect that mission of something being greater than yourself, speed and not accepting a no, you put those things together, then real magic happens. I think that’s one, two, I want an example of that. I’ll give you one many examples, but let’s let’s start let’s start early rework cuz I think this all started work. Before the example, one more thing I was going to say that made we work to answer a question. It’s the team. The team was so dedicated. The team believed so much. It was their it was their essence. It was their experience of being part of something greater than themselves. And when you can bring a group of people together to all run in the same direction, you almost can’t stop anything. Give you an example. It’s our second we work building. We need to do we need to do the floor. We only had a $90,000. We didn’t have any more money. And all the quotes were $200,000 a floor, whatever the number was. And I said to Miguel and to the few people there, “We have to do it for this price.” And said, “You can’t. We got five quotes. It’s not the price.” I said, “Well, how much is the floor?” And everybody’s like, “The floor is between 30 to 45,000 where these wood floors was an important part of the design.” I said, “Why?” Said, “What do you mean why? These are the quotes.” Said, “Well, can you break down the quotes for me?” I said, “What do you mean?” I said, “Well, how many pieces of floor? How many nails? How much glue? How much rubber? How many hours of work per person? How much does each person cost? No one could answer. Said, “Okay, I have an idea of how we can negotiate this differently.” I called the top three guys and said, “Guy, I would like you to to earn 15% above the cost. I think that’s a fair margin, 15%. Do you agree?” So, of course, I agree. It’s like, great. And all three of them, by the way, said yes. I said, “Great. Well, I’m going to need to see the cost of each piece. I’m going to go quote it myself and we’re going to get to 15%. Very quickly the cost went down to that first floor instead of 30 to 45,000 was 12,000. The guy says to me, Adam, no one’s ever worked with me that way. Before you know it, they joined us and we had our own internal construction company and we realized that only by controlling it could we get the right price and move fast enough. So, it’s not taking no for an answer, but also using logic to really look into it. Now, it could be that if I looked into it, I wouldn’t have been able to get a better price. But what I’m describing is a challenge in construction in general and globally and it’s part of the things that flow is solving today. Elon would call that like reasoning from first principles. I heard a similar story. He would he would call it like that and and from what I know in FL we look up to Elen as an entrepreneur. We think he’s unbelievable. And whenever someone gives Elen as an example say no one is elen that’s not an example we use. We just we look at him for inspiration. I happen to know that he can put an engineer cuz I have a friend whose daughter works for him in SpaceX. He can put an engineer to work on one problem for 6 months. One screw, one connection, but the result ends up being not twice as simple as anything NASA has done, but like 500 times as simple and cheaper and faster and lighter. So yes, it’s going back. You can call it first principles. You can call it asking every question, but if you’re the entrepreneur and you’re going to run or if you’re an employee or a partner, ask why. People don’t because they don’t want to be rude or inconvenience others or they’re too concerned with being liked. So pushing back on a supplier or you know conventional status quo in any way is seen to be inconvenient. I’m going to try to say a different reason why they’re not cuz they don’t ask themsel why. It’s going to go back this discussion can keep going back to the same basics. A person who’s comfortable asking himself why is he doing something, questioning himself or herself, seeing negative things, seeing problems and then enjoying the process of growing out of them will have no problem asking someone else why. And whenever you ask someone why and they don’t want to answer you, what are you hiding? This is a discussion. I usually when I go into topics like this start by telling the vendor, wherever it is, I want you to make money. No, no one’s trying to make you lose money. But we’re on a mission. And if I’m going to pay even 20% more than I should, then that’s 20% less of another building, another community, another neighborhood that Floor is not going to take part in. This really does uh make a lot of sense to me. We have this um Slack channel in our company called paper walls. And the whole idea is that we’re trying to encourage our team to push on paper walls. A paper wall is something that looks solid, but reveals itself to be completely made of paper. The minute you try it, you ask why. You push on it. And there’s a story of a a kid that worked for me in one of my companies for 4 years and um he animates video. I said to him, “How long is it going to take you to animate a video for us that’s 30 minutes?” He said, “It takes 9 days, right?” He worked for me for 4 years. It took him 9 days to animate the video. We decide we want to launch a weekly channel. I need him to do it in 3 or 4 days max so that the rest of the team can do it. I say to him, “How long is it going to take you?” He says, “9 days.” And then because we had established this culture in our company of pushing on paper walls, I said to him, “Why?” And do you know what he said to me? I think I said something like, “What would it take to do it in two?” And he went, “Stephen, you just need to buy me a new laptop. I have an old laptop.” I thought, “Fucking hell. I’ve been paying him for 4 years and he’s been Think about how much time I’ve lost in those four years just simply because I didn’t ask that question.” But also to your point, he never mentioned it. He never knew he was in a paper wall himself. First year of Weiwork, we opened one building. Hm. Year nine of we work, we open two buildings a day in 130 cities, 50 countries, 70 languages, 100,000 square foot per building. So that’s 200,000 square foot a day, 20,000 square meter for your European listeners a day. A lot of the same people were only capable doing the one and two particip were leaders by that time of of being able to do one of the fastest physical global growth the world’s ever seen. Same people as you learn to in your words go through paper walls as you learn that anything is possible suddenly this is the secret of high growth and momentum whatever you can do today if your company starts growing fast you’ll be shocked what you’ll be able to do in 3 months 9 months and in 2 years you’re going to look back and not believe that that was your capacity and I keep telling people and they tell me oh I can’t do this and this takes 3 months I say guys I’ve seen this done before I know we can do it it’s easier now I’ve already been there now you just need to believe and goes back to the belief then we’re going to need to put the systems and the processes and today with technology and this is where I think AI is very exciting you could shortcut a lot of these things and and do a much better work but back to what you said about your company I bet when’s the last time you sat with them in a circle how many employees about 200 in total so 200 is a big number but if you took 30 of them sat in a room and actually asked them what are you working on personally what is your internal paper wall what is your internal challenge what’s stopping you? And they got comfortable talking about it. And then as a group, first of all, all their peers would hear and before you know it, their peers would help them. Hey, I remember that you said that this is a child for you’re insecure. You don’t talk in public. You’re a little judgmental. You’re too hard on yourself. Every person has another story. Before you know it, the moment you get them used to grow internally, it will affect your business to grow externally. In we work, the business grew faster than I could grow. That’s where everything went wrong. I actually think whenever a company grows faster than its founder, one of two things would occur. Either it will crash because that’s what happens. Or if somehow miraculously that founder is able to keep it all together, in my experience, they’re not fulfilled and happy. And if they’re not fulfilled and happy, why do it? How important for the founders listening and for the people that want to build or become is hard work? Because there’s a real debate around hard work. You know, some people say, you know, work life balance is is the ultimate. Some people say if you’re a founder, you got to give 100 hour weeks. Ah, by the way, new answer to that question. It is the most important thing. But we have to define hard work. Hard work as a founder is not just limited to how many hours you put in the office. Hard work as a founder is how much time do you put on the business? How much time are you putting on yourself? As you grow, you will be a better leader. You will be a better money raiser. You will be a better express. You will express your business better. So hard work is the only way to do it. And you can’t be 50%. And here’s something else that your founders know. When I had to decide if I’m doing flow again or not, the reason it was so hard is cuz I knew that there’s no such thing as being 80% in or 90% in. Either you’re 100% in and you’re all in or it’s not going to work. So how important is hard work? most important thing. What is hard work? Some of it is on the business, some of it is on you. If you’re married, it’s also on your relationship. If you have kids, it’s also with your kids. By the way, for those listeners who have kids, if you ever wondering what you need to work on, just listen to your kids. They know. There you alluding to this like sort of magical thing that happens when one focuses on something. You were saying if you’re like 90% in, it like doesn’t work, but if you’re 100% in, it works. What is the the magic that isn’t obvious with that? When you’re 100% in, there’s no time for doubt. There’s no time for questions. There’s no time for fear cuz you’re so in it. When you’re, oh, I can find this work life balance while doing it, you’re not going to do something great. And if you are, if you were to achieve something, it’s not close to your potential. But again, I’m redefining what 100% in meant. We talked about Warren Buffett. Was he not 100%? And of course he is. Does he have a full schedule? No way. He keeps it open so he can have the important meetings, so he can read, so he can connect. There are different ways to be 100% in. But you must in life, in my opinion, be 100% in. It’s why I love surfing. In surfing, when you’re on the board on a wave, if you’re not present and you’re not in flow, you’re knocked off that board. What about founders that are doing two different businesses, pursuing two different missions? Remember what I told you? We say in flow, you’re not Elen. I would tell them you’re not Elen. Elen can do two different very few people. I know I he’s one of the only examples I have. Jack Dorsey, some of the best on the planet can do, but uh it’s very hard to do two businesses at the same time. It’s hard enough to do one. And I guess even in those cases, they built up tremendous resources by doing one really, really well. Again, my question about I don’t know which founder you’re thinking, but you’ve met people like that. Really, where I when I’ve met people doing two that are somewhat succeeding, they’re spending no time on their own personal growth. So, the extra time they have because they did their first business so well, they’re using it to do another business, which usually in my experience is an excuse not to actually experience life for what it is. If you’re already doing one and it’s meaningful and it’s fulfilling, why do you need another? What are you hiding from? What is it that you’re not actually doing would be my question. Now if they maybe there’s a maybe they’re a miracle. Hello. I wasn’t able to make that finance meeting. Can you tell me what I missed? What I have in front of me is Whisper Flow’s new notetaker. And for me, it’s been an absolute game changer. I spend most of my life sat in very, very long meetings with lots of different teams and lots of different departments. In any given week, I could have 40, 50 meetings and sometimes more. But also, I sit in podcasts where lots of very interesting things get said and I need to focus on the conversation. What whisper flows notetaker does for me is it captures the entire context of everything that’s happened throughout my entire week. It labels who the people are that said what and I can ask it for things that I might have forgotten for actions things that I said I would do that I haven’t yet done. It’s building this sort of broader context of everything that’s happening in my life. And it’s an incredible incredible superpower. I love the fact that so many of you come up to me in the street because you know I’m an investor in Whisper Flow and tell me how much it’s changed your life. It is the worstkept secret in productivity. If you want to give it a go, head to whisperflow.ai/stephven to download it right now and give it a try. And once you try it, I think you’ll realize why we let them sponsor this podcast. It’s amazing. I um have a stat here that genuinely shocked me. It says that sales teams spend about 50% of their time on admin and manual CRM updates rather than selling. That is deadly for their bottom line. And that is part of the reason why a decade ago at my previous company I switched to using Piperive who are our sponsor. If you’ve never used Pipe Drive, it is an intelligent AI powered sales CRM. And they just launched new meeting intelligence features like an AI noteaker built right into the CRM. Pipe Drive now automates more of the admin that stops you from doing the work that you love to do best. Before your meeting, it pulls deal history, email records, and previous conversations into a single brief so you’re prepared. And it joins your meetings with you. It’s in there to take notes so you don’t need to. and it turns those notes that it takes into accurate autodraft CRM updates. 100,000 companies are already running their sales on it. You can sign up at piperive.com/ceo where you’ll get an exclusive 30-day free trial instead of the usual 14 days. Absolutely no credit card needed. Just head to piperive.com/ceo to get started if you’re in sales and you run a sales team. I don’t think you’ll regret it. We often say, you know, in one end you’re saying go fast. And I hear that from great founders like yourself and Elon and those guys. They say go fast, push on paper walls, go as fast as you can. But then also there’s other areas where you go, you have to go slow to go fast, but also know your weaknesses. I obviously did not succeed in building great technology in Weiwork. That is a known fact. So if I’m going to partner again and I’m going to build a business larger than we work, put the right partners. Know what you don’t know. Know what you don’t know and let them lead. When we hired our CTO, we had four different CTOs. I let Ben do the final interview. Okay, this is what I was going to ask because one of the things I hear from founders a lot is they know they don’t know X. Let’s say it’s finance and then they have they do an interview with someone and the person says, “I’m the best at finance.” They have no idea if they’re the best at finance because they don’t know finance, the founder. So, what did you do to mitigate the trap of accidentally hiring someone that you weren’t able to assess their competence? I chose partners that say the truth. when Mark and Ben and I do a board meeting and Mark is our board member and Ben joins us. For context, I should say Mark and Ben are two of the world’s most famous investors and they have backed you with your new venture flow. Um yeah, just Mark and Ben have invested $470 million into FL at the series A and series B. And I, Adam, and my family personally invested $350 million cuz part of when we created the the the business together, we wanted to be aligned. We buy together, we sell together, we do everything together. We have our board meetings. They usually start at 8:00 a.m. They end at 5:00. Very long board meeting. We talk about everything. We love it as a team. We really respect them. We truly prepare for these meetings. We don’t spend too much time cuz again, when you’re really busy, you don’t have time. So, it’s not like we spend a month. We go a week before look take stock of everything we did that quarter. It’s always shocking to see how much you did. Cuz when you’re not really measuring, you’re just doing. When you stop for a second and look what you did, like, wow, we did quite a lot in 3 months. So, very useful. We put together our board decks. We send them to them a few days before they actually read them. And then they come for the meeting. So it’s like 8:30 to 5:00. And then when it’s done, I go to dinner with the two of them. And the dinner starts by me saying, “We sit down usually wherever it is. Please tell me what I can do better.” And the first time I asked them, they were a little bit uncomfortable. The second time I literally remember Mark going like this, Mark like this, like he was ready. Ben taking out his notes. That’s a true partnership and we do it every single time. And when you have the previously you said some of the biggest investors in my opinion A16Z number one investor in the planet and if you’re an entrepreneur today and and you can that’s who you want your money from. If you’re an entrepreneur today and you take it from Benchmark the company that took me out that took Travis Superstar out. Jack Dorsy out Travis from Uber. Jack from Travis from Uber. Jack Dorsey from Square, Twitter, Block and and many more and many more. So when you choose your investors, look at their history. Are they the kind that support entrepreneurs like you? Are they going to take you to the next level or do they have a history that actually clashes with the entrepreneur? If they have a history that clashes with the entrepreneur, park them. So there was two two key things I pulled out from there. The first was around this idea of like knowing when to go fast and slow and use technology as an example. The second thing which was opened up the story about um A16Z is the right people and partners so important more if I had to choose one right investors right employees right partners most important thing what did you learn about employees like what is a great team member if I have a problem with an employee there’s only one person to blame and that’s me and what are the mistakes that you made in choosing employees I think it’s how I was leading that I’ve been learning more about where I used to lead from top to bottom. I now I’m learning how to lead bottom to up. What’s the difference? Top to bottom means you think because someone reports into you, they have to do what you say. But it’s not true. This is not a dictatorship. They have free will. They can go work. If they’re talent, if you hired someone, they’re really talented, they’ll go work elsewhere. Especially great leader. The more talented they are, the more the top to bottom does not work. They they won’t be willing to do it. They shouldn’t. Great talent is not willing to be managed like this. Great talent wants to be inspired, wants me to see the full version of themselves even more than they see it. And they want the room to make mistakes, but also to grow. But they also need feedback. If you have someone amazing and they’re [ __ ] up. Sorry. They’re miss You can swear. I can swear. Yeah. My kids are going to listen. It’s all good. They’re [ __ ] up. Are you going to tell them or because you’re not comfortable with conflict? you’re going to wait for 90 days and every time they’re going to make that mistake, you’re going to get so upset that by the time you communicate to them, it’s too late. The moment they made a mistake, if you respect them, give them the feedback cuz that’s the best thing for them. By the way, when you give them the feedback, give them room to give you feedback. If you’re going to manage these employees and you want to attract the best talent in the world, remember that power comes from influence, not control. If you think they need to do what you said because you’re their boss, you’ve already lost and it’s a matter of time till it doesn’t work out. If they’re okay with it, just because you’re the boss, you have to tell them what they do and they accept that power, they’re not the right employee for you and you’re not the right boss for them. There’s no chance you’re getting the best out of them. One of the um parts in your journey that I have reflected on a lot because it’s a fascinating story is the day that you meet Massa at SoftBank and I’m I’m keen to understand the context of where the business was before you met Massa at SoftBank. That particular story has always inspired me for a multitude of different reasons. Um but where was the business at? Was it It was um 2017. I want to tell you about the day I met Mustang. I’m going to connect it to I think the biggest mistake I ever made in Weiwork. I’ll bring it together. Masa is one of the best investors in the world. He’s also one of the biggest investors in the world. In my story, Masa is the hero even though a lot of people who didn’t know the story correctly might have misunderstood. So in my story, Masa took a bet on me and and he did amazing and he deserved to have become very successful from it. And he leads SoftBank. Masa is the leader of SoftBank. So if you want a little history of Masa, Masa is the leader of SoftBank. He becomes very well known to the world where he buys a tech conference actually in Vegas and he buys this tech conference for I think about 880 million and at the same time he has his own tech businesses and he owns a phone company and he starts growing and growing. He’s famous to have gone to Steve Jobs and said I’m going to take the iPhone. When the iPhone just came out he knew it was going to be a hit and I’m going to give it to every subscriber in Japan. He invents the leasing model for it and gives an iPhone. Then everybody signs to his service cuz everybody wanted the iPhone. So a lot of things and then he gives Jackma $20 million that over time I think becomes 200 for Alibaba. For Alibaba which at its peak is worth about 80 billion. Wow. So at the time when I meet Masa, this is 2016. Let’s start with the night before. The night before I met Masa in New York City, I have a board meeting the day before. This is the old board and we’re all sitting together. I just raised at 16 I raised maybe six months before at 16 billion valuation. How big is we work? It’s about to do that year about 950 million in revenue. And the reason I know is cuz we were doubled in revenue every single year. So we work the business model was working very well and the four walls were working very well. What’s the distinction sorry between the four walls and everything else. When you have a retail business, you could have your stores could be doing really well. Your state not making money and what’s the state the so let’s say you’re in New York City. So let’s talk high growth for a second. When you’re growing as fast as we’re growing, you’re always putting new buildings on the map. A new building has a ramp up. Usually ramp up of a retail store or a food or a restaurant could take 2 years, 3 years. And we like to talk about ROI, return on investment and how long does it take. A great time to return your investment would be 24 month, 36 month and then it can grow. We work at its peak was returning its money somewhere between 6 month to 9 month and then afterwards it was going up to 12 month and 18 month. So if you’re going to grow, we we grew in New York City to 130 buildings. So you can have 30 buildings. If the following year you’re adding 30 more buildings, those new 30 have to per definition lose money for at least the first 6 month if not 9 months. So you could be very profitable in these buildings but not profitable in these because they need time. Which means this New York City the city doesn’t look as a city profitable or the country if you’re looking at your P&L doesn’t look as a country profitable. Which is why in a high growth business you got to get very specific and in the details and you got to really understand what’s working, what’s not. Even in a building you can have one floor that’s profitable cuz you opened it first and the new floor that you opened after not profitable yet. Weiwork’s technology was never able to count this way. Flow’s technology, if I threw it on Weiwork today, I can tell you which square foot is, I forget which building is profitable, which floor is profitable. I can tell you which corner is. It knows everything cuz it’s a connected system. It’s not disconnected. Back to what we’re saying. I’m sitting with the board and we decide that we want to turn the business, we’re going to go out and raise money, turn the business profitable, and take it public. How are you going to turn it profitable? All you have to do in a high growth business that’s working to turn it profitable is stop growing. You just stop adding new buildings and you give time to all the buildings to catch up. Remember I explained that in we work your problem was not demand, it was supply. So the moment you don’t add more supply, the demand is greater than the supply, everything fills up. The moment everything fills up and you didn’t add anything new, you go cash flow positive. As simple as that. So, we sit in that board and we decide that I’m going to go and raise and the number was 3 to 400 million, stop the growth, meaning stop signing leases, maybe even move to management deals, something we’ll talk about in floor in a second. And and then take it public. This is 2016. That was the the day before. The same time at some point Masa’s right-hand guy, his name is Ron Fischer, sends a email, a text to one of our guys and says, “Hey, Masa wants to come see Adam.” This is at the same time that Masa is raising the vision fund. For those who don’t know, the vision fund was his hundred billion dollar venture fund, largest venture fund ever raised. Masa wants to see Adam. Say, “Great.” And we schedule 90 minutes in the morning, the next morning. And we do we do the we get ready in the morning. Masa is coming. Everyone’s excited. They’re like, “This is amazing. Maybe that investment we just talked about yesterday will come today.” His team says, “Just to let you know, there will be no discussions of investing.” So, okay, no problem. As it gets closer to the morning, we keep getting text messages. He’s not going to have 90 minutes. He’s going to have 75 minutes. He’s going to have 60 minutes. He’s going to have half an hour. I’m like, “Okay, whatever it is, sounds great.” The same time, President Trump wins for the first time. This is the end of December. And Masa had a meeting with them. They wanted to talk about the future of America. Said, “I’m so sorry. I have a meeting with Trump, President Trump, and I only have 12 minutes.” Again, we all find ourselves in situations like this when, “Oh my god, I had all this plan and I was going to do this tour and I was going to show these numbers. I’m going to do all these things and suddenly it all changes.” I take a deep breath. Let’s make it the best 12 minutes we can, but I can’t help myself. I go, “Tell me something, Masa. If you’re meeting President, future President Trump, do you have Jared Kushner introducing you to him first? He goes, “Adam, it’s so funny you’re saying that. Everybody told me that it’s better if Jared introduces me. I don’t know him. We’ve been trying to get in touch.” No. I said, “Give me a second.” I’m very lucky to to count Jared as as one of my close friends. Jared’s married to Ivanka Trump. Jar’s married Jared married to Ivanka Trump and he’s the adviser, I think, to the president. But right now he’s helping to peace both in the Middle East and in Europe. So I text Jared and I was like Masa is here. Ta da da. We spend 5 minutes on that. Jared says no problem. Send him. I will introduce him to the future president. Now we have 7 minutes left. I say, “Masa, we only have 7 minutes. We’re only going to stay downstairs, but this is we work.” And he looks at me, goes like this, smells there. He goes, “You know what this smells like?” And I’m like, “Oh no, what is he going to say? They were serving waffles. That is he going to say it smells like waffles. Like what is he going to say? He goes smells like dreams. This is a factory rework is not an office space. It’s a factory of dreams. And I’m like he’s speaking your language. Oh no, not my language. One step above my language. He took he took the dreamer and went one step above the dreamer. He outdid the he he adammed Adam. He killed it. And I’m like, “Oh yeah, I love the smell of dreams. This no one’s ever defined the business better than that.” He goes, “Look, Adam, we don’t have time. I’m driving up there to 50th Street, whatever, wherever it was. Do you want to come with me to the car? We’ll talk in the car.” Did he not go around the building and check? Couldn’t have time. 7 minutes. We were only downstairs in the lobby, the entrance. But but if you had the opportunity in 2017, 2016 to walk into our HQ, the energy was electric. You could not walk in there and not feel I I never felt a factory of dreams, but I felt community and people coming together. It felt like people are doing their life’s work. It didn’t feel like a work environment. It felt like people are really connected. And when you make a connected environment, then it really takes things to the next level and everybody wants to be there. So that’s what it was. It’s not what it is today, but that’s what it was. So he says, “Come with me to the car.” I said, “No problem.” I get into the car and I remember the back of my hand, they said, “No investing.” thing. His team said, “Don’t talk about raising money.” He goes, “So I start talking build where we work.” He’s like, “Adam, what’s the number?” Said, “What do you mean?” Goes, “What’s your valuation and how much money are you raising?” Goes, “I’m I’m here to do business.” Said, “Your team said like, ah, I am I am the boss. I’ve done this many times myself. I’m the boss. Let’s talk about it.” I said, “Well, listen. We have our last valuation was 16 billion. We have a we have we just launched China. That’s a $2 billion company. We have Latin America and we’re in Europe. We have a global company and then we have a China entity. Goes great. How much are you raising? I said 3 to 400 million. 3 to 400 million. That’s that’s that’s not going to work. Don’t you want to build a global business? I was like of course I would love to build a global business. Goes don’t you have a business in China? I said of course. Said what about Japan? Said I don’t have a business in Japan yet. He said I think it’s going to work very well in Japan. I said, “I’m sure it’s going to work well in Japan. It’s working everywhere, but I don’t have the team.” Goes, “What about Southeast Asia?” I said, “Sounds amazing, but I’ve never been there.” He goes, “Well, I think it’s going to work there.” I said, “Again, I’m sure it’s going to work there, but and before you know it,” he says, “I think we should do about 3 billion.” And that was a big number. Remember three, we were we were I was the night before with the board 300 to 400 million. Let’s take less than number one. And again, I don’t blame Masa for any of this. Every decision I made was my decision. He’s an investor. He saw a great business and he wanted to go big. I respect that. I’ve done it myself. Not at those numbers, but I’ve done it myself. If you decide you have a mission or a vision and you’re going to go raise out 300 million and the next day someone offers you 3 billion, before you say yes, take a deep breath and ask yourself again that question of why and what is my intention? What is that going to do to the business? and am I ready to take that much? And so it says 3 billion. We then keep talking about all the different needs and the different stuff. It ends up after this is now we met for 12 minutes and the ride is um 16 minutes. So uh if yeah total 28 to 36 minutes the whole thing and we agree on the he says 4 billion 4.2 to be exact. 4.2 2 billion what dollars that he wants to invest in. We work, we work China, we work Japan, and we work Southeast Asia. Remember, we were a cash machine. You put cash into us and we that just to I’ll go back to a second, but we were doing 980 million that year. We hit our numbers. We forecasted we’re going to do 1.8 billion next year. We did our 1.8 billion. The it was working so well. The model, all you needed was cash to build it. You needed to build these spaces and you needed to do if you’re going to grow that big. He had big aspirations and I had big aspirations. Did you tell him that? Did you tell him that it was a cash machine? No, you didn’t need to. Did you tell him that if you put cash in, you get cash out? I didn’t need to. M understands business better than most people in the world. But again, it was obvious cuz if you looked at the history of Weiwork, every single time you put money into it, it grew. The mistake was we were signing leases. We were taking long-term commitments against short-term commitments. We should have done something else. And we’ll talk about it in a second. What we should have done and it’s what we’re doing in flow. But the this question was there’s people because a lot of people didn’t understand the money raised. The money raised was to build tremendous businesses all over the planet. And those businesses the moment you stopped growing them turned profitable. Today we works profitable. Those businesses all you had to do was stop growing. We were at a high growth stage. That’s what high growth entrepreneurs do. That’s what the market wanted at the time and that’s what everybody knew we were doing. It was not a secret what we were doing and it was growing exponentially. So, we ended up agreeing on 4.2 billion. He takes an iPad, he writes it all down. This is all in that same car, right? He writes it all down. He signs his name and he hands me the pen to sign mine. I look at it. I sign. He walks out of the car, says, “Thank you very much.” And goes to his meeting. This is now about 40 54th Street. Our HQ is on 18th Street. I’m just standing there.

    I can’t believe what just happened. It was not what I planned.

    And I start walking. I was like, I’m going to walk downtown. I’m going to take a second. I’m going to walk. And every step I take, cuz until this point, this is 2016, we were 5 years of missiondriven mission. You ask me about the fundamentals, we had all the right fundamentals and we work because we had the right culture. And when you have the right culture, you can deal with any challenge. We were missiondriven. We could break through any wall. We were teamwork. We worked late at night. We were together. We were friends. We were one team. And I’m starting to walk down from 54th Street to 18th Street. And every step I take, suddenly the ego starts coming up. Oh, 20 billion valuation, billion valuation in Japan. On top of that, billion and a half valuation in in Southeast Asia. On top of that, $5 billion valuation in China. on top of that. So a billion of that 4.2 was going to everybody including to myself and I owned about proportionately about 25% of the company at the time. So big numbers numbers I’ve never seen numbers Miguel was getting a lot all our employees the investors many times more than they ever invested from that billion. And every step that I’m taking the ego comes up. Oh I feel so strong. I feel so big. You start doing your own math. 20 billion, 25%. What’s but that’s that’s that’s 5 billion. Then there’s all the other ones. What’s my net worth? And before you know it, the guy that sat in the car was a missiondriven entrepreneur who really believed in creating a world where people make a life and not just a living. Every step that I take, it goes higher and higher. And by the time I walk into HQ 18th Street, I forgot

    what we were all about. Here is why ego is on the one hand very good and on the other hand very dangerous. Ego and desire are the same word. Big ego just means big desire. Having huge desire is important to build huge things. But you have to manage it and control it. When I walked in, I got confused. It suddenly became about the money. all the stuff that Rebecca told me, all the stuff when we met, all the years of spiritual practice, everything to the garbage. And what happens when the ego gets the best of you? You become blinded. What does that mean? You make mistakes and bad decisions. And in a high growth business, you need to make a 100 decisions a day. And as we said before, at least 98 of them need to be correct. Suddenly you’re blinded and suddenly only 95 of them are correct or 90 those mistakes ex because you’re growing so fast the mistakes grow very fast also the other thing we were a company led from the top all great companies are led from the top the moment I lost it everybody lost it and it just spread and the moment that’s that’s the beginning of the end and look it took 3 years after that for everything to unfold but it was that moment That was the moment that went. Is there anything that could have been said or done to have made you when Massa offered you that $4 billion in that cab? Are you ready for this? Sure. I I used to be closer. We don’t speak as much anymore today. I used to be much closer to Mark Ben off the founder of Salesforce. He heard about Masa’s offer and he called me and said, “Adam, I only know you for a little bit and I know you’re not going to listen to my advice, but I want you to fly to Japan and say no to MASA. I want you to take your company public.” What was your last valuation? I said 16. He goes, “Great. I want you to take your company public for 5 billion. I want you to sell 20% of it a billion. And I want you to learn how to be public CEO. I promise you two things. one cuz your last valition was 16. At five, everybody’s going to think this is a great deal. People are going to rush to invest including myself. Everyone’s going to rush to invest. You’ll learn because it’s very different to be a public CEO and a private co. You’re going to learn about profitable. You’re going to learn all these things cuz I think you’re very fast student and I guarantee you before you know it, your valuation will be much larger. And he said, “But I know you’re not going to listen to me.” And I didn’t. Was there a world that I could have said no? not the kind of person that I was then and not with the tools I have. Why why didn’t you listen to him? We didn’t know each other for long enough. I think it takes a lot of trust to listen to when someone gives you a counter advice and every by the way there was another person also said no. But but we’ll put that aside for a second. But here’s what I think is more important about it. Let’s say I said no and let’s say we work could still be around. We were could be a hundred billion dollar company today. Corona would have happened. we would have renegotiated all of our leases instead of leases would become management deals and we would have led the return to office. We would have led that concept because obviously people work I know we spoke about it much better face to face than remote work and we would have we would have been the the leaders of the movement of return to office and we work was a great company and even it would have launched launched we live our version of FL but I Adam wouldn’t have learned all those lessons I wouldn’t be I am so much happier today even as we’re speaking I’m noticing like everything you’re talking to about makes me feel full even the wor even the challenging parts I I’m so happy that they happened because they made me exactly who I’m meant to be. Falling is not bad. That’s the thing that you and I are actually talking about. Falling is probably the most important part of life. And most of us learn a lot more from falling than we do from succeeding. The thing that’s bad is not when you fall, it’s how you get up. If you just fell and you’re, “Oh no, everybody saw me fall. I’m not going to hide under the covers for four years until everybody forgets whatever it is that happened. That’s what’s horrible. That leads to the tragedy. That leads to the trauma. If you fail, you look around, you’re like, “Wow, everybody saw.” You clean up, you get up and you say, “Let’s do it again.” If you have that in you, nothing will stop you. And it might take 10 times and 20 times and 50 times, but if you fall enough times, then you might avoid falling. There should be a button just down below here. And if it says subscribed, you’re already subscribed. If it says subscriber, that means you’re not yet. And if you’re not subscribed, please could you do us a favor and hit that button? It helps the show more than you know. And according to the algorithm, you’re someone that watches our show, but you haven’t yet hit that button. Thank you so much. I’m thinking also about a founder that’s 21 years old. They’ve got a startup or an idea that they want to start. You like like when I was 21 years old, my mom tells me, well, 18, if you do this, I won’t speak to you again. It’s, you know, she was warning me against business because she had struggled in business herself. So, that’s a proxy of love, I guess. And then you’ve got other people here telling you that it’s going to be amazing and you’re going to make millions. When you’re in that situation, you’ve got noise. How do you find the signal? Two ways. One, they have to go back to the mission. So, if one had a mission and then someone off someone offers them something and it’s off mission and you’re like, “Oh, I’m going to do it anyway because it’s good money, but it’s off mission.” That already is a warning sign. But I think the other one, which is something that I have more today than I used to back then, one needs a practice. Part of the way to try on the noise is with a practice. I’ve been enjoying meditating lately in the past year and I’ve been getting better and better at it. And meditating is something that takes time. Meditating helps drown the noise. And then the thoughts that I do get while I meditate tend to be very healthy thoughts that are headed in a good direction. I there’s many I do the hyperaric chamber. Steve Jobs talked about meditation and his sort of spiritual practices and it’s something that I I actually in the last year I started really looking into. Um, when I say looking into, I mean I started looking into what he did and why he did it because he’s someone that I look at and go it was like he was able to see around the corner and and for a guy running a big company, how was he able to make these really unpopular calls today that proved out to be true tomorrow? And you know, one of the conclusions I arrived at is that he spent just as much time in the trenches as he did in the clouds. I.e. he stood away from the picture enough so he could see the full picture. And that’s something that I thought, oh gosh, that’s it kind of correlates to what you were saying earlier about your redefinition of hard work. Not just being in the office and being there, you know, 24/7, but actually when you’re on the surfboard, you’re doing hard work because you’re giving yourself time to see the full picture. And when you’re honest with yourself about your weaknesses, like I spoke about my speech, it can elevate things, but it could also break things. We’ve seen that happen before. So hard work is also personal growth is very hard work. And most people don’t have the courage to even look in honestly, let alone change. What is the exact mechanism that you think would result in me being more successful at 40 in business, let’s say, if I did exactly what you said and focused on personal growth, I’m going to have to start by redefin business, I’m going to have to push back on it. We are not going to measure your success just in business. We’re going to measure your success in life, in relationship, in friendships, in effect on the world and in business. Do you know why I’m asking this question? Because there will be some people that are listening right now and they have heard, you know, founders come on and people say, “You need to just take a moment, meditate, do these things, focus on personal growth.” and for whatever reason, because of their trauma, because of how they were raised, the lens that they will receive that message through or the thing that will be the carrot will be a promise that it will make them better at the thing they currently care about. Now, we might be tricking them a little bit because we’re going to get them to do the work and they’ll realize that other things matter. But just for those people that have that lens, no, I’m going to we’re going to help we’re going to say something and I hope people have said it here before, but I’m not sure they did. But tell me if people said it. We’re going to all these founders that are listening falling is not just okay it’s the best thing that ever happened to you. If these founders can all redefine success think about if in school instead of learning about all the successes spoke about Steve Jobs and he’s a real hero of mine but would I have wanted his life? How old was he when he passed away? How was the relationship with everybody around? How did he affect people? Now I don’t know I wasn’t a friend I don’t know him and I am not judging or measuring. I’m just telling you we cannot measure a person just through their business achievements. We must look at people holistically. So I’m telling all these young founders forget take time to meditate. You asked how I do it and I how we quiet the noise and I answered meditation. But that is not my first advice to them. My first advice to all of us by the way you talk a lot about one year one one year olds with AI coming and everybody’s about to be a founder. Everybody can start a business. It’s true for everyone. It’s true for 12 year olds and it’s true for 60 year olds. This is for everyone. Have the courage to actually look inside and say, “Where can I become a better version of myself? Don’t work on three things. Work on one thing and choose that thing and work on it.” And by the way, if you do, when you fix it, how you going to know that it’s better? Cuz you’re going to see the next thing you need to work on. It is like an onion. And every time you peel it, you will see another layer. and another layer and another layer. That is the advice I’m actually giving them. And I’m promising them that if they look deep enough, what they’re going to find is their calling. And when they find their calling, when you match that calling with that energy of wanting to be a founder, that’s when everything works. As we are able as human beings to do that, find our true journey, find our flow, the world is open for us. So, let’s zoom back into the story. You’re walking down towards 18th Street. Um, you’ve just raised all this money. You feel like a king. That’s the way you on paper, right? Just saying. It didn’t actually happen yet. What was um you said over the next year, you said that was the start of the end. Over the next 3 years, decisions changed specifically in terms of business. It became about money. It became about money. It became about valuation. I forgot the mission. That was a slippery slope. It’s not my truth. And that means that you you grew even faster. You opened up even more leases. We blew up. We grew. We went even faster. We were going We went really fast. We went we went very fast. One of the things that I I read or something from when I was doing the research is that you had lots of sort of tangential ideas at that time. Maybe because of the money, things like surfing and fake news. This was before we were ever started. I had all these ideas. Anybody who tells the story that we had a lot of ideas in 2016 cuz we raised money doesn’t know that this was done before we work ever started in a green desk office and all the ideas we had were right here. This doesn’t look like focus to me. I feel like if I showed my investors this now they would shout at me. Could be. Today I would choose what is the real focus of all these things. The person and if we can actually and I would do today I would do it one foot ahead of the other. It’s it’s a little bit more like we’re doing flow. But when you build a business, it’s art, not science. If you’re going to have some investor tells you, oh, you put this first and this second and this third, they’re limiting you. You do need to have a very a very strong foundation. And that’s, as you said before, both as a human being and as a business person. So for anyone that can’t see, you just circled the the sort of stick person in the middle of all of these ideas, and you said really, I would have focused on this person. I would really have focused on the person and only added things that made so the mission create a world where people make a life and not just a living. Yeah, we should have just only added things that are in support of that mission. It reminds me of Amazon and Jeff Bezos their famous saying of working backwards from the customer and what’s the customer’s pain points. I’ve just we just hired um a wonderful person our CTIO um from Amazon. She’s called ADA and she says to me that at Amazon there’s always a you know often an empty seat to the meetings and that is the customer. So they leave an empty seat so that they can make the decisions through the lens of this person. So they’re always in every meeting so you don’t get distracted of who you’re doing it for. And that’s kind of what you describe. It’s actually become, you know, since she’s joined our business. It’s always friend of mine for all of us. It’s just like work backwards from the customer cuz sometimes you might work forward from your own ego like I like that. But remember, I’m going to give you my best advice. I’ve met I’ve had the pleasure to meet Mr. Bezos and he’s phenomenal and he’s one of the best operators on the planet by far. Some would say the best. My best advice for you, build a culture that is authentic and true to you. So, I love that you’re focused on the customer, but I can tell as we’re speaking, you’re very honed in on your user. Multiple times you’ve told me how your listener is going to interpret what we’re saying. You are aligned with your listener. I have no doubt about it. Isn’t that a form of working backwards from the customer? Cuz I’m sat here about thinking 21-year-old Dave Jenny, I’m thinking about and every time you answer a question. Again, I’m sorry. I don’t I don’t want to being very No, we’re being very I’m I’m repeating myself and I don’t mean to be boring. And if this was if we did this podcast 3 years ago, maybe I would go all over the place. If you actually today went to the depth of your truth, what is your correction? What do you need to work on? Where are you going? And then you found that and then you brought that back into your team. I am telling you, I don’t even know how far it would be. So you’re saying I don’t need to work backwards from the customer. What are you saying? I’m saying your truth has to be yours first. I’m not pushing against this theory. Of course, we need to work. Again, my truth. I know a lot of times people keep telling me what the customer wants. I Rebecca and I build what we think is correct. You don’t listen to no focus groups. No way. There’s a famous saying, I think Henry Ford, if I asked the customer, they would have asked for faster horses. Never invented the car. No, you know what you want. I think it’s about finding our own truth. I think when a person finds his own truth, they can express it. Of course, I’m not going to tell you we shouldn’t listen to the customer. And flow, we have a lot of I could tell you 10 things that the customer has pointed out to us that of course are right and we do. But again, we have an opinion. If we listen to our customer at FL, we have prettier buildings so more influencers can take more pictures. So, you’re saying hear your customers but don’t always listen to them. Is that a distinction? I am saying do you know yourself? I’m saying everyone rushing building all these businesses when they don’t even know who they are leads us to going into dinners and talking about nothing going into parties and doing whatever it is that we’re doing. And instead of living life to the potential, life is so beautiful and amazing and full that if you’re going to now be busy listening to your customer cuz you want to build a business cuz you want to make money. Not only do I think it’s not going to work for you, where’s the fun in that? I think I’m asking this in part uh selfishly for myself for you. I’m ready. So at a stage of my business, you know, where we’re being offered lots of money from lots of people. Um our last valuation was about 450 uh 450 million or something like that. And so I reflect on your story a lot because I although the numbers were wildly different um you were at a moment where you know you could raise whatever you money you wanted and with that comes opportunity and distraction dressed in the same dress potentially. And in this particular season of your story I go oh Adam like bought this like apparently you bought like a a surfing thing and a thing over here. Let’s let’s say sell something just cuz you said it cuz I I love it. The surfing thing we bought for $7 million was 48% of a company called Wave Garden. Mhm. We bought it because we thought you could build amazing communities around Surf. Wave Garden today does north of, as far as I know, north of 500 million in sales for 2027. I think this year maybe around 250. They’re extremely successful. Mhm. The founders are so happy. I saw them not too long ago because when when I stepped down, we were famously sold it back to them for 5 million even though it was worth so much more. They own 100% of their business. Their business is thriving and I stand behind and I’ll tell you again today the best amenity for if we wanted to build a big global community real estate best amenity number one school cuz if you have a great school everybody wants to live around let me double click there then even though wave garden was a great great idea like great spotted a great business that went on to be very very successful in our situation there’s lots of those and I would end up giving a different business. Yeah. Like in in my world, there’s lots of these like we could do that and that and that and that. And you know what? Objectively, maybe they’re all good ideas, but when we talked about this point of focus, I would then be splitting myself 10%. Even though they I have a great answer for you. Best recommendation to you would be the same one I gave you when we spoke about your fiance. I think you need a little bit time for yourself for a second. I think you need to soul search and see exactly where you want to go. Ask yourself what I just said. Assume that in 6 years you’re huge. what for and why. And when you answer what for and why, then go back to the day and say, well, who’s the right partner to get me there? That’s the only way to make that because if you make your decision based on anything else, you might suffer what happened to me, God forbid, and we don’t need this for you. First understand who you are. Then

    decide where you want to go because of it. then go back to all of the investors and see who is the right investor. And again, I want to say it again because I think it’s worth it. I think you should choose, all of us should choose our partners, our friends, and our business partners based on how they will treat us in our worst day when we show the worst, not the best. If I if I don’t pause for a second and I don’t do the work and I don’t get clear on what my mission is and why I’m doing it before I make these decisions now to grow. To grow. Yeah. And that could be for anyone listening that’s at the start of their journey. It’s going well. They’re being pulled by opportunity, not by mission. What What are What is the mistake around the corner there that I’ll end up making that you referenced that you said you made that I can’t currently see? So, I think the rule of thumb that we gave is well, you’ve said a few things. If your business started with a mission, then you’re already doing better than most because a lot of people don’t have a real mission. So, first step, you needed to have had a real mission. Now let’s say you actually had a real mission and you found that truth and now you’re there and now this growth is offered for you. If the growth of the business is going to grow faster than you’re capable of handling, handling is ego, handling is money, handling is relationships, handling there’s a lot of handling we can translate it in many ways. Then in definition something is going to crack. There will be a short circuit. So before you jump on that growth without understanding that growth, you have to make sure that you’re ready for it and that it’s actually correct for you. What is the um the most effective practice you’ve ever deployed to know yourself better? For me, Adam, it’s just my truth. About 10 years ago, I started keeping Shabbat, which for those who don’t know, it means that on Friday, we disconnect from technology for 25 hours and I just spend my time with my family, my friends, and taking part of something greater than myself. That disconnection actually makes a lot more connection than anybody understands. So, the best practice I can suggest is technology Shabbat. Forget religion. This is nothing to do with religion. If you take 24 hours off of your phone, completely off. Put it aside. We say put it in the cookie jar. Here’s what I forecast. When’s the last time you were off your phone for 24 hours, by the way? Oh god. Oh god. Okay. We’re going to we’re going to have to lead by example. So if we’re going to ask people, this is connecting, by the way, to my idea. If we we’re going to have to lead by example. So here’s what I suggest to the founders, to everyone. Choose a day. Make it Saturday. Make it Sunday. Make it middle of the week. It’s easier on the weekend. Make it the day that’s true for you. and take their phone away for 24 hours and put it in a place that you genuinely are not going to touch it. Give it to a friend if you can’t trust yourself. The first 2 hours, the amount of times your hands going to go to your pocket thinking your phone is there will show you how addicted you are cuz it’s an actual addiction. But then what you’ll notice, especially if you scheduled it in advance, you planned the dinner with your friends, some activities that include going out to nature, little things. From my experience, when those 24 hours are over and you take back that phone, two things will happen. One, you’re going to feel amazing at hour 22, 23, and 24. Amazing. And you’re going to take out that phone and it’s going to take you exactly 10 minutes to drop back down to the wrong frequency. That’s one. Two, some of the best ideas you’ve had in some time are going to come to you, including who you should be surrounded with, what business you should focus on, what is your next move. For me, the best practice is that 24 hours once a week. Now again, remember I have six kids. I’m married. I have that 24 hours where it’s where it’s us together has been phenomenal. And I think in front of everyone, if you committed to 24 hours one time and then report back to all of us a how hard it was, which will be a definition for the addiction, but b was it positive? Cuz you talk a lot about giving your listeners tools. Well, I think we should test the tools on ourselves first and only if they work, we should really recommend them for everybody. But I have a feeling it would be amazing for you and even better for your fiance. I have a feeling you I bet she wants it, by the way. I bet she’s even asked for asked me a million times. Well, why haven’t you said yes if she asked you a million times? Oh gosh. Um, why haven’t I said yes? What’s the answer? Whenever someone Because I don’t see the upside. It’s cuz you’re religious, not spiritual. M h whenever someone can change something I think they’re religious. I keep saying to people I’m spiritual not religious. I’ll change. I can change. I can go. I’m not stuck in a box. Whenever you’re stuck in a box and you’re not ready to change something, of course you can’t see the upside. Give you an example. Fasting. Have you ever fasted? Yes. Does your brain get very clear? Fasted from water and food or just water? Just food. Both. Yeah. Have you ever done a whole day no water? No food? Yes. No food. I’ve done ketosis as well. So ketosis also is a little different. Have you noticed when fasting after 12 hours, 18 hours, 24 depending how clear your head becomes. Your body doesn’t want it. Your body doesn’t see an upside in it. But you’ve tested it and you know that you get clarity from it. You know that there’s a benefit to it. Same thing here. saying I don’t see the benefit of putting my phone away from 24 hours is the way an addict will speak about I don’t see the benefit of stopping to take the the drug trying it and after doing it two three times being like that didn’t work for me I respect that but you by the way I think you know that it would work yeah this is what I was going to say is like conceptually of course I know it’s going to work I’ve like sat here with the neuroscientists that have done the studies um I I think there was probably a more honest answer that I’ve just sort of uncovered which is it would be very uncomfortable And even the thought of it is like really uncomfortable. But now you and I are going somewhere. How do we know what to do in life? Whenever we feel that we’re in a crossroad, a decision, one is comfortable, one is not. Keep going after the uncomfortable one. Path of most resistance, path of least resistance. Always go after the path of most resistance. Long journey, short journey. Go after the long. But you know what happens? It takes less time. It ends up being easier and has a lot more value. There are rules to the game of life. No one taught us. So I we go back to the Wait, are we getting a commitment? I need a commitment. If France is listening, can we do one listening? Can we do one time? We can do one time. Okay, perfect. We can do one time. Can we make sure to do it this month in September? Oh, that’s a great question. Um, yes. It’s uncomfortable. Yes. Yes, we can. Just before I shake, cuz I want my cuz we’re going to we both keep our words. Can I can I define Let’s define define it. But you just said something I teach my kids before you if you’re having a problem keeping your word, do a better job defining it before you ever say it. So go right ahead. It’s not going on my phone or my computer or any electronic device for 25 hours. You can drive. You can turn on the lights. Do everything else. I can talk about business. No, no. We’re not asking you to pen and paper. I can I’m not asking you to keep Shabbat. I said technology Shabbat. We’re just We’re just going off. I can brainstorm on a whiteboard. Encouraged. Okay. Encouraged to brainstorm. Now again, next level will be we’ll take business out of it so you can really connect. But let’s do the first. Okay. So, right, let’s define it. No screens, which includes your computer, your iPad, your watch, whatever. Yeah, watch. Good. I like it. Does your car have like a big screen? Cuz some of the cars are like big iPads. I won’t be in my car cuz I’ll be in Europe in September. So, we’re done. Okay, great. Deal. Deal. I’ll let you know how it goes. Let all of us know how it goes. I will. Now, we can go back. So, let’s go back to this this cuz I really wanted to nail this point of focus. Please do. I’m obsessed. I’m pretty obsessed with this point of focus in part. I remember this Johnny Ives video I watched where Johnny I’ve sent it around for the last couple years to all of my team. Johnny says Steve had this remarkable ability to focus. And he said focus isn’t saying no to things you don’t want to remotely don’t want to do anyway. It’s saying no to things that with every bone in your body you want to do and you wake up thinking about but you say no to them because we’re going to do this. And famously in Steve Jobs story when he came back into Apple after being fired he was sat in a room with all of his executives. They’ve all got a million initiatives they’re working on. And famously he goes up to a whiteboard and draws four things like I think it was a four quadrant thing and he says this is what we’re going to do. Everything else is canceled. Cancelled it. One of the things that I concluded from the the period after you’ raised all this money was that there was a lack of focus cuz you ended up doing lots of things at the same time. And that’s something that I find myself almost like the foothills of being tempted to do. So that’s why I wanted to ask you the question like let’s let’s answer it. So first of all we talked about superpowers and super weaknesses. I cannot tell you that my superpower is focus. It’s it’s not not not my superpower. I actually have the opposite of it. My challenge is and Ben Horitz and Mark and Dre helped me understand this. I’m very good at zero to one. So the problem with many many entrepreneurs have a lot of ideas. Problem with me having a lot of ideas, they actually become a reality. So one entrepreneur has Ben was telling this to me said another entrepreneur is going to come with nine new ideas and the next board meeting maybe he did one of them. You have nine ideas. We didn’t say anything the board meeting. We come next board meeting. There’s nine new businesses. So focus is something that I need to work on. So now let’s go a little deeper. And this is how I do my own personal growth. I’m a creator. I’m not a protector. I’m really good at creating. I’m not that great at protecting. Rebecca’s grandfather famously said, “It takes one lion to make a fortune and 10 lions to watch it.” His name was Andre Herz. One lion to make a fortune, 10 lions to watch it. Very smart saying. because I’m now aware that I’m more a creator than a protector. There needs to be someone else around the table on the team whose job is to say, “Adam, sounds great and maybe we should do it in 3 months or in 6 months or in 9 months, but right now really need to focus not on one thing. I’m not a one thing kind of guy, but let’s say on three things where other people can only do one at a time. I’m probably very good at 3 to five. But once you go above that number 10 to 15, which I could fall into that trap, not going to succeed. So for me, with my personality, I would have to surround myself with people I trust to say no. Did you have that at Weiwork? A little, but not really. Because again, remember back to that horrible moment where I walk back into the office and the ego got the best of me. What happens next when you lose yourself? You start attracting the wrong people. So the people that were hired after that were just there for the money. The energy that was being projected was let’s go public, let’s do this, let’s do that. The energy that’s projected was was wrong. You filed for an IPO and uh I think Soft Bank Soft Bank invested a further 2 billion into we work. So you really are trying to get to the story. The challenge with what you’re trying to do is there’s so much context to the story missing. I’ll give you the little piece the high level. No. I’m I’m all good with I’ll I’ll I’ll give it to you if this is your podcast. No, I’ll tell you what. I want to get I just want to end this. Then we’re going after and then I’m going to tell you something that I mentioned once but no one has your viewership so we’ll mention it again. I want to close this now. Yeah. I’ll close this for you. I’ll close this for you.

    So we Masa gives the money. Yeah. We lose our mission a little bit. But he’s very clear what he wants. He wants the fastest. He wants the largest company on the planet. A trillion dollar company. I can deliver big company. I can divi by then back then by the way no one said numbers like that today we’ve seen companies 5 years old that are getting to those numbers see look how the world’s moving what was impossible and then no one could talk about and made fun of 10 years ago suddenly is everyday reality not a big word anymore but it’s a huge number obviously and very few companies are going to be there and stay there but more as time moves forward more and more must invest in the money ends up coming in only in 2017 takes quite a long time between when the investment is offered and 2016 that piece of paper to the money coming in in 2017. But we we we deliver on our 960 million in sales. And the following year, we deliver on our 1.8 billion or 1.92, whatever the exact number we said we we hit our number. And Masa comes and says, “Wow, you really delivered on your number.” Said, “Of course, Masa son, we always deliver on our number.” And and he said, “Well, Adam, I’ve invested with Vision Fund, a lot of companies. Everybody promised me to double the revenue. You’re one of the only ones who did it.” said, ‘Well, that’s what we did. They said, ‘Well, so our expenses were said, I have no problem with the expenses. When the time is right, we’ll stop the growth and profitability will catch up. As we explained, that happens in businesses that are actually successful. And he comes and basically comes up with this idea. He says, “How about we buy your investors are going to want an IPO and they’re going to want an exit. They’re going to want focus. I have no problem with how wide we’re going. How about we buy the company for 20 billion?” And this is the story that a lot of people don’t understand. How about I buy the company? I’ll give it a $20 billion valuation, which is very similar to the valuation it came in before. But I said, 20 billion, isn’t it a little low? He said, “No, no, 20 billion of actual cash. We’ll give $10 billion to the to the investors and we will put $10 billion on the balance sheet in the bank account. Basically, in the bank account, you Adam won’t sell. Your employees can sell some so they make money. All the investors are out. You and your management team will go down to 30%. me and the new me soft bankank vision fund whoever is going to do it will own 70%. And when you hit goals that we agree you and the management team will go from 30% to 51 and we will go to 49 and I understand that we’re growing too fast and I understand that we’ll have too much expenses but I’m putting my money where my mouth is and I don’t care cuz I think this is going to be one of the biggest companies in the world. This happens is a very important part of the story. This happens in March of 2018. This is before the IPO. You can’t you can’t bring this story back if you don’t understand this part. March of 2018, he only invested the money really came in in the middle of 2017 or like you two. This is only a year after he’s with us. He’s on the board. He has two boards. They know everything that’s happening in the company. No secrets. I take the offer to our board say look at this amazing thing 20. Remember they invested pre- money valuation of 84 million. This is 20 billion. They invested at 84 million. By this point, they’ve already pulled out because of all the secondaries. They’ve already pulled out nor somewhere between 3 to 500 million. I’ll check the exact numbers so you have it. Maybe even more, maybe even 700 million by this. They’ve pulled out a lot. Whatever the number was at least 350 million on on an investment of 21 million. I take it to them. The offers it must sounds like a great offer, but I Adam going to stay in the company and the management team. So, we can’t make a deal like this. So in boards when someone has a deal that they’re staying behind you need to create a special committee and a special committee is created the board member from benchmark and another board member that we had in the that we had which out of respect to him I’m not saying his name and they create a special committee and they decide to negotiate a 20 billion allcash deal that would have made money for everyone remember Masa came in at 20 he’s the only one who’s not making money from this deal and he’s staying Everybody else came in at 50 million, 100 million, 400 million, a billion. Everyone’s making money. And there, and this word is a dangerous one, but it’s greed because the company at that point is losing about $2 billion a year, forecasted to lose over $3 billion the next year. He knows the forecast. He wants to put 10 billion to give it run rate of three years so we can build whatever we want between the two of us. He’ll be the majority shareholder. they say no and negotiate a $20 billion deal from March till October for a company losing two billion. Now I don’t know how you value companies. We can talk about how we should value companies because there are very valuable companies who are losing money of course at high growth but still they have a company losing $2 billion. Masaasan is offering them 20 in return for that pleasure and they negotiate these two special committee special uh board members. Now I’m not part of it cuz I’m staying in the deal so I have zero part of it. In a normal world, if I were to sit on your board and and I’m sitting on your board and and someone comes and gives this crazy offer to buy me and all the other friends out and I invested in you now in this 400 million and you gave me a deal at 20 billion and I’m making 23 billion on my 50 million. First, I come to you and I say, “Stephen, thank you. Thank you for being such a great entrepreneur and doing this for me is number one. But number two, I say, Stephen, I’m a little offended that you don’t want me with you anymore. Is this really what you want? And if you would tell me, yes, Adam, this is what I want, this is how A16C, this is why they’re so amazing. They go with the founder. I’ll tell you, Stephen, it’s not what I wanted, but I’m grateful for all the money you’ve made for me. You’ve worked extremely hard and I wish you good luck and maybe next time when you do your next business, come back to me again. They don’t do that. They don’t ask me what I want, what I They negotiate cuz they think they can push myself from 20 billion to 30. Their number is 32 billion. They don’t know how they invented it. They were thinking 100 billion. Remember, they’re the same ones sitting around the board that never gave the feedback on the technology. Never. They’ve never done any of they have one thing in their eyes and one thing only, and that’s dollar signs. But the problem with greed and dollar signs, if you’re greedy, you even lose what you have in your hand. So, they’re negotiating this 20 B. I must have from the first day said, “Guys, this is my final offer. There is no 21 billion even 20. It’s crazy. It’s as high as I’m going to go because I believe in Adam and I believe in me and we’re going to build together. They do that until October. And somewhere around end of September, beginning of October, they realize he’s not moving. Stock market is starting to go down and and and Japan and this and and these growth businesses are starting to take a hit. They see that things are changing. Then they decide to engage and actually negotiate the deal. By the time they’re done to documents is December 24th, 2018. Soft Bank stock is really down for reasons that had nothing to do with us. There is no world in which they could do a $20 billion cash deal and MASA still stays in his place. And Masa calls me and said, “Adam, I’m so sorry. I cannot do the deal anymore. It was offered in March.” Again, what these two board members should have done is gotten on a plane the next day, came to Ma Hassan and said, “Masa, please sign. You know everything about the board. You’re in the board. You don’t need any diligence. Here’s our bank account. Here’s the signature. We’re disappointed we’re not staying with Adam, but if that’s what he wants and that’s what you want, good luck to both of you. Thank you for the very fair price. We’ll take our benchmark at the time, at least 2.4 billion they would have put. We’ll take our cash and walk away. No, no. Travis said very in in an interview I just saw Travis Travis Kanik being the CEO of the founder of UB and he said that being an entrepreneur is like playing dimensional chess. Being a venture capitalist is like watching the game again. Remember, you’re choosing your investors. Choose the one who play a dimensional chess, not the watchers. So, they didn’t do that. Masa calls me. It’s December. He says I can’t do the deal. And I actually understand him. I actually say I understand because they did waste all that time. Then I found myself in trouble because from when he offered the deal, remember he was going to have 70%, we’re going to have 30%. And the goal was a revenue goal that we needed to we were already all working towards that goal. We signed the leases. We made the commitments. We’re already rushing. We found ourselves in a way that if we weren’t to, he gave the two billion because to try not to really ruin the business. He’s already put a lot of money in the business already. We found ourselves being forced to go public. So, we actually went public when we weren’t ready. That’s what actually happened. So, it’s it’s very important this piece of the story because without that context, then you don’t understand. And again, it’s back to all the founders you’re talking about. You got to choose your investors wisely because if you choose the wrong investors when the time comes for that big move, if they’re not going to prioritize you, they’re going to do what’s best for them and everybody’s going to lose. Why weren’t you ready when you now you’re going back to systems? We were growing way too fast. Yeah. Our tech was not catching up with us. So, we couldn’t measure things correctly. We there’s this thing called socks compliant compliant when you go public our systems weren’t able to do the thing I told you before to show that one building is profitable but the neighborhood is not one city is profitable but the state is not wasn’t able to divide but now in hindsight connecting to what we talked today I Adam wasn’t ready and if the founder is not ready the business is not ready by the way I tried to push not to go public must have called me said please don’t go public all the people around me some of them that came after this point and not all but a lot of them were all go public go public go public I was getting pushed by the wrong people back to surround yourself with the wrong people but we weren’t ready but the timeline is pretty crazy because obviously co is around the corner here it’s called co 19 for a reason and we’re in that’s at the end of 2018 you file um in January softbank does invest a further 2 billion into we work that 2 billion was because they passed on the deal before it’s not because we filed so that was kind of a I guess compensation respect between Masa and myself. In May, another another great deal that Masan did that he didn’t have to. In May 2019, you have almost 500 locations, 400,000 members, 12,000 employees around the world. And then in August 2019, we work publicly filed its S1 company valued at around $47 billion. Um the we work the S1 showed some losses. Um a lot of losses, not some losses, showed the truth. the company was losing money. It showed that we work had lost 690 million in the first 6 months of 2019, bringing the total losses to almost three billion in the past three years. We work was making losses of 219K every hour it operated. Yes. One revealed that you’d also trademarked the word we and sold it back to the company. That’s not true. But which was No, it’s not true. No, no, no. There’s no denying. If you want, we can talk about there’s a story, but that’s not It’s not true. It’s not true. I don’t really care about the story. It’s not true. Um but but again all these little details just so we understand just for the founders who are watching right so now you’re telling a story about something that happened to me there’s supposed to be huge emotion that I’m supposed to have with this even if it’s not correct if it’s what people said some of it is correct not correct so much context is missing not the point life is not about what other people say or what the press say or even what you say it’s about what kind of person I know I am and the reason I want to tell this to you and to the listeners is we can all be that person. Please keep going. September 2019 um you we work announced it was postponing its IPO as a result of investors questioning the company and then I mean around this time co shows up but then you resigned as CEO of weiwork in 2019 after the IPO didn’t pan out. So that’s not why I resigned. So I stepped down and what people don’t know is I had full control over the board and the votes. So I had to choose to step down. People sometimes think I was fired because the Wall Street Journal said so. Not true. Step down. I had full control. Control the board and control the Why did you step down? So if when people understand the context, and again this is an old story, but I’m happy to go there. The only reason a person in control chooses to step down is because they think that it’s the best choice at the time. And again, this is part by the way of the play. This is the same playbook that now we’re going to say his name again. Travis, the founder of Uber, famously Bill Gurley comes and puts a piece of paper in front of him. He’s Bill Gly. He’s one of the benchmark um partners. He famously puts a piece of paper in front of him, I think, and and either you step down or we do this, this, and this some threat that makes him step down. I have a different version of it, but they’re pushing me very, very hard to step down. And at the beginning I don’t like I’m not stepping down. And then I have a meeting with one of the heads of the two biggest banks in the world. And he sits with me and he says to me, “Adam, if you step down, then we will fund $2 billion into Weiwork, which will give it time to move profit profitable.” Stepped down by the way from being CEO, become chairman. And I at the time had personal debt, which is a story for another time, but I had personal debt of 460 million to that bank and to other banks. And I said, “But what about my personal debt?” My board member was next to me and the guy who runs my family office was next to me. We said, “What about our personal debt?” And he said, “Uh, don’t worry about it. Uh, we’ll we’ll figure it out.” There was also an advisor to to my board and he came in front of the whole board and he said, “I spoke to the bank. They said it’s all good. Everything will work out.” So, I stepped down out of choice because I thought it was going to fund we work. I thought it was going to take care of of MASA. I thought it was going to take care of the employees. I thought it was going to take care of everybody. And it sounded like it was in the best of everybody. But I wasn’t going away. I was just stepping down from being CEO and becoming executive chairman. I do the board call. I step down and 10 minutes later a legal letter comes from the bank and basically says because of your breach of contract because it’s change of control something very technical something we talked about to them before and they said no problem but we didn’t have it in writing because of your breach of contract and because you had the change of control you now have 15 days to pay us back our debt that 460 million or we will take your shares and because of my super voting rights my shares were 5 to1 which means that by taking away my shares they would have taken control over the company now what I’m describing to you and you talked a lot about founders but you didn’t know a lot of the names it’s important to know the names and the history because I’m not describing to you something that happened for the first time this famously happened to multiple entrepreneurs in history this used to be the venture capital playbook today there’s a new crop of venture capitalists and they’re very different but old school venture capital this is this is a a lot times. This is how it used to go. That was the surprise. That’s how we found ourselves suddenly so low because we I stepped down because I thought it was the best for everybody. And a second after I did it, we got stabbed in the back. And the only lesson there, if you’re going to stab the king, kill. If you’re not going to kill, we’re going to take a deep breath. We’re going to learn our lessons. We’re going to know what’s really important in life. And we’re going to come back again. And that’s what actually happened there. And the only reason the story is a little challenging for you is because we never corrected it publicly. And the reason we corrected some of it but not all of it. And the reason we didn’t correct it publicly for what the best way I can talk about the past is by what I do today. By how we’re speaking right now, by how my kids are, by the businesses I build, by the nonprofit I do, by the friendships I have, by the relationships I hold. And the reason a lot of entrepreneurs come to take money from us and again we don’t invest anymore but we have a huge inbound of people wanting us to invest in them is because we don’t talk about our successes all the time. We talk about the lessons measure us by how we’re going to be next to you when time when time is very tough. So that’s what actually happened there and I found myself out of it very quickly. And from there without making the story confused, Masa came. Masa saved the day. He paid the debt to all the banks 460 million. And in return, I gave him my control of the company. I gave him whatever shares in I gave him whatever he asked for because we were done. And the company was done and he came to save it and then the rest they were was running under them. You get an email from the bank within sort of I think it was 9 minutes. I read 9 minutes. nine minutes asking for you to immediately repay I think four was it about $450 million $450 compounding daily because you’re in default just for anyone that doesn’t know what compounding daily means. So I have I have 430 if you read it it’s only for my Rick Rubin interview cuz the first time I said it was only a few months ago. I never spoke about this. Okay, compounding daily means every day. So if you have debt of uh 10% annual or let’s do 12 so it’s easy which would calculate to 1% a month just to keep things really easy. Compounding daily is when your debt suddenly goes back then I think it’s 5% became 50%. 15 and you calculate it on daily increments. So each time it compounds again and again and again. It’s it ends up that when you do the calculation for the year it’s more than the debt number. Your debt is growing by more than a million a day. No it’s not. We would have to it’s not a million there. But let’s say it’s 15%. Let’s just use clean numbers. Let’s say it’s 15% over 400 million which would have been 60 million. It’s actually more than 60 million. And if you divide it, it’s huge numbers. Then we don’t have money to pay. Okay. So you have no money. No money. And the bank have asked you for 400, let’s say 450 and gave us 15 days to pay. Giving you 15 days to pay or they take everything. You say this is what broke me. When did I say that? I think you said on the podcast. Yeah, you said on the podcast you said this is what broke me. That was I don’t know if I wonder if it meant I was broke cuz I don’t think that’s what broke me. You described waking up in the middle of the night crying because you thought you had lost everything. Yes, that’s more accurate. So, at the moment when that happens, we were okay. Few days later, I wake up in the middle of the night next to Rebecca crying. Now, we talked about my childhood. We talked you and I today about childhood. We didn’t get the tears out. I don’t cry. Not for that. First time Rebecca ever sees me cry. She looks at me and she’s like, “Why are you crying?” And I said, “We lost everything.” I think that’s what I said there. I said, “We lost everything.” She goes, “What do you mean everything?” I was like, “Everything.” She goes, “The cars?” I said, “The wheels on the car. Everything.” I go, “Yeah, but remember we said you’re going to put a h 100red million on my name just in case.” Said, “Yeah, I remember.” She goes, “And at least we have that.” Said, “I never did it.” That you never did that. Never did. He said, “Okay, but it’s no problem. You didn’t sign a personal guarantee. We said you’d never sign a personal guarantee.” I said, “I signed a personal guarantee. It’s a long story how that happened, but I signed again. This is why who you marry is so important. How many partners do you know who a second ago thought they were worth whatever that number was and lived a high life and find out in one minute no preparation that not only is it all gone, it’s all gone. And on top of the fact that it’s all gone, the promises that was made to them in the relationship were not kept. So it’s gone and money was not put aside and a personal guarantee was signed. Cuz if I’m signing a personal guarantee, I’m signing for both of us who are married. And a personal guarantee was signed that was agreed to not to sign. This is why you have to choose your partner really well. Choose your partner for the day something like that happens, not for any other day. I’m lucky that I chose well or she chose me or the universe chose us. She looks at me and she goes, “H, okay, this is a surprise. My mom owns a house in upstate New York. She bought it 30 years ago. She has no mortgage. Let’s go live with my mom. Take a few months. Think about it. If you want to go back into business, I know you’ll be successful. And if you don’t, we’ll move to Costa Rica. I will homeschool. And we will surf every morning and serve every night. And we’ll have a great life. Both cases. Don’t worry about it. And at that moment, this is when I think I grow up for the first time. And you asked about this. So now as we’re talking, you’re helping me understand something. You talked about that child and the pain. As a child, when we’re facing these very difficult things, we have no one to count on, only our parents. For a moment, I think I was that child again crying. But I wasn’t a child anymore because I had an amazing wife and kids that I could lean back on. They have my back even if I messed up. Even if I didn’t keep my word, even if I didn’t do things the way they’re supposed to, even if I took all the potential in the world and messed it up or lost it, even though it was ours for the taking. And the moment I realized that, I felt a little stronger. I felt better. I stopped crying. I was like, I start crying. I was like, okay. But Rebecca says that I’m still not smiling. She goes, “By the way, when I met you, you were broke. I think you’re much more sexy when you’re broke.” Then I smiled. Now I was happy. Then I walked downstairs and now you’re completing the story from before that morning. After when I go to my three employees, two things happened before that morning. One was the story with the spiritual teacher who taught me that the darkest moment of the night is a second before dawn. And that belief is measured when we’re down, not when we’re up. And two, I knew that I could rely on Rebecca, which means I had a foundation and I had a real partner and I can make it through anything. So to when those when my three employees say, “Why are you smiling?” They didn’t add everything. I told them the darkest moment of the night is a second before dawn and I believe. But I also told them, “And my wife thinks I’m sexy.”

    For a kid that didn’t have much stability, that was a moment where you realized your foundation was probably rock solid. I think I go back to where you started. Biggest decision any of us can make in our life is who is our partner. And how do we know who they are? We now said two things. One, do they make us the best version of ourselves? Two, how will they be in that very tough day if everything was gone? And all that is left is not only our nice side. He talked before about the dark side and the light side. How are they going to treat us if for a moment it’s just the dark side? If the light is not turned off but diminished. I can see all the emotion in your face when you recount that moment and how much that that means to you. Um probably more so than anything else you’ve said. There’s sometimes Rebecca is quick to anger with me and I can be upset for a second, but when I have a second to take a deep breath and remember how what a great wife I have and what a great partner I have, there’s nothing she can do that can actually keep me upset for more than a little bit. Cuz our relationship has been testing fire. There’s another remarkable story I remember you saying about um her giving you some advice to stand your ground in the post sort of we work era where you know there was negotiation still going on about I think your your compensation that you were going to get and she gave you some really really good advice about standing your ground. She did. What was that for those that haven’t heard that story? It inspired me cuz you know I do tend to think my fiance is always right. So when I heard that I thought huh. So, first of all, it’s very hard to stand our ground when we think we have a lot to lose. It’s back to that fear. Rebecca has many superpowers. One of them, she has no fear, to a fault. She’s all truth. She sees people for who they are. And therefore, she’s honest and she’s not afraid of her truth. If someone’s not going to be our friend, if someone’s not going to talk to us because of it, she doesn’t care. She calls it as it is. And at the end of this whole negotiation, when it came time to finish everything, my litigator at the time, today is my partner, his name is Eric Syler, called me and we talked and we said and said, “I think we can get to a deal.” And we talked about the deal. And we got to the deal with who? Between between so fast to finish for the story for everyone. I step down the world, I get the letter from the bank, we have nothing. Masan comes in, saves the day, funds the company, funds us, funds, pays our debt, but we don’t get get we get money, but we don’t get the big number, and agrees in April 1st, 2020 to pay myself and all the other investors $3 billion cash out of which we would have been 30%. So, a billion dollars for us. Corona happens really in March and on the last day of March 2020 we get a letter from SoftBank saying that this is force majour for those of you who don’t know what force majour means is when an event happens that’s greater than life that’s out of control like a flood or something force majour force of nature something unexpected and they don’t have to pay the money and they don’t send the three billion I remember by this point I’ve taken so many hits ah one at this point I’m already practiced I look up to the heavens and I say, “Thank you, God. What do we need to learn from this one? This one I’m already ready to learn.” And the lesson there was apparently litigation. Here’s what we need to learn from this one. And we go into a very complicated litigation. When the litigation ends with a settlement of a billion and a half, so instead of the 3 billion, it ends up being half. So, everybody gets half, but it’s done. We negotiate a certain negotiation and was going to take a certain time for the money to come in. And Rebecca was just about to give birth. This was 4 days before she was giving birth. And I walk in with my best friend Andrew Finkelstein who was there with me for this whole experience. And we walk in to tell cuz this is Corona. So everything’s on Zoom. So Eric Syler, the litigator, is in his house in New York. We’re in the Hamptons. They’re in Japan. Everybody’s all over the place. And we walk in to tell Rebecca the settlement that we agreed and we settle but the money will come in two months and this will happen and that will happen and she says no. And we’re if we don’t close the deal, Monday we’re going to court and court was not a not going to be great for anyone and b it wasn’t great for we work because if if if we weren’t going to go to court another investor was going to come they’re going to take the weiwork at least to the chance and and she goes no we’ve already had they were supposed to pay April 1st for 2020 they didn’t pay the 3 billion the three billion why are you now settling the 3 billion with another agreement agreement to delay payment again. What if they don’t pay and now you missed your court date? Either they pay and then it’s settled. We’ll all say thank you and everybody will walk away. And it’s not just paying to us. That bill and a half is to all the employees and all the investors. It’s half a billion to us and a billion to everyone else. Either and and and I know for all of us listening that these are outrageously large numbers. I completely acknowledge and understand either they pay or they don’t. And I say to her, “What do you want to do?” we agreed on it. And she goes, “Tell them you agreed on it, but your wife didn’t.” And she goes, “You didn’t do the money aside that we talked. You signed the personal guarantee. It’s not just your money. This is our money. And I don’t accept the settlement. Go back and tell them that either they pay it tomorrow.” This was like th this was Wednesday before we had a scheduled C-section. So, Friday 8:00 a.m. Either they pay it before Friday 8:00 a.m. or we’ll see everybody in court on Monday. And she said, “Also tell them that any horrible thing that’s ever been said about you has been on the press and public. It’s all out there.” So Eric Syler calls me and he says, “I I tell so actually Rebecca called him and he said, “Adam, I have a question for you. Who do I work for? You or Rebecca?” Said, “Well, you work for me and I work for Rebecca. So you work for Rebecca?” Goes what I thought cuz she called me and told me I’m a lousy lawyer. Said, “You’re not a lousy lawyer. She just doesn’t like our settlement.” But we did get to a resolution. I go, “What do you think we should He said, “You have no choice. You should tell them there’s no deal.” I said, “What are they going to do?” He said, “They’re going to explode.” Said, “And then said, I don’t know. Either they’ll meet you in court and this was a horrible decision or they’ll break and send the money.” Said, “What do you think’s going to happen?” Said, “I I’ve never been in this position.” Said, “I don’t know.” Said, “Okay.” Got on the phone. We told them what we told him. They hung they screamed, “Ba, we’re going to sue you for this and sue you for that.” They hung up the Zoom. I called Eric, “What now?” He goes, “Now we wait.” Okay. Torres later, Marcelo calls and and Marcelo is not the person who made the original investment in me. Marcelo Clar is he was at the time he was very big personality in SoftBank. Today he has his own business. Every time that I’ve had an interaction with me, he’s always kept his word and always did the right thing. Even when I didn’t agree with him, he told it to me straight. So I respect him and a lot. And Marcelo calls me. He’s on the walker. He’s like a tall guy like he’s on this walker. He goes, “Call Rebecca.” I was like, “Are you sure, Marcelo?” She’s like on the couch. Call Rebecca. I was like, “Okay.” I called Rebecca. She’s coming in again right before birth. And she’s standing there next to Marcelo goes, “Rebecca, I wanted to tell you that you and Adam were ahead of your time.” He’s so correct. He said, “The world is lonely. The world is disconnected. People need we. People need to bring people together. People need community. You’re you’re 10 years ahead of your time. I don’t think we were 10 years. I think we were 5 years ahead of our time because the world’s moving so fast. Cuz I just want to tell you the money will be in the bank before you give birth. I’m sorry we had to go through all of this. This is just business. Nothing here was personal. We’ll take the keys. Hopefully, we do well by the company, but we’re good. Gets off the zone. I looked at her. I said, “Now what?” She goes, “Fine. Sign the documents.” I said, “But you said we can’t do it if the money is not in. What if?” She goes, “No, no, we’re all good now. We signed At 4:30 a.m. the money hits the account. We all get on a Zoom. At 8:00 a.m. I’m in Mount Si Hospital. Great hospital. Rebecca is giving birth to Moses. Everybody took a deep breath and we’re here today. Adam, I have um I’m going to wrap up, but I I have these five pieces of empty card and I wanted to give you the opportunity to write on. Are you okay with writing or shall I write it for You’ll write for me for with my dyslexia. Okay. Um just the the five most important lessons that you have learned over since the beginning of we work. Well, I guess from the beginning of your How about we just do the five lessons I feel we learned today by talking. Sure. Lesson one, choose your life partner, friends, and business partners for the worst day in your life, not for the best. Okay. Great advice. Lesson two, life is not about when we fall down. It’s about how we get up. Okay. Number two, choose the life partner that will make you the best version of yourself. The one that you need, not the one that you think you want. Okay. Control doesn’t come from power. It comes from influence. And influence needs to be earned every single day from the beginning. And last but not least, we all have a destiny and a journey. Get to know yourself so you can start living yours. That one’s for you. Yeah, I thought so. Adam, thank you so much. I am I couldn’t be more excited by all the wonderful things you’re doing at Flow at the moment. Um got some wonderful photos here of like the team and I’ve looked into the business. I also had your partner um your partner one of the greatest investors of all time Ben Horovitz write me this beautiful letter where he talks about the amazing journey he’s had with you um why he backed you and how amazingly collaborative you’ve been what a sponge you are for learning and how he strongly believes that you are now building a generational business that will change the world and how proud he is to be associated with a man like you he tells us all Ben Horowitz We should never judge a founder by his worst moment. But with Adam, that was easy because his light shined and shines so brightly. You have overd delivered in every sense of the word, including on your promises. Thank you, Adam. Beautiful. I want Steven to thank you. Well, I know we had a real discussion because I learned a few things for the first time and you made me talk out loud about a few things that I’ve almost never had. I appreciate it and I’m going to think about it and I’m going to learn from it. What’s your last word? Is there anything at all that you wanted to leave the audience with? We all came to this planet with a purpose and a destiny.

    We started this life as this perfect light. Noise came, challenges came, people came, ego came, everything came. It is up to all of us to have the courage to look inside, see whatever the things that are stopping us from really becoming the best version of myself, of ourselves. surround ourselves with the right people, with the right family, both real family, spiritual family, whatever you consider your best and closest and go and chase your dream, your journey, your truth. And I know as a fact that if you go through the process, if you remember that life is not about how we fall and how many people saw us fall, it’s genuinely about how we get up. And if you have the courage to really be the full version of yourself and you’re truthful about not just your strength, but also the weaknesses, and if you remember that it truly is a journey, that when you get to that last few minutes of your life, you’re going to look around. You’re going to be surrounded by loved ones and by a lot a lot of love that you’ve created and cultivated for your entire life. and that you’re going to live this world and this planet much better than it was before you came. I wish you and all of us good luck at this journey of life. Amen. Amen. Thank you. We’re done. Thank you

  • 10/13/2026 – Postonomous VSL

    You know, for 30 years, my job was telling people what was coming before it hit in terms of the weather, of course. And now, I think we’re about to see the same thing happen in social media. Hey, I’m Todd Gross, and I believe pretty soon, nobody serious about social media will post something without first having some idea of how it is going to land ahead of time. You see, researchers recently created more than 120,000 AI personas based on real people, then tested whether AI could predict how those very people would react to social media posts. Would they like it? Would they share it? Would they comment or scroll right past? The AI actually predicted those reactions right about 70% of the time. But when the AI knew more about the person, another test showed like or dislike predictions reached as high as 96%. Think about that. The more AI understands an audience, the better it can anticipate what the audience might respond to. So my partner Roit Shaw and I started asking a question. What if you could do that with your social media posts, your posts before you publish them? That’s what led us to build Post and let’s just call it Post for short. Because Post can learn a business, its audience, its competitors, and what’s already working in that market. But before you publish, it can run your content against AI personas and give it a score from 0ero to 100. But listen to this. If you don’t like that score, champion mode comes in and goes to work. It rewrites the post. It tests it again and just keeps on improving it until it produces a version that beats the benchmark. You know, I spent years predicting the weather, and now we’re predicting hosts of all things, and this one is right up my alley, obviously. But here’s the crazy thing. That’s only one part of what we built. Post can also learn an entire business from its website, create its social content, and create some of the most impressive AI video that I’ve seen. manage and publish everything from one social calendar. And there’s an entire white label agency and reseller side to this product as well. But I can’t just explain it. This is a must-see live event and Roit and I are holding a free live training where we’re going to use post right in front of you. You’ll watch it, learn a business. You’ll see us take a social post and actually score it. Then we’ll turn on champion mode. That’s right. Right on the webinar and see if AI can beat it. And we’re even going to play a little game. We’ll show you two posts and we’ll let you decide which one you think will win. And then we’ll let post give us its verdict. And here’s my favorite part. Bring one of your social posts. We’re going to grab posts from the audience and run them through post anonymous live so you may actually watch your own content get analyzed, scored, and improved right in front of you. And drop your website into the question box as well because your business might be the one that we use during the website or should I say the webinar demonstration. Now, we’re holding two live sessions. One is on Wednesday, October 14th at 8:00 p.m. and one is on Thursday, October 15th at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time. So, we’ve got all time zones covered that way. Your free registration covers both. And as soon as you register, I’m giving you something that you can use right now. It is called Post Ready. Paste in any social post and it’ll give you a pointby-oint pre-publish check. your opening line, the link, the ad speak, call to action, and more. Post ready is your checklist. And now you can get it. That’s right. Right now, the AI audience prediction part though, that’s what you’re going to see live. So, if you decide to pick up Postmas during the live session, will also add 500 bonus credits to your account. So, if you’ve ever posted something that you were absolutely convinced would work and then watched it flop, you watched it go nowhere, you need to see what we’ve built. Click below, register free, grab your post ready copy now, and bring a post because once you see what’s possible, you may never want to post blind again. I’m Todd Gross, and we’ll see you live on the webinar.

  • 10/13/2026 – Arrived Webinar

    Fantastic, Jake. Thanks so much for prepared remarks and jumping into Q&A. You probably saw we have folks from all over the country today, which is awesome. Uh, for folks that are new here, feel free to drop any and all questions in chat. This is your time. We want to be sure that you feel confident. Uh, and all the questions that can be asked, anything from 101 to 501. So, keep it coming our way. Jake, what tea are you sipping on this morning? I’ve got some throat throat tea this morning cuz I’m a little under the weather. Oh, man. Well, hopefully we’ll we’ll cruise right through and that you feel better. I know cold and flu season is early in in our area. So, all right. Well, we’ll jump right in. Jake, I know we briefly walked through this in prepared remarks, but always a good one when folks are choosing where to park their hard-earned funds. What do fees look like across our different investments? And then I’ll drop in FAQ for more details as well. Yes, there’s generally two types of fees across all the arrived investments. There’s generally an upfront sourcing fee which is a fee that is you know paid to arrive one time you know generally for our work in identifying and acquiring the asset whether it’s a loan or a single family home. Then there is an assets under management fee which is the recurring fee that goes to our team for the work in you know continuing to manage the investment you know handling all the finance and accounting dealing with contractors and kind of managing and facilitating the whole thing. The sourcing fee is the larger one of the two and it’s paid one time to arrive. it’s already baked into how much we’re raising for a particular investment. So, if you go to invest $1,000 in the single family fund, that sourcing fee is already included in that $1,000. You don’t got to get hit with an extra taxes and fees add-on at the end. Um, the asset management fee similarly is just paid out of the operating cash flow of the investment. So as the investment generates you know revenue you know say we’re renting out a property and we’re generating rent revenue we pay the expenses on the property so the insurance the property taxes repairs and then we pay the arrived asset man under management fee and then what’s left is either saved into the cash reserves for that investment or just paid out to investors as a dividend. So what’s nice about that structure is that you don’t have to come out of pocket for any of the fees. You know it’s not like signing up for a subscription where you have to pay $20 a month to continue have us operating. we just kind of take our fees out before we pay out the dividends to investors. The other thing that’s nice about that is whenever you see returns quoted around arrive, that’s always net of fees. So the return numbers that we quote is always after factoring in that you’ve paid a fee to arrive for sourcing and you’ve paid a fee to arrive as part of the management work. The FAQ that dropped is the best place to look for more info on fees. The reason I don’t have a specific number off the top of my head is because they the fee structure is going to vary a little bit by product. So the single family individual properties have a slightly different sourcing fee amount than the real estate income fund which is a slightly different amount than the vacation rentals which is a slightly different amount from you know everything else. So um similar with the asset under management fee it varies a little bit by product largely just depending on you know how much work it is for our team to operate that particular investment. Um what’s nice is that the fees are going to be the same within an asset class. So if you’re looking at five different individual single family properties the fees are all going to be the same percentage within that category. It’s only at the kind of category level that we that we vary those. Um, that’s it as far as fees go. Uh, when we actually go to sell the property, there isn’t any additional, you know, arrived fee. There’s your regular kind of real estate transaction costs or commissions and closing costs and all that, but there isn’t any kind of a profit split or, you know, a revenue share or anything like that. So, investors get to capture all the appreciation on the properties. Fantastic. All right, moving back over. There are lots of good questions coming in uh the chat. I believe it’s Eliza, but keep me honest if I’m phonetically incorrect, but how do we claim the credit? So, good question. So, for new users here, we have a $25 credit that can be applied. To qualify, you must have your bank account linked to create that new account, attend one of these webinars, and then not have received uh the same credit for this type of incentive. So, in terms of how to claim it, if you’re Eliza have uh created your account and connected your bank account, it’ll be auto applied uh this week. And then for folks that maybe don’t create their account today, but they do later, just send an email to supported arrive.com, let us know that you’re here to claim your credit, and we’re happy to apply that. So, essentially, it’ll go to your account. You’re unable to withdraw those funds, you can apply it towards a new investment on arrived. All right, James, great question. They’re curious about liquidity. How long is money potentially tied up in the single family investment? Is it market and property specifics? Maybe we walk through what the options look like for our fund investments versus our individual properties. Very good time. Yeah. So, to start on liquidity, let’s talk about the general time horizons. So, for the individual properties where you’re investing in one house at a time, we’re generally aiming to hold those properties for 5 to seven years and then we’re looking to sell. We may sell, you know, at year four, we may sell at year eight. You know, five to seven is kind of the guidance range. Uh really meant to allow us to capture some of that market appreciation, but give our team kind of the flexibility to, you know, not sell when the market is down. Um the funds, you know, the the single family funds, the real estate income fund, those are open-ended. So those are kind of intended to go on, you know, indefinitely until some point in the the late way later on future where we decide to wind down the assets. So for those investments, you know, there isn’t a targeted, hey, this is going to last for 5 years and then we’re going to close it. It’s meant to be a kind of ongoing vehicle. So because of that, you know, the individual properties have kind of a a relatively defined, you know, liquidity event at kind of that 5 to seven year mark when we sell properties. But we do have options for both investments where you can liquidate early. So that kind of first punch is just about, hey, how long is AI going to hold these assets for? This next piece is about hey what do you want to do if you have shares in one of those particular investments. So for the we’ll do funds first because they’re a little easier. The funds have what’s called a redemption program. So the funds like I said are kind of meant to keep going and so as part of that they have you know baked into their operating agreement a redemption program which is essentially the fund buying back you know the shares of individual investors. And the way that works is you just go through our system and you click sell and you say, “Hey, I want to redeem, you know, 50 shares of the real estate income fund and we batch it together and then we process them all, you know, uh, once a quarter.” So, it’s a it’s a good kind of semi-regular opportunity to get liquidity and the importantly the price at which you are redeeming your shares is whatever the current share price of the fund is. So, say that you go and you invest in one of the funds today and you hold it for three or four years and you say, “I’m going to go and I’m going to submit. I’m going to redeem all my shares because I’m going to go and, you know, fund my kids college investment, my client’s kids college fund with us. Um, you go ahead and you are actually able to get when you redeem it, you’ll get the price per share that the fund is at in that three or four year period. So, you get to capture the appreciation um and that share price growth by holding the fund shares and doing that redemption process. Um, redemptions I think you can do anytime after the first 6 months. Um, and then there is a 1% fee for doing so up until the year three mark. And then after year three, there’s no fee at all. So again, intended to kind of angle people toward these long-term real estate investments. We generally try to discourage people from turnurning and, you know, having a bunch of transactions in and out. Um, because that’s generally helps our team plan. We know kind of how much capital we have and what’s coming in, what’s going out. Um, because it is not easy to just kind of liquidate a house, you know, last second if you really need to. Absolutely. So that’s all for the funds for the the is the redemption program. We also have the secondary market which is how you get liquidity for the individual properties. So if you own shares in any of these individual homes, we run a secondary market once per month where buyers and sellers can exchange shares and it works just like the stock market does. You know, you submit if you want to buy, you submit, hey, I want to buy this many shares and this is the max price I’m willing to pay. If you’re a seller, you say, “Hey, I want to sell this many shares and this is the minimum price I’m willing to sell for.” And then there’s an algorithm that basically matches up buyers and sellers. And so the transaction price varies by the market depends on what, you know, buyers are willing to pay for shares and what sellers are willing to sell their shares for. So because of that, you may have um a particular offering that is trading and it may have a bunch of shares trade at, you know, relatively close but different prices throughout that secondary market week as that system is matching up the buy and demand. Now, the secondary market is an opportunity to also for you guys get access to any of the, you know, 450 or 500 some properties that we’ve had in the past. So, you’ll get access to the secondary market about 2 months after you start investing with Arrived and then you’ll be able to actually go on and buy, you know, other people’s shares that have been invested in those properties for the last couple years. And that’s a really cool opportunity because you have access to a bunch of different markets and different types of properties that we may not have recently. And it allows you to really quickly diversify your portfolio, particularly since the minimum investment on the secondary market is only one share, which can run anywhere from, you know, 7 to 12. So the secondary market is a really cool way to kind of be able to kind of build and add on to your RI portfolio. Um, and like I said, that option runs once per month. So all of them kind of have the secondary market running once a month where you can get liquidity. And then we have the redemption program which runs about once every 3 months where you can get liquidity. So, both are, you know, let’s call it semi-frequent. It’s definitely not as liquid as the stock market where there’s, you know, millions of people trading Apple stock and you can, you know, sell in a click of a button and get your cash out the next day. But it’s a heck of a lot more liquid than actually having an investment in a rental property or investing in a real estate syndicate where it takes a lot of effort, paperwork, work to actually prep a property for sale, get it sold, and get it closed in order to get your cash out. Fantastic. Awesome, Jake. Thanks so much for walking through it. One thing I’ll mention too with the redemption windows essentially that minimum hold period is 6 months but then there’s four quarterly windows in there. So sometimes we get questions of well I’ve held 6 months on this date but you it depends on what the window dates look like. So we have that schedule very transparent about it on the front side. To Jake’s point I think when you think about real estate in general traditional real estate we essentially wouldn’t go out and purchase a property and then look to sell it in 6 months. That said, given we are in the inter alternative investment space, we do want options for folks uh to be able to access their hardearned funds as well. All right, moving back over. Lots of good questions in here. Eliza asked, “Do we receive annual tax forms?” Yes, absolutely. You’ll get a 1099 DIV from Arrived. It’s a really simple tax form. It’s like a half a page. Um it takes about 20 seconds to drag and drop it into Turboax and double check that the numbers are all right. You’ll also get, you know, if you’re investing in all these individual properties, you’ll get one tax form no matter how many different properties you invest in. So, if you invest in 15 different arrived properties, you’ll still only get the one tax form. Makes it much much much easier to be able to actually organize and file taxes rather than getting, you know, a new tax form for every $100 investment you may make in a property. Fantastic. And it’s very easy. We don’t distribute them via via mail or anything. It’s very easy to download. Uh Jake also hosts a webinar typically in the end of January, early February directly on taxes. Lots of info there, but it’s a very much plug-and-play. I know Jake, we’ve had to deal with K1s and I’m glad that we do not have to do that at Arrive. Very nice. All right, a good one from Remy. I can take this one really quickly. How can I get a one-on-one meeting to get more details? Great question. I would say the best absolute best place to ask any and all questions is in these webinars. We often have folks that will attend uh Tuesdays at 9:00 am PT. They’ll attend multiple to get questions asked and answered uh or yeah asked and answered. And then um you can always email supported arrive.com or you can use that chat function in the bottom right hand corner. But I see you’re asking a lot of great questions so keep them coming our way. We typically go to the top of the hour. All right. Another good one from Remy. Are investments protected? Are the investments protected? Um I don’t believe so in the sense that you’re thinking of I can’t remember if they’re SIPC insured Karan if you happen to know. Um you’re muted. Yes, I do have more details on that because it’s the bank account technically. Uh but I will follow up and chat on that piece. I think more from like a investment perspective. Anytime you’re investing, you’re investing directly in a series LLC. So, you’re not having direct ownership in that particular property where you’re like on the deed or things like that. So, if there was any um you know issues that happened with the property or let’s say I ch tripped on Jake’s property and hurt my ankle, you’re not um there’s not any liability for you as the investor. Now, of course, there’s catastrophic events that can happen, so on and so forth. you’re always at risk for the funds that you’ve invested, but we never intend to make capital calls uh for more funds for that particular property or other investment. But I’ll follow up on the bank account piece just so I get that uh dialed in. Yeah, it’s perfect. And and like K was saying, there’s there’s protection in that you will own the security interest. You know, you own the shares of the LLC, but there is still risk and things that can happen to the property itself. You know, this there isn’t it is an investment where you are putting capital at risk. You know, that said, we like the single family asset class because single family homes tend to be pretty resilient and pretty um consistent in their performance unlike a cryptocoin or even a you know, a lot of stocks these days that are getting wrecked by, you know, all the AI. Um so there certainly is risk and that’s kind of just what comes with making an investment. You know, this is not a bank account where you’re just parking cash and earning interest. Um there is risk being

    fantastic. All right, moving over another round from Remy who chooses the properties and can a person view a person go see them. So, we’ve got a whole acquisitions team that is, you know, in the weeds every day of, you know, analyzing the market and figuring out where we should be buying and selling. So, our team does a lot of that work internally. Um, and by the time that a property actually you see on the arrive site, we’ve already acquired it. So, it’s already gone under contract and we’re um you know in the process of closing on that property and transferring ownership to investors. Our a lot of our team comes from American Homes for Rent, which is the second largest single family REIT in the country. And so, they’re really, really good at analyzing areas and figuring out, you know, what is the price we could pay for this home and what is the rent going to be? And those are the two biggest variables that go into determining what is the actual returns going to look like, as well as all sorts of other analysis we do around, you know, the appreciation side. Hey, which areas are growing and which areas do we believe in over the next, you know, 5 10 years? You know, where do we want to be kind of acquiring properties? Um, as far as viewing properties, you’re more than welcome to visit them in person, but um since they may have tenants in, you can’t go into the properties, but if you live, you know, down the road from one of the properties in a market, you’re more welcome to go drive by it. Um, and if you want to go visit a property, it’s possible you can coordinate with our team to be able to go and get a tour, but definitely reach out to us first. you know, remember that there are people living in these homes um and that you can’t just walk in and say, “I’m I own the house.” and walk right in because you will get the cops called on you. Absolutely. Yeah. I think that one thing we’ve done to help investors to feel like obviously these are real assets, but I think when you’re online sometimes it can feel less real. So, we actually moved the the property address from the offering circular directly onto the offering page quite some time ago and that was based off investor feedback. That way you’re easily able to go search on Zillow, Redf Fin, Google, all the different options to view them. Um, I know periodically too, we’ve hosted investor happy hours in a couple different markets at our vacation rentals. Uh, on our 100th property, we also had an investor happy hour there when it was vacant. Uh, but again, we ask that visitation does do not happen uh for those properties when there’s actual tenants living in them. uh we definitely want to respect their privacy as a whole and uh it’s we’ve kept them safe to date. All right, moving back over here. Let’s see what we have in the queue. What determines the number of investors in one property and the number of shares? Good question. Yeah, so the the number of shares is easy. You know, we just fix every share to be $10, you know, when we initially issue them. And so the number of shares is just how much money do we need for a particular property divided by 10. And that’s that’s how you get the the number of shares. So the biggest difference in that is going to be the purchase price. So if we’ve got a, you know, $250,000 or $300,000 property in Alabama, it’s going to have fewer shares than a $600,000 property in Denver just because the purchase price is more expensive. We need more money to purchase the home. Means we need to sell more shares in order to get the same amount in order to get the dollar amount that we need to facilitate everything. There’s a little breakdown. If you go to the uh I think the offering tab of the individual properties, it kind of shows hey, how much money do we need for this investment and you know what’s it going to go toward and it’ll kind of give you the breakdown between we need so much for the to purchase the property but then we also need some for you know the arrive sourcing fee. Then we also need some for the cash reserves and then we also need some for any upfront improvements we’re going to do and then we also have you know the the legal costs related the security and um uh securities related costs and everything that takes to actually facilitate and put everything together. um we just take that number and divide by 10 gives you the number of shares. And then the number of investors just depends on how many people buy those shares. And if we happen to get a property where people are, you know, buying in $10,000 increments or if you’re getting more people that are investing in thousand increments, uh generally it scales pretty linearly. So, you know, again, the property has more shares, it’s going to end up having more investors because there’s more shares available. Um it doesn’t make a difference to you as an investor. Everything is done on a PR rata basis. So, when we’re doing dividend calculations or similar, we basically do the math and we say, “Okay, well, we’re going to pay out a, you know, 4 cent per share dividend this month.” And we just do the math to say, “Okay, look, you know, Joe owns 10 shares. So, 10 shares, you’re getting 4 cents per share is going to be 40 cents for your dividend. And if Susie has 100 shares, you know, 100 shares, you also get 4 cents per share. It’s going to be $4 for your dividend. So, um, it doesn’t impact you as an investor how many people are in a property or not. And that’s kind of nice because it means you can kind of diversify out and kind of spread your investment dollars across a number of properties and there’s no penalty for doing so. It’s it’s just as easy to do that as it is to put all your money into one property. Fantastic. Awesome. Jake, thanks for walking through it. And Remy, just to follow up, uh investors cash balance on arrived in our series bank account are both FDIC insured. Uh let us know if there’s any other questions there. Happy to walk through it. All right, let’s see. I think we cruised through all the questions in the chat. So folks, keep me honest. One, if I missed any in chat, if you have any others, we’re happy to go to the top of the hour, but if we don’t see any, we can always close our virtual doors early. Jake, we’re well into Q4 here. Uh what would you say that you’re most excited about from a platform perspective? Um I’m really excited about our recurring investments feature. uh team is working right now on an auto invest type feature where you can kind of set up a recurring investment into either of the funds and then you’ll walk away and have it automatically create a new trade you know withdraw the money from your bank account and execute it. Um that’s really exciting because you know folks really like the single family fund because it gets a lot of that instant diversification. You don’t have to choose individual properties and people really like the real estate income fund because it has kind of a higher cash dividend yield. And the pain right now is that, you know, if you want to keep investing each month as you’re earning money at your job, you actually have to come back into Alive, go through the clicks, and it doesn’t take that long, but it does get a little annoying to say, “Okay, click into the fund, click yes, I want to make an investment, click the amount, click to sign, click to approve.” Um, and so our recurring investments feature is going to let people just set it up. Um, the same way that you have, you know, an auto invest on your 401k or similar, you could just say, “Hey, look, I want to invest $200 a month in this fund.” and then you can step back and walk away and then kind of let the magic of compounding take over and say, “Hey, look, you’re going to invest that $200 and then as you get dividends, it’s going to, you know, allow you to reinvest those to buy more shares.” And that way, you don’t have to be on and about coming back every month and being super vigilant. You can just kind of say, “Hey, look, I’m going to I’m going to build up a little bit of an SDK and I may not have, you know, $15,000 $20,000 to put into this right now, but I can do, you know, $500 a month and you can just kind of invest it and not have to worry about remembering to keep coming back every month.” um until you can kind of build up that, you know, larger dollar amount which is obviously going to translate into, you know, larger dividends and larger appreciation gains down the road. Absolutely. Yeah, we couldn’t be more excited. Uh Jean Lewis, I’m glad to hear that that’s of interest to you as well. I will say over the years, I think this has been one of the most asked for features that we’ve seen today, especially when there’s so many other platforms that you’re able to do it on. I think that one big behind the-scenes moment is that there was a lot of due diligence and correct approval that we’ve done for Auto Invest to take place uh and doing it the right way. So very excited, sorry, recurring investment, not auto invest. We’re very excited for it. Um and we’ll be sure to share when that’s live. But Jake, I think we’re I think we uh cruise through all the questions. Any closing remarks before we shut our virtual webinar doors today? That’s all I’ve got. Um thanks for joining folks. Lots of great questions and feel free to reach out if you have more. I know we went through a lot of content between prepared remarks and Q&A. So feel free to shoot us an email at supportarive.com if you have more. We’re happy to continue the conversation. Definitely want you guys to feel confident and you know ready to go when it’s time to make that investment. Absolutely. Well Jay, thanks so much for your time as always in walking through all the questions for the folks that spent 45 minutes on your Tuesday morning and afternoon. Very much appreciate you. If any other questions come up, as Jake mentioned, supporter.com, use our chat function in the bottom righthand corner of our platform. We’re also live on all social channels. The one that is most community- based would be our subreddit. Uh, so definitely jump in there. Uh, I think that’s it for today. Oh, in terms of the credit, if you’re if you create a new account and your bank account is linked, it will be auto applied. You should see that within the next day or so. If you’re still in the process of creating your account and connecting, just shoot me an email supported.com and then we’ll apply that credit directly towards your account. We just don’t get auto notified um if those take place. But let us know if there’s any other questions. Happy investing and hope youall have a great day. Thanks folks. Talk to you later.

  • 10/13/2026 – TubeOS X VSL

    Hey, I’m AI Gorab. Yep, [music] not the real one. I’m his AI character, and here’s why that matters. Over 500 hours of video [music] hit YouTube every minute. So, creating more content isn’t the advantage anymore. You need something people recognize. A character, a voice, a [music] style, a brand. But that’s only half the game. My videos need a job. Attract the audience, connect to the offer, [music] and drive clicks, leads, and sales. Everything you’re watching right now, me, the script, scenes, [music] voice, captions, and visuals, was created by this exact system. It finds hot topics, creates branded videos, publishes automatically, ranks, [music] drive traffic, clicks, and sales. No more create, post, and [music] hope. This is outcome first YouTube. Keep watching because I’m about to show you how it works. Hey, quick question. What if you could turn one [music] simple Telegram message into a complete YouTube traffic and sales system that [music] finds hot topics, creates unique branded videos, connects them to affiliate offers, [music] and helps turn views into clicks, customers, and commissions without filming, without editing, without juggling a dozen AI tools. Fact: Making generic AI [music] slop is now super duper easy. My 80-year-old grandma could do [music] it. My 3-year-old kid could do it. Hell, even my dog could create AI videos. Type a prompt, pick a voice, [music] click generate, boom, another video. And that’s exactly the problem. Everybody can do it. Same stock voices, same fake looking avatars, same [music] recycled scripts, same generic visuals, different channels, different niches, same AI slop. Your viewer has seen it a hundred times [music] already. They scroll, they forget you, and even when they watch, why would they trust you enough to click? forget about buying from you. Meanwhile, you’re burning [music] AI credits, paying for voices, thumbnails, research tools, and another monthly subscription. You publish [music] 30 videos. Check your channel. 47 views, zero clicks, zero [music] sales, and the software bill that still gets paid. So, you make more videos, earn more credits, pay [music] more subscriptions. That’s not a YouTube business. That’s an expensive content factory. [music] You don’t have a video creation problem anymore. You have a content to revenue problem. Nobody pays you for generating the same generic AI videos 300 [music] times. You get paid when someone watches, trusts, clicks, buys. That’s the real [music] game. Let’s be real. You don’t want to spend your life making generic AI videos. You [music] want traffic, clicks, sales, freedom, and a channel people actually remember. So, if you’re tired [music] of making more AI slot while your sales dashboard stays empty, you’re about to love this. Introducing Tubosx, [music] the revenue first YouTube operating system that turns one simple Telegram message into a [music] complete traffic and sales workflow. Find what works, find what sells. Create unique [music] branded videos. Publish, track, scale, all from one connected system. No filming, no complicated editing, no juggling 12 different AI tools. [music] Just send a command, review what matters, and keep your YouTube business moving right from your phone. And you can see how it works in three stupid simple steps. [music] Step one, find what works and what sells. Send Tubosx a Telegram message. [music] Tell it your niche keyword or goal. It helps uncover trending and hot topics, winning angles, audiences, keywords, competitor opportunities, and matching affiliate offers [music] from JVZoo, Warrior Plus, Digi Store 24, Explode, Launchpad, and more. So you’re not creating another random [music] video then desperately searching for something to promote. You start with the opportunity and the monetization angle. [music] Step two, create and publish unique branded videos. Tube OSX turns that opportunity into a complete video. Your unique style, your unique [music] character, your unique script, your visuals, your voice, your thumbnail, and SEO to help your [music] content get discovered. not another generic AI upload that looks like everybody else’s. You’re building content that looks, sounds, feels like your brand. Review it, approve it, and publish, or schedule it through your connected YouTube [music] workflow. Step three, automate, track, generate sales, and scale. Here’s where most AI video tools leave you hanging. What happens after [music] you publish? TubosX lets you plan and schedule content for the next 30 days, then track what matters. [music] views, clicks, traffic, sales, commissions. Use real performance data to identify your winners and focus your next videos [music] on what’s working. Not just create, publish, hope, but find, brand, create, publish, [music] track, scale. One connected YouTube system, one Telegram controlled workflow built to turn content into traffic, traffic into clicks, [music] and clicks into sales. Now look, Tubless X is launching. We’re not going to dress up a new [music] product with years of results. It hasn’t earned, but the experience behind it, that’s real. I’m Ramroat. I’ve helped over 60,000 marketers worldwide [music] and generated over $2.5 million in sales in the last 4 years. My mentor, Gorb, has launched over 100 [music] products, and generated more than $10 million in revenue. We took our decades of experience, [music] everything we’ve learned about YouTube, AI, automation, and selling online, combined it with months of research, testing, and real [music] customer feedback, and asked, “What would it take to solve all these problems in one place?” We didn’t want another video generator. We wanted a complete [music] revenue first YouTube system. And that’s how Tubless X was born. A beast [music] was born. The strategy just works. Look at Mr. Beast, Alux, [music] and MKBHD. Different niches, different audiences, but each has a recognizable style, [music] voice, and identity. People remember the brand, not the software used to make video. Now, you can build that same kind [music] of consistency without filming every video yourself. Instead of creating random videos [music] and hoping they make money, start with what works, what sells, and who you want to reach. Then, connect your brand, content, offer, CTA. People recognize you. They [music] have a reason to watch and a clear next step. That’s how you build a channel around outcomes, not just uploads. Who’s this for? Affiliate marketers who want relevant offers, not random uploads. YouTubers who want more than views and subscribers. Faceless channel owners who want a [music] recognizable brand. And digital product sellers, agencies, and online business owners who want a connected video workflow. If you’re sick of paying for tools that don’t work together, Tubosx [music] is for you. Right now, you can grab Tubosx at our lowest founder special price. You get the connected YouTube workflow, branding and creation systems, Telegram [music] control, and the limited time commercial license included with this offer. Plus, you’re covered by our 30-day money back guarantee. After launch, [music] Tubosx is planned to move to monthly pricing. So, if you want to lock in the one-time [music] founders deal, now is your opportunity. Look, you can keep buying more AI tools, keep generating generic videos, keep burning credits, and keep hoping [music] the next upload finally makes a sale. Or you can change the system. Start with the opportunity, build the brand, [music] connect the offer, create, publish, track, improve. That’s tube OSX. Click the button below and grab your copy [music] at the lowest founders special price while it’s still available. Stop running a content factory. Start building a revenue first YouTube system. Tubosx, let’s go.

  • 10/13/2026 – TubeOS X – The Creation Era is over – Welcome to the Outcome Era

    Welcome, welcome, welcome everybody. I am super excited to have you here today. Seriously, we’ve got a lot to cover and I think you’re going to look at YouTube and AI very differently by the time we’re finished. But before we get started, let’s do a super quick check. If you can hear me loud and clear, type one in the chat box right now. And if you can see my screen and you can see me moving through the slides, type two. Perfect. I’m seeing the ones. I’m seeing the twos. Awesome. Now, tell me this. Where are you joining us from today? Drop your city and country in the chat. Look at this. Hey, David from London. Great to have you here. Sarah from Toronto. Welcome, Sarah. I see Mike from New York. Hey, Mike. Good to see you. And Rage from Mumbai. Fantastic. Wow, we’ve got people joining us from all over the place today. So, wherever you’re watching from, welcome. Get comfortable. Stay with me because I’ve got something really exciting to share with you today. I’m really excited you’re here because what I’m going to show you today could completely change the way you think about YouTube AI and content creation. Because here’s the big idea. The creation era is over. AI has made creating videos easier than ever. Scripts, visuals, voiceovers, editing, almost anybody can do that now. So simply creating more content isn’t the advantage anymore. The real advantage is knowing what to create, why you’re creating it, how it connects to an outcome, and what you should do next based on the results. And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you today. You’re going to discover how to run your entire YouTube business from one revenue first AI operating system, from researching opportunities and creating videos to monetizing, publishing, tracking what happens, and scaling what actually works. So, this isn’t just about making videos faster. It’s about changing the way you operate your entire YouTube business. Welcome to the outcome era. Now, let me ask you a question. If I gave you a choice right now, 1 million random YouTube views or just 1,000 views from people actively interested in the exact problem your offer solves, which would you choose? Most people instinctively say, “Give me the million.” because we’ve been trained to believe bigger numbers automatically mean better results. But think about it. What good are a million views if almost nobody watching has any interest in what you sell? I’d rather have 1,000 of the right people because you don’t need everybody on YouTube. You need the people who already care about the problem you can help them solve. And this is the distinction that changed the way I looked at YouTube. Your goal isn’t simply to become a YouTuber and collect views. Your goal is to create a journey. Somebody has a problem. They discover your video. Your video helps them. Now you’ve earned a little attention and trust. Then you connect that person with a relevant offer. Maybe it’s your product. Maybe it’s an affiliate offer. Maybe it’s your service. Now that view actually has somewhere to go. That’s why a smaller channel with the right audience and the right monetization path can potentially be far more valuable to a marketer than a channel chasing random viral views. The goal isn’t views. The goal is what happens after the view. Here’s where the story takes a turn. YouTube gives you access to people actively looking for information, solutions, products, and answers. And today, creating content for those people has never been easier. You can literally create in minutes what once required an entire team. So logically, this should be the easiest time ever to build a successful YouTube channel. Yet, plenty of creators are still struggling to get attention, build trust, generate traffic, or turn those views into anything meaningful. So, something doesn’t add up. And that brings us to the question I became obsessed with. If AI has made creating videos so easy, why hasn’t it made winning on YouTube easy? Now, this is where things get interesting. Because if YouTube has this much potential, you’d think the solution would simply be, “Okay, I just need better AI tools so I can create more videos faster.” And that’s exactly what most people have been told. More scripts, better AI voices, better images, faster editing, automated publishing, more videos, more often. Sounds logical, right? Except there’s one big problem. Those tools are automating the part that barely gives you an advantage anymore. Think about it. If you can generate a script in seconds, so can everybody else. If you can create AI images, voiceovers, thumbnails, and videos, so can everybody else. Creation has become easier. But easier creation doesn’t automatically mean more attention, more trust, more traffic, or better results. And that’s the shift I really want you to understand. Because the YouTube game has changed, but most of the tools people are using are still focused on the old game. And when creation itself is no longer the advantage, it creates a whole new set of problems. In fact, there are five big problems that AI has created for YouTube creators and marketers right now. And these are problems that most people aren’t really talking about because on the surface, AI looks like it solved everything, right? But underneath all of that convenience, the game has quietly changed. And if you’re still approaching YouTube the same way you did before AI made content creation ridiculously easy, you could be working harder, publishing more, and still wondering why you’re not getting the results you expected. So, I want to walk you through these five problems one by one. Because once you see them, you’ll understand why simply creating more videos is no longer enough. Here’s the first problem. And this is a big one. AI used to feel like a superpower. Remember when being able to generate a script, create an image, or produce a video with AI felt almost unbelievable? If you knew how to use these tools early, you had an advantage. But today, everybody has AI. Your competitors have it. New creators have it. Affiliate marketers have it. Someone starting their very first channel today has access to many of the same kinds of tools you do. So simply saying I’m using AI to create my content, that’s not really an advantage anymore. AI has become accessible to almost everyone. And when everybody has the same superpower, it stops being a superpower. So the question has changed. It’s no longer, do you have AI? The question is, what are you doing with AI that makes your content worth choosing over everybody else’s? Now, here’s problem number two, and this is something you absolutely cannot ignore. YouTube is getting much more serious about lowquality, repetitive, mass-produced content. And we’re already seeing the fear around this everywhere. Channels getting demonetized, videos losing monetization, content getting flagged or removed, and in more serious cases, channels potentially getting suspended or banned. Now, does that mean YouTube hates AI? No, that’s not the point. The real issue is what your content looks like to the platform and more importantly to the viewer. If you’re pumping out video after video that feels mass- prodduced, same generic scripts, same voices, same visuals, same templates with very little originality or value. You’re building your business on shaky ground. And that’s why simply creating more with AI isn’t the answer anymore. You need content that actually feels intentional, distinctive, useful, and worth watching. Because the last thing you want is to spend months building a channel only to wake up one morning and discover that your monetization, or worse, your entire channel is gone. And that brings us to problem number three. AI content is becoming incredibly forgettable. You’ve probably seen this yourself. You’re scrolling through YouTube, you click a video, maybe you watch for a minute or two, and five minutes later, you couldn’t tell me who created it. Why? Because so much AI content looks the same, sounds the same, and feels the same. Same generic voice, same stock visuals, same predictable scripts, same personality list presentation. There’s nothing for you to connect with, nothing for you to remember. And that creates a massive problem because people buy from channels and creators they recognize, remember, and eventually trust. If every video feels like it could have come from any one of a thousand different AI channels, why would somebody remember yours? That’s the danger of what I call AI slop. Now, here’s problem number four. And for marketers, this might be the most painful one. You can actually get views and still make nothing from them. Think about that. You create the video, you publish it, people watch it, maybe you even start seeing your view count climbing. Great, right? But then you check your clicks, your leads, your commissions, your sales, nothing. Why? Because the content, the audience, the offer, and the journey were never connected in the first place. You created the video first and only afterwards started wondering, okay, what can I sell these people? That’s backwards. A thousand random views can be far less valuable to your business than a smaller number of highly targeted viewers who are interested in exactly what you’re offering. So views alone aren’t the outcome. You need to know why you’re creating that video, who you want watching it, and what logical action you want that person to take afterward. And here’s problem number five. Winning ideas are dying faster than ever. Think about what happens when somebody discovers a video angle that starts getting attention. Within days, sometimes even hours, other creators can spot it, feed the idea into AI, generate their own scripts, thumbnails, voices, and video, and suddenly that opportunity gets flooded. That’s the downside of making content creation so easy. It didn’t just make you faster, it made everybody faster. So by the time you notice something working, spend 3 days researching it, another two days creating the video, then finally publish it. The opportunity may already be crowded. And that means speed still matters. But not just speed of creation. You need speed of discovery. You need to recognize what’s worth creating while the opportunity is still there and then actually move on it. Because today, a winning idea doesn’t stay your little secret for very long. So when you put all five of these problems together, you start to see what’s really happening. You don’t have a content creation problem anymore. AI already solved that. You have a content to revenue problem. Creating another video is easy, but creating the right video for the right person with a clear purpose and connecting that attention to a real business outcome, that’s the game now. And that changes everything. And this is the part I really want you to remember. Nobody pays you because AI made 30 videos for you this week. Nobody pays you because your automation ran perfectly. You get paid when a real person watches your content, starts trusting what you’re saying, clicks, takes action, and ultimately buys something. That’s the chain that matters. That’s the mindset shift. You don’t want AI simply helping you produce more content. You want your content working toward an actual outcome. So, let me ask you something. And uh are you ready to discover what I call the outcome first YouTube shortcut? A completely different way of thinking about YouTube where you stop obsessing over simply creating more and more content and start thinking about the outcome you actually want that content to produce. Because once you understand this shift, a lot of what we’ve just talked about starts to make sense. So if you’re ready for me to show you what this looks like, put a big yes in the chat right now. Come on. Let me see those yeses coming in. Okay, I see David. Sarah’s saying yes. Michael, John, Lisa. Awesome. Wow, look at that. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. I’m seeing all those yeses coming through now. Perfect. Because this is where things start getting really interesting. Now, let me tell you a quick story because this is where this whole idea really started clicking for me. I had an old client who had been posting consistently for about 3 months. And when I say consistently, I mean hundreds of AI generated videos. He had the tools. He had the automation. He was putting in the effort. He was spending thousands trying to make this thing work. But most of those videos, they were sitting at around 47 views. Imagine that frustration. You’re doing exactly what everybody tells you to do. create more content, post consistently, use AI, automate everything, and you’re doing all of it. But the results still aren’t there. So, I took a look at his channel, and almost immediately, I could see what the real problem was. He didn’t have bad tools. In fact, he had great AI tools. The visuals looked good. The voice over sounded fine. The editing was clean, and he was uploading consistently. Technically, he thought he was doing everything right, but the channel looked almost shadowbanned. Hundreds of videos going out and most of them barely getting seen. Now, whether YouTube was actually limiting the channel or the content simply wasn’t generating enough viewer response, we couldn’t know for sure. But the bigger problem was obvious. There was no connection, no personality, no recognizable identity, nothing memorable that made you think, “Oh yeah, I know this channel.” He had successfully automated production but he hadn’t built something people could connect with. Remember trust or have a reason to come back to. So at this point I asked him the same question I want to ask you right now if everybody has access to the same AI tools. We what actually works now? What gives your channel the advantage? Go ahead. Drop your best guess in the chat. I’m curious what you think. Okay. I’m seeing some answers. James says better content. Pria says build trust. Good one. David’s back. He says personality and branding. Rachel says better thumbnails. And okay, Kevin says sacrifice a laptop to the YouTube algorithm. Huh. Kevin, at this point I think some marketers have actually considered that. But seriously, uh, great answers. Trust, branding, personality, better content. You’re definitely thinking in the right direction because the answer isn’t simply more AI. It’s what you build around it. Exactly. The channels winning now aren’t just creating more content. They’re building something people can recognize, remember, and trust. You want someone to see your video and instantly think, “Oh, yeah. I know this channel.” Because recognition creates familiarity. Familiarity builds trust. And when people trust you, they’re far more likely to listen to your recommendations, click your links, check out your offers, and ultimately buy. That’s when YouTube stops being just a place to get views and starts becoming a real sales and revenue channel. And the first part of this is simple. You need to build a brand people can recognize instantly. Think about Mr. Beast. You can be scrolling through YouTube, see the thumbnail, the expressions, the visual style, the way everything is presented, and before you even read the channel name, you probably know who it is. That’s powerful because now you’re not starting from zero every single time you publish. People already recognize you and you don’t need to become Mr. Beast to do this. The lesson is simply this. Your videos shouldn’t look like they could belong to anybody. They should look like they belong to you. Now, the second thing is having a signature style people remember. Look at Alex. Their luxury visuals, calm narration, polished presentation, even the way they structure their videos. It all feels consistent. You immediately notice that bright turquoise blue background, the bold white typography, the large numbers, and those clean cutout images. You don’t need to see the logo every 5 seconds to know, “Yep, that’s an Alex video.” You see the dark backgrounds, gold accents, premium imagery, elegant typography. And combine that with their calm narration and polished presentation. It feels like Alex. That’s what a signature style does. It makes your content recognizable in a sea of sameness. And the third piece is giving your content a real voice and identity. Look at a channel like how money works. You’re not just getting random financial information thrown at you. There’s a consistent way the topics are explained, a recognizable tone, a point of view, and a personality behind the content. That matters because information alone is becoming a commodity. AI can generate information all day long. But your voice, your perspective, your way of explaining things, that’s what makes people feel like they know your channel. And when viewers start recognizing that voice and trusting it, they don’t just watch one video. They come back for the next one, then next one, and next one. Now, this is where it gets exciting because I don’t want you to just take my word for it. I want to actually show you what’s happening on YouTube right now. There are channels already proving that recognizable content, distinctive characters, and a consistent identity can stand out in a massive sea of videos. And some of these examples are incredible. But once you see them, you’re going to understand exactly why I’ve been talking so much about recognition, identity, and memorability. So, if you want me to show you the proof, drop a big yes in the chat. Come on, let me see it. Yes. Yes. Yes. There they come. Awesome. Now, look at this one. Curts. This is where you can really see the power of a recognizable brand. Look at the numbers on this slide. 25.6 million subscribers, 3.87 87 billion plus views. And SocialBlade estimates the channel could be generating roughly $110,000 to $1.8 million per year from YouTube. Now remember, SocialB Blade numbers are only estimates, not verified earnings. But here’s what’s fascinating. They’ve built an entire brand around animated educational videos. Distinctive characters, bright visuals, a recognizable animation style, and consistent storytelling. and they don’t have to rely on YouTube ads alone. A brand this strong can monetize through things like merchandise, products, sponsorships, and other offers around that audience. Now, look at Alan Becker. He built a massive brand around something incredibly simple. Stick figures. And look at these numbers. 34.1 million subscribers and around 98 million views in just the last 30 days. The SocialBlade estimate shown here puts potential yearly earnings at roughly $315,000 to $5 million. Again, that’s an estimate from SocialBlade, not verified income, but he’s not limited to YouTube ads either. You can see additional monetization through merchandise and an online course. And that’s what I want you to notice. Simple recurring characters, a signature visual world, instantly recognizable. You don’t necessarily need complicated characters. Sometimes even a stick figure can become a multi-million view brand. And here’s another brilliant example. Simon’s cat. One simple, instantly recognizable white cat. And look what they’ve built around it. 6.58 million subscribers, around 8.5 million views in the last 30 days, and according to the Social Blade estimate shown here, roughly $25,000 to $395,000 a year in potential YouTube earnings. Again, estimated, not verified income, but look beyond YouTube ads. They’re also monetizing through official merchandise and online shop and channel memberships. That’s what’s so powerful here. It started with a simple, memorable character and consistent storytelling. And that character became something people recognize, follow, and even buy from. That’s not just content anymore. That’s a brand. And guys, these aren’t isolated examples. There are many channels doing this. Look at the ones right here on the slide. Pencilation, 20.5 million subscribers. The Oddens Out, 20.8 million. Jaden Animations, 15.3 million. Casually Explained, 4.21 million. Nick Invests is another example in a completely different niche. Different niches, different audiences, different animation styles, but the pattern keeps repeating. Simple, recognizable characters, consistent visual identity, memorable storytelling. And these channels aren’t just generating views. That attention can support multiple income streams, ads, sponsorships, merchandise, products, memberships, affiliate offers, and more. Now imagine this. What if you could build your own version of this? Your own character, your own style, your own recognizable YouTube brand, but without an animation studio, without designers, editors, voiceover artists, or a huge production team, and without spending weeks creating every video. What if you could start building something like this in just a few minutes? Sounds exciting, right? Because now this becomes possible for almost anyone. And here’s the good news. You do not need millions of followers to make this work. You don’t need to become the next Mr. Beast, Kurtskas, or Alan Becker. What you need is content that gets the right person to stop, click, watch, and stick around. Because when people actually watch and engage with your videos, YouTube has a reason to keep putting that content in front of more people. That’s how you can reach viewers who’ve never heard of you before. That’s how discovery starts happening. And no, you don’t need some secret algorithm hack or mysterious YouTube trick. You need content people actually want to watch. And this is where Garb and Ram said enough. Enough disconnected AI tools, enough random videos, enough creating content, and simply hoping something works. Between them, they brought decades of experience, millions in sales, months of research, and real customer feedback into one massive idea. They took everything they knew about YouTube, AI, automation, traffic, conversions, and selling online, and became obsessed with one question. What would it take to solve all of these problems in one place? Not another AI video generator. Not another shiny tool that solves one tiny piece. They wanted something built for the entire game. And guys, what came out of that process became an absolute beast. Garb and Ram didn’t just attack one problem. They went after the whole damn thing. And now I’m finally ready to show you what Gorb and Ram have been building. Introducing Tubosx, a revenue first YouTube operating system designed to bring the entire YouTube business together. Not just video creation. It researches, differentiates, creates, monetizes, ranks, publishes, tracks, and helps you scale your videos. Think about that for a second. Instead of jumping between one tool for research, another for scripts, another for videos, another for SEO, another for publishing, and then still wondering whether any of it actually made you money. TubeOSX connects the whole process. And here’s where it gets crazy. You can run your YouTube operation using a simple Telegram message from practically anywhere. This is not just another AI video creator. This is designed to be the operating system behind your YouTube business. And the best part, TubeOsX is designed to turn one idea, one niche, or one keyword into a complete YouTube traffic and sales system in just three simple steps. Let me show you exactly how simple this is. So, step number one, find what works and what sells. Before you create anything, Tube OSX helps you uncover video opportunities, winning angles, audiences, keywords, and matching offers. That means you’re not sitting there thinking, “What video should I make today?” or creating something first and then wondering, “Okay, what can I promote with this?” You start with the opportunity. You understand what people are interested in, what angle makes sense, who you’re targeting, and what relevant offer can connect to that content. So, you’re not creating blindly anymore. You’re creating with an outcome in mind from the very beginning. Then comes step number two. Create and publish unique branded videos. Once you’ve found the opportunity, TubeOSX can create the script, visuals, voiceover, thumbnail, and SEO around your brand and then publish or schedule the video for you. But remember what we talked about earlier. The goal isn’t generic AI content. It’s content with your style, your identity, your characters, and your brand built into it. So, you’re not just creating faster. You’re creating videos designed to actually look and feel like they belong to your channel and then getting them published without juggling a bunch of disconnected tools. And then comes step number three. Automate, track, generate sales and scale. This is where Tube OSX starts becoming incredibly powerful. Instead of waking up every day wondering what to create next, you can build out your content strategy for up to 30 days and let the system help automate the workflow. But remember, the goal isn’t automation just for the sake of pumping out videos. It’s about sales. Tube OSX helps connect your videos to offers, track what’s happening, and show you what’s actually producing results. So you can automate more of the work, generate traffic and sales, identify what’s working, and then do more of that. Now, underneath TubeOSX are five powerful systems working together. We call them the five X systems. You’ve got X Radar helping determine what to create. XDNA helps make your content distinctive so people actually remember you. X revenue connects your videos to the outcome you want, traffic, clicks, leads, and sales. Then Xflow takes that strategy and turns it into the actual content. And finally, Xcommand helps get everything live. And this is important. These aren’t five random tools thrown into a dashboard. They’re designed to work together as one connected system. That’s why we call Tubosx an operating system. It’s designed around the entire YouTube workflow, not just one little piece of it. Now, before I show you TubeOSX in action, I want you to look at just a few samples of what’s possible. Different characters, different visual identities, different styles, different niches. The point is, you’re not locked into creating the same generic looking AI videos everybody else is pumping out. You can create something recognizable, something that actually feels like your brand. And in just a moment, I’ll show you how. If you’re ready, type show me in the chat.

    Ever feel like you’re stuck in a rut? Like no matter how hard you work, [music] success always seems just a little bit out of reach? You’re not alone. A lot of aspiring [music] entrepreneurs hit this wall. You’re putting in the hours, trying different things, creating more, working harder, but somehow [music] it still feels like you’re running in place. And this is something I’ve been thinking about a lot lately, especially when it comes to building a [music] business with platforms like YouTube. Because creating more content isn’t always the answer. Sometimes you need a better way to decide what deserves your time, [music] what’s actually working, and what you should do next. That’s actually the thinking behind a tool I’ve [music] been checking out called Tubosx. Instead of just helping you pump out more videos, it’s designed around an outcome first [music] approach. Imagine trying to focus on work, but your setup is all wrong. It’s frustrating. a cluttered [music] desk, tangled wires, and a chair that feels like a medieval torture device. You’re not alone. Many people struggle to create a productive home office. Now, think about what really makes a difference. A good monitor can transform how you see your work. Ergonomic accessories. The buzz about Bali. It’s everywhere. But why? Picture this. Stunning beaches, [music] lush jungles, and vibrant culture. But there’s more. Behind the beauty lies something strange. [music] People flock here searching for peace. Yet many leave feeling [music] unsettled. It’s like Bali holds secrets. The energy skyrocket your e-commerce sales. [music] Email marketing is the secret weapon you need. Most store owners think it’s just for updates. But here’s the kicker. It’s about building relationships. [music] Picture this. A customer opens your email and feels like you’re talking directly to them. [music] That connection can boost your sales big time. Start by segmenting your email list to level up your gaming experience. Here are five upgrades that can make a huge difference. First up, a high refresh rate monitor. Imagine playing your favorite game and everything is smoother, faster. You’ll notice every detail and those split-second decisions. [music] Way easier to make. Next, consider a mechanical keyboard. [music] The tactile feedback feels great and can actually improve your response. Bark at everything. Seriously, it’s one of those things that can drive anyone nuts. [music] You’re just trying to enjoy a quiet day and then bark bark. It’s like they’ve got a personal alarm system for [music] every leaf that rustles. But here’s the thing. Dogs bark for a ton of reasons. Have you ever thought about how your personal brand might be holding you back? It’s [music] a big deal. Especially in 2026, many people make simple mistakes that can really hurt their image. For instance, oversharing [music] online can backfire. It’s easy to think that sharing every detail [music] creates connection. Imagine you’re in the heat of an epic gaming session. The stakes are high. You reach for your controller, but something feels off. It’s not just you. Gear can make or break your experience. [music] As you dive deeper, you realize the right headset brings every sound to life. The [music] crisp crack of a gunshot, the soft whispers of strategy. Ever wonder how some people seem to have endless energy and focus. Biohacking might just be the secret sauce. It’s all about tweaking your body and mind for [music] peak performance. Picture this. Small changes in your routine can lead to big shifts in your [music] health. Seriously, it’s not just for the biohacker elite. I told you most people are missing the secret source to a successful online business. It’s not just about having a great product. [music] Seriously, a lot of folks jump in thinking they need the fanciest website or the best marketing plan. But here’s the kicker. [music] Connection is everything. You’ve got to know your audience. Really know them. What keeps them up at night? What makes them laugh? That’s where the magic happens. When you tap into those emotions, people don’t just buy, they engage, they share, [music] they stick around. And guess what? That builds loyalty. So, think about your message. Is it landing? Are you creating real connections? [music] If not, it might be time. Now, it’s time for the part I’ve been waiting to show you. Let’s actually see Tube OSX in action. I’m going to take you inside and show you how this whole system comes together. Let’s get inside the software and see what this thing can actually do. If you’re ready for the full Tube OSX demo, drop a big yes in the chat. All right, let’s do it.

    Hey, welcome to the quick demo video of Tube OSX. So, most AI video tools starts with what video do you want to create? But we do things differently here. We ask what outcome we are trying to create and because the goal is not to pump 30 random videos. The goal is to find an opportunity, create the right content for the right audience and connect it to the right offer and make tons of sales and commissions. Let me show you how to start here. So, first of all, go to my channels. Let’s say I want to start a new channel for the investing niche. I can go and click on new channel. Let name it as wealth with goto. Let’s say business channel platform for YouTube. create my channel and now we need to fill this data. So there are a few ways how we can do that. I can add a channel owner from YouTube or add in website or add a keyword competitor URL or manually let’s say I found a blog. Okay, I found this blog which is very close to what I’m trying to create. So I want to go and add is a competitor URL and it will go and analyze the source and it will fill all these things the tone and voice audience knowledge and it will fill our brand hub. This is the brand DNA that our channel is going to be. So we added an identity channel name empower our financial journey. So, let me go and upload a logo. Just let add the tube OS logo here for now.

    Okay. And once it’s done, you can go and add your YouTube channel that you create here. Or you can even add a Tik Tok, Instagram, Facebook depending on which level of access you have. And once it’s done, just go and save it. And here this is very cool and this is the place where it makes your videos unique. It makes your videos rememberable. It makes your video recognizable because everything about your video will be unique and different from others. So first thing is your environment brand colors. Okay, you can go and select the brand colors. We select what kind of influence we should have on the videos or in the thumbnails. I’m just keeping it balanced. And this is thumbnail DNA. what kind of DNA your thumbnail should have like what kind of position you have you can manually fill that or if it’s generative for you so your thumbnails also look different and unique and memorable okay then you can select what kind of videos you want to create for the themes like there are 12 of them here there will be more so let’s say for this investing I had seen a channel

    like Nick invest and this way the corridor. So I want my videos of the same style. So I’m going to select cartoon. I think these are easily digestible for the people for this niche. So I’m going to select cartoon and frontition. I’m just going to keep it this off music come and ambient. And my caption styles let’s just skip this one.

    Okay. One. This is the and this is the kind of script we want default script can also change it later but let’s say vary digital let’s just keep this one okay or maybe I’m going to give them some tips expert authority videos and now okay here we can also give some ble direction what kind of icons or charts we can use in the B rules or using the images that we are going to generate for this go and um save a brand memories Next thing is we need to create a character for our channel. These are some of the old characters that I created. This is a mighty traveler. This is a puppy. This is my own avatar that I created by uploading my image here. I uploaded this. It created these avatars. This is pretty avar for see this is the image that uploaded and it created a pretty accurate created character. Okay. So for this we are going to create a new character and just name it Gorup tly so I can remember with channel as well that go you can also use shared library so you can use the character for any of [clears throat] the channel or any kind of video. Okay I want to target people about 40 years old. So I want to be someone like that. Male personality create

    a

    now once our identity of a character is done. Let me go and now create the look. I want a cartoon 2D figure. You can go and just build some random look prompt

    and then you can generate your reference sheet. It will give you some examples. Let’s generate the reference sheet and see some of the examples that we can select for this video. I can see their face very clearly. Here I can see the body very clearly and how is it dressed up. You select this. So we exactly know what clothes he’s wearing as well.

    So I’m going to lock the character and next voice and tone. You can actually record your own voice and use your own voice or you can upload your own audio. Here I’m going to select one of the voice we already have. Hi, I’m Gorab W. Let’s break this down fast. Okay, this really suits. Let me just select this. And if you want to add some catch flesh first or some words to avoid

    and that’s done. Let’s see the draft. So our channel brand DN is very our characters are ready. Okay. Now let’s go and create some videos. Pause them and start making some sales and commission. So usually what happens you will go and create a video. But here we can go and first find some offers. You can see the tougher songs, AVU, Warrior Plus, Launchpad, Montile, or any upcoming launches. So, I want to promote Tube OSX here directly and I’m going to show you how this works, how it generate ideas and attach your offers. This is our offer. You can go and find the JV page from your JV dog sales page and you can find all the details that you want about the offer. And now I’m going to click on attach and build. Okay. So this is our channel. We’re getting all the brand details from our wealth with corp channel. It is about investing. And now here is a research agent. We have attached the offer to OSX. We can attach any offer that you want. And now we are going to generate 10 ideas around investing. And which also integrate tube OSX. So it’s going to go and scan our brand memory. It’s going to find our voice, our audience and offers. and let’s see what it comes up with. Okay, so these are our ranking predtor. How is it could be to rank these videos? So they have given us topic like unlock passive income with tube OSX, how to OSX transform my YouTube channel, the secret to vival maximize the earnings and okay these are the either directly around tubex. What you can do, you can also go and pick high RPM niches that we already have here. So our channel is about finance and investing. Let’s go and select this. These are some subtopics that you can select if you want. Let’s just see what kind of ideas it create for us.

    to unlock passive income with video marketing secrets. It’s recommending this. This has a good opportunity of ranking. There are other topics. How to invest in your force video production business. Can go through all these videos. Okay. I actually like this. How to leverage duty for financial freedom. Let’s use this. This is also good opportunity. It could be rant. They have also improved the headline leverage for financial affair 2026 which will be helpful in reacting your video. So let’s use this topic and I actually want to create a 16 is to 9 video. Let’s create for 3 minutes. So it has some substance as well. Here you can select the languages. We have around 20 more than 20 languages from Spanish, French, German, Italian, Dutch all list, Hindi, Tamil, Japanese, Greek, Katy. Let’s go with some 20p for now. So it’s faster. Okay, let’s go and select on continue. Let’s just 1080p.

    This is what we selected in our brand hub expert authority videos on this topic. Now let’s go and create our script. And these are not generic YouTube scripts that you can find on chat jib. These are our personal scripts that we use in our business for some realizing a YouTube channel is making money while you sleep. You can build a driving channel with those Joseph Smart creativity and help you get the TOS X can help with streamline in your content creation and maximize your earnings on YouTube. So it has went through my off world connected to the topic and naturally integrated it into the script and again at the end it will again all stem with integrated in into the CTA. So that is amazing. Don’t have to do anything. Now I really like the script. Finalize the script. And once the script have finalized, click on continue. Now we are going to select our character.

    Okay. Here is a character god of with selected cartoon style. Our brand influences these colors. These colors will be there in our visuals. Now everything looks good. Let’s go and click on continue. And we are going to build the scenes for our video by clicking on build scenes. Okay. So it created 49 scenes for our video. Okay. So these are all these scenes. Now we can just generate visuals for all of these scenes in just one click. Click on generate all visual. Generate 29 visuals. And it’s going to take a little time and we’ll come back and we’ll see when all the scenes are generated. So while the scenes are generating I want to show you some more things here. If you don’t like the scene you can just click on degenerate and it will create a new scene for you or you can even go and upload your own image anything that you like. And you can also see the prompt or the idea scene concept in this box. And if you want to change anything in here, you can go and just edit it. And once you’re satisfied, you can click on Generate and it will create a new scene for you. So now all the scenes are trulated. All the 39 scenes are here. You can go and actually see all the scenes from here from a preview section. Kids look amazing. We have the main character which is consistent in every scene. The style is consistent in every scene and it has also integrated our brand colors. So people when they come and see these videos, they can recognize it. They know that this video came from this channel, they know this character with a connection with them. And you will see this also added to who is X in the script which promoted. Now you can animate all these visuals with just one click animate all. So it’s going to take a little time. I’m what I’m going to do is I’m going to animate few of the starting scenes for you to see how they look. [clears throat] Okay? And then I’m going to render this video. So here I animate just few of the scenes. You can animate all of them or you can individually select which one you want to animate. So once this is done, let’s go to the next step. [snorts] Okay, here the voice over. We already selected the voice over of Roger for those catcher. I’m going to generate the voice over and captions. We had already selected the captions as well. Again, if you want to change it, go and change it. Customize it. Add animation. There are a lot of things you can do. Background music. Let me select one of the background music. [snorts] Let’s just select this one. Okay. Actually, I want to select this one.

    Now, I’m going to save this. Click on continue. And we’re going to send this for rendering. You can go and see all the details once again. And once the landing is complete and the video is ready, I am going to show you how to publish this on YouTube, how to create the thumbnails, the all the SEO thing that will help you rank and get more traffic and sales for your videos. So while the video is still rendering, let me show you how to generate the SEO for our video. So I’m in my video section here. We can see all the videos that are ready to publish or whichever are in graph mode. So I’m going to select some of the videos which are ready. Let’s go and select this. My most YouTube channel get views but still makes no money. We’re going to click on publish good. So here first thing is you can download your video. Then you can add your affiliate link here and it will crack your clicks. Now you can even just add your own affiliate link directly here if you want to use your own tracker. And once that is done can also edit the CT text. And now we are going to generate the SEO package for this title, description, tags and keywords which is built directly from the script.

    And here you go. So there are three title options that we can use or you can use the one that we already had and this is all the description what this is above and here is our affiliate link. These are all the tags in the description already. These are all the tags that are autogenerated. These are all the keywords thumbnail text ideas. So this is the whole SEO package that will help you get ranked on YouTube. Now [snorts] next important thing is thumbnail. So we can have subtle, balance, strong. Let’s try balance. We click on generate and it will create thumbnail ideas for our video. Okay. [snorts] Uh one is related to fear, one is curiosity and opportunity. These are the kind of thumbnails that get a lot of clicks that are usually high CPR. And you can go and read what all this is about. You can change them as well and if you want to regenerute it you can regenerate them. So [snorts] if I want to use my face in thumbs use the Gary face like character. I like this. Let’s click on generate and the thumbnail will be generated. Now here is our thumbnail generated. This looks pretty good. We need to add our YouTube channel. In my channels these are all the details that we’re going to send to YouTube. You’ll have Tik Tok, Instagram and Facebook depending on your level of access. This is very tags already. You can go and check them once. You can schedule it or you can just publish it right now. This is not a short video. So I’m not going to select this and declare it’s made for kids. Okay. Disclosure. Okay. So I select if it’s made for kids, not made for kids. And it’s very hand now and just go and publish this on my channel once I have connected my channel. So that’s it guys that is very powerful. So with tube OSX you stop operating like someone which is just trying to make more AI content and you start operating your YouTube channel like a system. So Tube OSX don’t just create the videos. It helps to decide what to create can access to an outcome and tells you what to do next and get results go. Now let me show you how you can create videos with just Telegram just by typing few messages. So it’s um it’s really easy just go to Telegram click start to start the bot and then I’m going to upload one of my picture and ask it to create a new character with name let’s say Bob I’m going to upload my image and then I’m going to select caricature stickman. Okay. And now it’s going to go and create my caricature stickman character. Okay. I’m going to use this. Now, for the voice over, I need to upload a file of mine or I can record my voice, whatever you prefer. And it is going to create the voice for me or I can just use any of the voice already included inside Tubosx. Next, I want to create a video. So let’s create a 60-second long video in 9 to6 format with Bob as a character in comic style environment on the topic how to do email marketing effectively for e-commerce business. Now it’s going to go and find related offers for me. So these are all the offers. So let me select something. Okay. So I selected Clickflow and it’s going to write the script for us around our topic and integrate it with Clickflow as an offer. It’s going to take a few seconds. It’s already completed the script. So, you can go and read the script. And if you like it, you can approve it or you can rewrite it using a different format or using a different style. And once that is done, here are all the things that we have asked them. If you want to change it or modify it, we can do that as well. So, once we approve it, it’s going to start creating the video, the visuals, the storyboard, and everything else around it. Now, once the scenes are created, it’s going to animate them all. And once that is done, when all the sales are animated, it will create voice over, add captions, do SEO, create thumbnails, everything. We can even tell them to show us the status like what’s going on there. And now it’s rendering. Okay.

    And now our video is ready. I’m just going to play it for some time and show you. Want to skyrocket your e-commerce sales? Email marketing is your secret weapon. And if you’re looking to make that process even smoother, Clickflow can help you.

    The character we used, Bob, which is Ram’s caricature, his voice and the style look amazing. Now, you can publish it right now or we can schedule it and we can go and check the SEO stuff, which has already been done. And you see how simple it is, how easy it is. You don’t even have to log into the app, go to your computer or laptop. You can just be anywhere, send a few messages, and you can create some amazing high-quality videos, revenue first videos, add offers, and then publish them or schedule them to where you want. So, that is really, really powerful. Now that you’ve seen how the entire system works, the big question becomes, how can you actually use Tube OSX? And there are three powerful ways. First, you can use it to build your own YouTube channels, creating recognizable brands, growing an audience, and building long-term digital assets. Second, you can use it to promote your own products or affiliate offers, creating targeted videos designed to attract the right viewers and move them toward your offers. And third, you can use it to create videos for clients, businesses, marketers, creators, and brands that need YouTube content, but don’t want to do all the work themselves. And now let me show you some examples of what each of these can actually look like. Now let’s look at the first model. Building your own YouTube brand. Take Nick Invests as an example. This is a focused finance brand with a recognizable content style. And you can see videos reaching hundreds of thousands and even millions of views. Now think about how you can monetize a channel like this. You can earn through YouTube ad revenue once eligible. You can recommend relevant affiliate products and services inside your videos and descriptions. You can attract sponsorships and brand deals as the audience grows. And you can even create and sell your own digital products, courses, memberships, or services. That’s the bigger opportunity with Tube OSX. Look at channels like Psych to Go, Improvement Pill, and Casually Explained. different niches, different styles, different audiences, but they’ve all demonstrated how content can be turned into a recognizable YouTube brand that attracts millions of views. Now, the second model is one that a lot of you are going to love. Use YouTube to promote affiliate offers. Look at productivity game as an example. They create useful content around books, productivity, and personal development. attract people already interested in those topics and then recommend relevant products. And you can apply that same model across almost any niche. You could find offers on platforms like Warrior Plus, JV Zoo, ClickBank, Digi Store 24, Amazon Associates, or even direct affiliate programs from software companies and brands. Then use Tube OSX to create videos around the problems those products solve. That’s the key. Don’t just grab an affiliate link and spam it everywhere. Create valuable content that attracts the right audience, naturally connects them with the right offer, and gives them a reason to click. Now, your YouTube channel becomes more than content. It becomes an affiliate traffic and sales engine. Now, here’s another great example of the affiliate model, Marquee Finance. Think about why the finance niche can be so powerful. People watching these videos may already be interested in credit cards, investing platforms, banking products, financial apps, software, and other money related services. And many of those companies have affiliate or referral programs. So instead of relying only on YouTube ad revenue, you can monetize the audience through relevant affiliate recommendations. Now, here’s the third way to monetize Tubosx. And guys, pay attention to what you’re seeing on this slide. This isn’t about trying to convince businesses that YouTube content is valuable. There is already real demand for people who can create and manage YouTube content. Look at these examples one by one. Here’s a marketing agency saying, “Need YouTube videos for our clients.” Then an e-commerce brand looking for faceless content for their channel. Here’s a business coach who needs a video editor for long- form content. a local business saying they need regular YouTube content for their brand, a SAS company looking for YouTube channel management, and then a creator or influencer looking for a content partner. Do you see the opportunity? These are exactly the kinds of clients you can potentially approach. And instead of doing everything manually, research, scripting, visuals, voiceovers, thumbnails, optimization, publishing, you’ve got TubeOSX helping you handle the workflow. Then you can package that into a service. Charge per video, sell a monthly video package, offer ongoing channel management, or build recurring client relationships where you’re producing content every single month. And guys, let me show you something even more interesting. Look at the actual examples on this slide one by one. First, someone is looking for a 2D animator for a YouTube channel, and the project price shown is $750. Next, there’s a YouTube video editor for a faceless channel with an estimated budget of $1,000. Then, another client needs a YouTube faceless video editor, $600. And another project is looking for a video editor for a health YouTube channel. again, $1,000. Now, look at the freelancers at the bottom. They’re offering services around YouTube automation, faceless video creation, YouTube SEO, and growth strategy. With TubeOSX, a task that might normally be built as an hour of work could potentially take you just minutes depending on the project. And remember what you saw in the demo? You can even control key parts of the workflow right from your phone through Telegram. So imagine getting a client request while you’re out, sending the instruction from your phone and letting Tube OSX handle much of the heavy lifting. That’s leverage. You’re not trying to invent demand. The clients are already hiring. The money is already being spent. And now you have a system designed to help you deliver the work dramatically faster. So now you can probably see why Tubosx can work for so many different types of people. What exactly are you getting today? Because we didn’t want to give you another little AI tool with a handful of features. We wanted to give you the complete system. So, let me break down everything that’s included with your TubeOSX access today. Now, let’s look at what you’re actually getting inside TubeOSX. Starting with the find, brand, and monetize side of the system. First, you’ve got the offerinder helping you discover relevant products and offers you can potentially promote. Then there’s smart offer attachment so your content isn’t created in isolation. You can connect the right offer to the right video opportunity. You’ve also got channel intelligence helping you understand what’s happening across your channel and make smarter content decisions. Then comes one of my favorite parts, the AI character builder. You can build your own recognizable characters and carry that identity into your content, including character-based thumbnails. And tying everything together is revenue first planning. So before you start pumping out videos, Tube OSX helps answer the questions that actually matter. What should I create? Who is it for? How do I make it recognizable? And how can this content connect to revenue? That’s a completely different starting point from the typical AI video creator. Now, let’s get into the creation engine because this is where Tubosx makes creating videos ridiculously simple. You’ve got auto mode where you can literally create by chatting with the system. Tell Tube OSX what you want and it can handle the heavy lifting, making it perfect when you want speed, simplicity, and automation. But maybe you’re someone who wants complete control. That’s where advanced mode comes in. Here you can get hands-on and customize everything. Your script, scenes, visuals, characters, voice, style, and the overall direction of the video. You can create shorts or long form videos. Use multiple script styles and visual themes, generate scenes, animate them, and add voiceovers, captions, and music. So, you get the best of both worlds. Want it fast and easy? Chat with auto mode. Want complete creative control? Jump into advanced mode and customize it exactly the way you want. And once your video is ready, Tube OSX doesn’t leave you hanging there. You’ve got YouTube SEO built in to help optimize your videos for discovery. Then you can publish immediately or schedule your content for up to 30 days straight. Think about that. You can plan out an entire month of YouTube content, schedule it in advance, and let Tube OSX help keep that content machine moving. Everything stays organized inside your My Videos library, so you can easily manage what you’ve created and what’s going live. And one of the coolest parts you saw in the demo, Telegram control. You can control key parts of your TubeOSX workflow right from your phone. So you could be sitting at a coffee shop, traveling, or nowhere near your computer and still keep your YouTube operation moving. Optimize, schedule, publish, manage, all from one connected system. Now, because you’re here with us on this webinar, we wanted to do something special. We’ve put together an exclusive Tubosx Founders bundle. This is not just your Tubosx Access. You’re getting TubosX Premium, Tubosx Pro, Tubosx Master Mode, the Tubosx reseller version plus Viral Credit AI, and Click Agent AI. Guys, this is a massive package. And wait until you see exactly what’s included in each part. Now, let’s look at TubeOS XP Pro, valued at $497, because this is where you seriously expand what you can do. You’re getting unlimited scripts, so you can turn winning ideas into more content faster. Unlimited SEO, giving every video more opportunities to get discovered. Unlimited scenes, so you never have to settle for weak visuals again. unlimited thumbnails, giving you more chances to create something that wins the click. You also get 50 done for you characters, so you can launch new channel identities faster. You get 100 plus AI voices, helping each channel develop its own sound and personality. You can create 10-minute videos, giving you room to go deeper, build more trust, and sell more naturally. You get full 1080 PhD, so every video can look polished and professional. Then you’ve got revenue first analytics helping you identify what’s actually making money so you can do more of it. And finally, protra strategies designed to help you turn more of that traffic into buyers. Now, this is where we take things to another level. You’re also getting Tubosx master mode valued at $997. Think of master mode as the 10x speed and growth system built for serious creators, agencies, and teams who want scale, speed, and high ticket client leverage. You can connect up to 30 channels. You get stop being the bottleneck, allowing you to add 10 team members and multiply production. You unlock commercial rights, so you can turn your videos into client services and build a real video business. You can create unlimited AI characters for every channel and niche. You can organize every channel, client, and campaign with separate workspaces. You get run inspector, giving you control over every active job, scene, and process. You can follow a proven YouTube strategy designed to help attract traffic. You can schedule 90 days of content and stay consistently visible. You can create longer authority videos designed to rank, persuade, and convert. You can eliminate rendering delays with lightning fast processing inside Tubosx. And we’re adding 10 additional visual styles plus 10 extra video scripts so you never run out of fresh creative directions. So master mode is about one thing scale. And turn Tubosx into a serious client ready YouTube business system. And guys, we’re not stopping there. You’re also getting the Tubosx reseller version valued at $1,997. This lets you launch your own TubeOSX reseller business without having to develop the product yourself, build the support infrastructure, or create everything from scratch. You become a certified Tubosx reseller and keep 100% of the profits from your sales. We give you donefor you sales assets, including copy, sales pages, videos, and email sequences ready to profit from. You get Tube OSX Plus Pro for your clients. pay. So your customers get access to the platform and pro features. You can manage up to 100 clients directly from your dashboard. And there are no pricing restrictions. You decide what you want to charge your clients. You even get a donefor you sales website. So you have a professional site ready to sell tubeosx accounts. And here’s another big one. We handle the support for all your clients. You can create client accounts in one click. And this is a one-time investment. So, you’re not paying us again every time you enable another client. Think about what that means. You’re not only getting Tube OSX to use yourself, you’re getting the ability to potentially build an entire software reseller business around it. And next, you’re getting Click Agent AI valued at $497, one of our most loved and best-selling products. And this fits beautifully with what you’re doing inside Tubosx. Think about it. Tubosx helps you create the videos, attract the right viewers, and generate the traffic. But what happens when somebody is interested and wants to know more about the offer? That’s where Click Agent AI comes in. You add the details of your product, affiliate offer, or service, and Click Agent AI creates a fully loaded AI selling room that explains your offer, answers questions, and helps move visitors toward the sale. Then take that link and put it directly underneath your TubeOSX videos or share it through email, social media, groups, pages, DMs, anywhere you’re generating traffic. Someone watches your YouTube video, they’re interested, they click your link, they enter your AI sales room, and now they can actually ask questions about the offer. You can launch in minutes without complicated forms, autoresponders, pages, or tech headaches. So think about the combination. Tube OSX brings the targeted viewer. Click Agent AI helps turn that viewer into a buyer. That’s why this isn’t some random bonus we added to make the bundle look bigger. It completes another critical piece of the revenue journey, and you’re getting it included today. And you’re also getting Viral Credit AI valued at $497. Now, why are we including this with Tubosx? Because something interesting is happening right now. The quiet Facebook comeback could be your biggest advantage. While everybody is obsessing over the newest platforms, Facebook still has enormous communities, pages, groups, and audiences. And Viral Credit AI is designed to help you tap into that attention. You can take one message and turn it into hundreds of posts. Build trust with authority-driven content and use that content to pull free traffic toward your offers. Now, connect this back to TubeOSX. TubosX becomes your YouTube traffic and content engine. Viral Credit AI gives you another way to build authority and traffic through Facebook. So instead of depending on one platform, you can start building attention across YouTube and Facebook and direct that attention toward the products, affiliate offers, and services you actually want to sell. And Viral Credit AI is included in your bundle today. Now guys, just look at what we’ve put together for you. This is the Tube OSX founders only bundle. Tubosx Premium is valued at $2,997 with a launch price of $297. TubosX Pro valued at $497, launch price $77. TubosX Master Mode valued at $997, launch price $97. The reseller version valued at $1,997, launch price $397. Viral Credit AI Premium valued at $497, launch price $47. And Click Agent AI Premium, another $497 value. Launch price $47. Now, I want you to notice something. Even if you bought these individually at the launch prices, you can see how quickly the value stacks up. But put the complete package together, the YouTube operating system, Pro, Master Mode, reseller rights, Facebook traffic system, and AI selling system, and you’re looking at a total stated value of $7,482. That’s the complete founders bundle we’ve assembled for you. Now, let me ask you a serious question. What is TubeOx actually worth? Because this wasn’t thrown together in a weekend. You’re getting something built from years of YouTube, AI, traffic, branding, and launch experience. Think about what it’s designed to replace. Instead of stacking separate tools and services for research, scripts, visuals, voice, SEO, publishing, and more, you’ve got those workflows brought together inside one connected system. And that’s why I keep saying this. Tubosx is not just another AI video app. It’s a revenue first YouTube operating system. The complete founders bundle we just showed you carries a stated value of $7,482. And based on everything packed into the platform, we believe TubeOSX alone is worth at least $4,997 per year. Why? Because you’re getting years of strategy, development, testing, workflows, and automation condensed into one system. So, if you’re looking at this and thinking, “This is just another video creator.” No, you’re missing the whole point. You’re not buying another tool to make videos. You’re getting the system designed to help run the business behind those videos. Now, think about what you’d normally need to piece this together yourself. Semrush, Premiere Pro, 11 Labs, Canva, Vid IQ, Hoot Suite, analytics tools, freelancers. Add it all up and you could easily be spending $500 to $1,000 plus dollars every single month. And here’s the crazy part. You still have to connect everything yourself. different login, different dashboards, different subscriptions, different workflows. That’s exactly the mess Tube OSX was built to eliminate. One connected system, one workflow, your entire YouTube business in one place. But here’s the good news. Tube OSX is way more affordable than trying to build that entire system yourself. After years of strategy, testing, automation, and development, I could easily justify charging $1,997 as a onetime payment for this. And compared to spending $500 to $1,000 plus dollars every month stitching different tools together, I believe $1,997 would already be an incredible deal. You’d get to skip years of figuring this stuff out and plug into a system that’s already been built for you. Because you’re here with us today, it gets even better. For the first 50 people who enroll, we’re opening a special foundersonly bundle deal. You’re not paying $1,997, not $997, not even $497. Your price is just $317. One time, no subscriptions, no hidden fees, one payment, and the complete founders onlyly bundle is yours. But remember, this is specifically for the first 50 people. But wait, it gets even better. We’ve created just 50 special discount coupons exclusively for live attendees. That’s it. 50 coupons. So, if you’re here live and you want access to that extra discount, type live in the chat box right now. Come on. Let me see who’s actually here with me. Live. Live. Live. There they come. Perfect. Because this next part is specifically for you. And here it is, guys. For the first 50 people who enroll, use the coupon Tubos 5 and your price drops from $317 to just $267 one time. Look at what you’re getting. Uh, Tubos X Premium Pro, Master Mode, the reseller version, Viral Cred AI Premium, and Click Agent AI Premium. The complete founders bundle carries a stated value of $7,482 and for the first 50 people, $267, one payment. Use coupon Tubo S50. If you already know this is for you, don’t overthink it. Grab one of those 50 coupons and lock in the $267 onetime price. Now, I want you to picture what a normal day with Tubosx could actually look like. It’s 8:00 a.m. Instead of opening 12 different tools and wondering what video to make, you send one Telegram message. Meanwhile, Tubosx can help find opportunities, match offers, create your branded content, and prepare your videos. Then, maybe over lunch, you pull out your phone, you review what’s ready, approve what you like, and publish it or schedule it. And anytime you want, you check the numbers. Which videos are pulling traffic? Which ones are generating clicks? Which ones are leading to sales? Then you take what’s working on double down. That’s the shift I want you to imagine. You’re no longer spending your entire day making videos. You’re running a YouTube business. So what do you do next? Simple. If everything you’ve seen today makes sense. If you can see yourself using Tubosx to build your channel, promote offers, or serve clients, then this is the moment to make your decision. You’ve seen the problem. You’ve seen the system. You’ve seen the demo. You’ve seen exactly what’s included. And you’ve seen the special founders deal. So, so rather than asking what’s stopping you from getting started, let me ask you a better question. Um, are you ready to get inside Tubosx and start putting all of this to work? If the answer is yes, here’s exactly what I want you to do. Go to the link in the chat box right now. That will take you over to the Tubosx sales page. And when you get there, don’t rush through it. Scroll through the page. You’ll be able to see everything you’re getting today. the software, the different versions, the features, the demos, the samples, the bonuses, and your special coupon. Then, when you’re ready, click any of the buy now buttons on the page. That will take you directly to the secure checkout page. Enter your first name, last name, and email address. And this is important. Make sure your coupon TO50

    is applied so you get that special discount. Then, simply choose how you want to pay. You can pay using PayPal or credit card. Now, before you complete your order, I want you to pay very close attention to something else you may see on that checkout page. There are a couple of optional inline upgrades. You absolutely do not need these to use TubeOx. They are completely optional. But if you’re serious about going faster and scaling bigger, I highly recommend you at least look at them because these particular offers are being made available for the first 50 buyers and you won’t see this exact opportunity again. The first one is the TubeOS X mega bundle. It’s seven additional upgrades designed to help you publish faster, reach more people, and scale what you’re doing. First, you unlock multi-platform publishing. So, instead of stopping with YouTube, you can publish and schedule content to Tik Tok, Instagram, and Facebook as well. That alone is valued at $297 per year. Second, you get the live VIP automation and viral masterass 2026 valued at $997. That’s designed to take you deeper into automation, viral content, and smarter growth strategies. Third, we double your YouTube channel capacity. Master mode already gives you serious scale, but with this upgrade, you can manage up to 60 YouTube channels. That’s valued at $497. Fourth, you get 6,000 plus done for you viral shorts and reels valued at $497. Think about the amount of content inspiration and readytouse material that puts at your fingertips. Fifth, you get 100 viral hooks and CTAs valued at $297 designed to help you grab attention faster and give viewers a stronger reason to take action. Sixth, you unlock priority rendering valued at $297 per year. So when you’re producing at scale, your videos receive priority processing to help you move faster. And seventh, you get access to the founders inner circle valued at $497 where you can get early access to new features and beta releases. put those seven upgrades together and for the first 50 buyers, you can add the entire Tubosx mega bundle for just $127 one time. Again, totally optional. But if you already know you’re going to use Tubosx, seriously, that’s one I would pay very close attention to. And there’s one more optional upgrade you may see, the reseller booster for $97. Now, this is specifically interesting if the reseller side of Tubosx caught your attention because the reseller booster gives you 100 additional reseller licenses. That means more accounts you can potentially sell to clients, more room to grow your reseller business, and you decide what you charge while keeping 100% of your sales revenue. So, if you’re thinking, I don’t just want to create videos, I want to build a client or reseller business around this, then take a serious look at that $97 reseller booster. But again, both of these are optional. You can simply take Tube OSX and get started. The important thing right now is that you go to the link in the chat box, review everything for yourself, make sure Tube OS50 is applied at checkout, choose the options that make sense for you, and get inside. Because at some point, you have to stop watching somebody else show you what’s possible, and start building your own channel, your own traffic, your own audience, and your own business with TubeOSX.

    And maybe you’re sitting there thinking, “This looks incredible, but what if I get inside and it’s just not right for me?” Fair question, and that’s exactly why you’re completely covered by our 100% satisfaction guarantee. We stand behind Tubosx, and we’re confident in the value we’ve built into this system, but we also don’t want you feeling like you have to take some huge risk just to find out whether it’s right for you. So, here’s how simple we’ve made it. Get access. Go inside. Explore Tubosx. Try the system for yourself. See how the workflow feels. See how it fits your channel, your affiliate business, your products, or the client services you want to offer. And if for any reason you’re not completely satisfied, simply contact our support team within 30 days of your purchase. And according to this guarantee, we’ll issue you a full refund. No questions asked. So, the way I see it, you’ve got 30 days to actually experience Tubos SX for yourself. You don’t have to make your decision based only on what I’ve shown you today. You can get inside, use it, and decide based on your own experience. That’s how strongly we stand behind Tubosx. And guys, because you’re taking action, I’m going to stack 10 fast action bonuses on top of everything you’re already getting. First, unlimited commercial license valued at $297. Create content with Tube OSX. Sell it to clients at whatever price you choose and offer your services through places like Fiverr, Upwork, Freelancer, Warrior Forum, or directly to businesses. Second, live web class giveaway commissions valued at $297. This shows you a plug-and-play system for generating affiliate commissions by giving away free web class passes, even if you’re a beginner. Third, the 100 faceless and AI avatar YouTube channel swipe file valued at $67. You get 100 real channels to study their formats, hooks, structures, and ideas. Then use those insights with TubeOSX. Fourth, the page number one ranking case study valued at $67. You’ll see the step-by-step process used to get a recent video to number one on YouTube and Google’s first page in less than one hour. Fifth, the AI content multiplier system valued at $67. Take one simple idea and multiply it into a stream of content without constantly starting from scratch. Sixth, the 1,000 plus viral content prompt pack valued at $67. Over a,000 prompts for posts, reals, images, videos, shorts, Tik Tok, Facebook, and more. Seventh, the two bonanza system valued at $67. our shortcut for using simple shorts to drive traffic and affiliate sales, then plugging those proven templates directly into Tube OSX. Eighth, the AI YouTube Master Class valued at $67, showing you how to combine AI strategy and consistent video publishing to grow your YouTube presence. Ninth, the Faceless Marketing Masterass, valued at $67. Learn how to build an online brand using email, SEO, content, and social media without needing to show your face. And finally, the unshakable super affiliate, valued at $197. Our affiliate strategies for turning the traffic you generate with Tube OSX into commissions and building a more sustainable affiliate business. Guys, be the These aren’t random bonuses. Each one is designed to help you create better, get traffic, monetize faster, serve clients, or multiply what Tubosx can already do for you. And you’re getting all 10 as part of this fast action package. And because you’ve stayed with me this far, I want to make sure you don’t miss the extra discount. Your coupon is tu.

    That takes another $50 off the special founders price. But remember, this coupon is specifically part of this live webinar offer and we only have a limited number available. So if you want the link, type live in the chat box right now. Now I want to show you something that should get your attention. These are early results from our beta testers. On the left is Manoj. YouTube had been a struggle for him for a long time. Then he got access to TubeOSX, published just a handful of videos and started pulling in thousands of targeted views plus six sales. Not vanity views, not random traffic. People actually interested enough to take action. Now look at Ronnie. She took a completely different route. She showed a faceless YouTube channel owner just a few videos she created with Tube OSX and suddenly he’s talking to her about 50 videos for a brand new project. That’s the part I want you to notice. One used TubeOSX to help promote offers. The other used it to open the door to a client opportunity. And remember, these are just early beta testers. We’re only getting started. All right, guys. Let’s bring everything together because I want you to really understand the deal that’s sitting in front of you right now. You’re getting Tubosx Premium, Tubosx Pro, Tubosx Master Mode, the Tubosx reseller version, Viral Cred AI Premium, Click Agent AI Premium, plus all 10 fast action bonuses valued at another $1,260. The complete stated value of everything on this slide is $8,742.

    And guys, look at the reseller version alone. And if you went and bought just the reseller version, the launch price shown here is $397. Just that one piece costs more than what you’re paying today for this entire bundle. In fact, if you bought these six core products separately at the launch prices shown on the slide, you’d be looking at $962. And that’s before even counting the 10 fast action bonuses. But today, for the first 50 people, $267 one time. And I’m looking at this right now. 27 of those 50 coupons are already gone. I can see Jason just came in. Priyanka grabbed one. Mark’s in. Sophia’s in. And I see David and Sarah from earlier have jumped in as well. Guys, thank you and welcome. So, please understand this isn’t fake. Maybe someday urgency. If 27 are gone, that means there are only 23 of these coupons remaining. Use coupon TBOS50

    and lock in the $267 onetime price while you still can. And remember, you’re also protected by the 30-day 100% satisfaction guarantee. So, you can get inside, use TubeOx, experience the system yourself, and if you’re not completely satisfied, contact support within 30 days under the guarantee. You’ve seen the demo. You’ve seen what’s included. You’ve seen the business models. You’ve seen the bonuses. You’ve seen the guarantee. At this point, if you know Tube OSX is something you want to use, don’t lose the founders deal because you waited too long. Grab your spot. Use Tubio’s 50 and get the entire package for $267 one time while those remaining coupons are still available. And just in case you missed it, here’s your coupon again. T U B O S50 or T U B O S50. That gives you $50 off the special founders price. Now, before we wrap things up, I want you to imagine something. What would you actually create first with Tube OSX? Maybe you’d start a Faceless Finance channel sharing money-saving tips, investing explainers, or personal finance advice. Or maybe you’re an affiliate marketer. You could create AI tool reviews, product comparisons, tutorials, and connect those videos to relevant affiliate offers. Maybe you’ve always wanted to create one of those animated storytelling channels with your own recognizable characters and unique visual style. Or how about motivational shorts? Quick 30 second videos about success, productivity, life lessons, and personal growth. And here’s another idea. What if you started creating videos for local businesses, product explainers, promotional videos, branded shorts, content that businesses could use to market their products and services. And remember guys, TubeOSX creates both long- form YouTube videos and YouTube shorts. But here’s something else. If you’ve picked up the optional TubeOSX mega bundle, you also unlock multiplatform publishing. So you can publish or schedule your content directly to Tik Tok, Facebook, and Instagram as well. One content idea, multiple platforms, be um more opportunities to reach people. And here’s what I love about this. You don’t need to do all five. You don’t need five channels. You don’t need to become an expert in everything. Just pick one idea that excites you and get started. In fact, let me ask you, which one would you create first? finance, affiliate reviews, animated stories, motivational shorts, or videos for clients. Drop your answer in the chat. Because now I want to show you why choosing the right content opportunity can be so interesting. Remember that question I asked you at the very beginning of this webinar. Would you rather have 1 million random views or just 1,000 targeted views? Well, uh, let’s finally put some numbers behind that question. Imagine you create a YouTube video reviewing an AI tool. And let’s say that video attracts 1,000 people who are genuinely interested in finding a tool like the one you’re reviewing. Now, imagine the product pays a $50 affiliate commission. What happens if just five people purchase through your link? That’s $250. What if 10 people purchase? That’s $500. And if 20 people purchase, that’s $1,000 in affiliate commissions. Now guys, these are hypothetical numbers to demonstrate the math. I’m not saying these conversion rates are typical, and there’s no guarantee that you’ll make a single sale, but do you see the difference? Like you you could have a million people watching a random entertainment video without any clear connection to what you’re selling, or you could have a much smaller audience watching a video about a problem they’re actively trying to solve. And if your content genuinely helps them and your offer makes sense, some of those viewers will buy your recommendation. That’s why I keep saying the right views matter more than simply chasing bigger numbers. But now, here’s where the possibilities become even more interesting. Because what if you didn’t stop at just one video? What if you started publishing consistently? Let’s say your videos collectively attract just 100 views a day. That’s 3,000 views in 30 days. 500 views a day, that’s 15,000 views. 1,000 a day, that’s 30,000 views. And 3,000 views a day, that’s 90,000 views in just one month. Now, imagine those are targeted viewers interested in your affiliate offers. Could 90,000 targeted views potentially generate $90,000 in affiliate commissions? Well, mathematically, under certain assumptions, yes. But that’s an enormous number and definitely not something you should expect. So, let’s bring it way down. What if you generated just $9,000 from those 90,000 targeted views? Still pretty exciting, right? But here’s another opportunity. What if you created animated videos for clients instead? Look at this pricing example. Freelance animation can be quoted at $300 to $1,500 per minute. But forget $300. Let’s assume someone charges just $100 per minute. That means a five minute animated video costs $500. Now imagine approaching a business owner and saying, “Hey, what if I could create a five-minute animated video for your business for just $100?” $500 versus $100. That’s an 80% lower price in our example. And if your video meets their needs, that’s a compelling offer. Of course, you could charge $150, $200, or more, but let’s stick with $100. One client orders 30 videos every month. That’s $3,000 per month. Three clients, that’s $9,000 in monthly gross revenue. Now, these are illustrative numbers, not guaranteed results. Pricing varies, and you’d need to find clients, deliver quality work, and cover your expenses. But do you see the possibilities? Build your own channel, promote affiliate offers, or sell video creation services using your TubeOx commercial license. One platform, multiple business opportunities, and you only need to start with one. But I know what you’re thinking, Gorb. What if I create my first video and it gets just 50 views? Well, let’s talk about that next. Let me ask you something. What if you publish your very first video tomorrow and it gets just 50 views or 20 or even 10? Does that mean you’ve failed? Absolutely not. Because here’s what most beginners do. They create a video, they publish it. They keep refreshing YouTube Studio. And when the views don’t come pouring in, they immediately think, “Well, I guess YouTube doesn’t work.” Then they quit. But what if you approached it differently? What if those 50 views were simply your starting point? You could look at the data. Was the topic interesting enough? Was the thumbnail getting clicks? Did viewers watch the video or leave after the first few seconds? Did the content actually match what the audience wanted? And then you use whatever you’ve learned to improve the next video. That’s the difference between randomly uploading content and building a repeatable process. And this is one of the reasons we built TubeOSX around research, creation, publishing, tracking, and learning. Because your job isn’t simply to pump out videos and hope for the best. It’s to make better decisions as you go. Now, will every video perform? Of course not. Will every topic work? No. But imagine creating 30 videos and actually learning from the process instead of quitting after your first disappointing result. You might discover a topic your audience responds to, a thumbnail style that attracts more clicks, a video format that keeps people watching longer, or an offer that fits your audience better. And that brings me to something I really want you to think about before we finish today. Because there’s one mistake that’s even bigger than publishing a video that only gets 50 views. And that mistake is never giving yourself the chance to start. Think about where you were a year ago. Maybe you were already thinking about starting a YouTube channel. Maybe you wanted to try affiliate marketing. Maybe you were looking for a way to use AI to create something of your own. And maybe you told yourself, “I’ll start when I have more time. I’ll start when I understand YouTube better. I’ll start when I find the perfect software.” Sound familiar? But here we are, another year later. Now, imagine something. What if you had started back then? Maybe your first video would have gotten 50 views. Maybe your second would have gotten 100. Maybe you would have discovered that animated videos work better for your audience or that product reviews are a better fit for you. Or maybe you would have realized that creating videos for clients was the opportunity you actually wanted to pursue. We can’t know what your results would have been, but you would have had something you don’t get from sitting on the sidelines. Experience. You would have learned something. You would have tested something. you would have actually started building. And guys, here’s the thing. You don’t need to have everything figured out today. You don’t need to know which video will go viral. You don’t need to build five channels or become a YouTube expert overnight. You just need a starting point and a system that helps you move forward. That’s what Tube OSX is designed to give you. The tools to research opportunities, build a recognizable content identity, create videos, connect relevant offers, publish, track, and improve. Not a promise that every video will succeed. not some magic button that guarantees you’ll make money, but a connected system to help you put your ideas into action. So, here’s my final question for you. A year from today, do you want to be sitting in another webinar still thinking about starting, or would you rather be looking back at the videos you’ve created, the things you’ve learned, and the progress you’ve made? Because the choice to start is yours. And if you’re ready, the Tube OSX Founders bundle is available today for $267 one time with coupon TBO S50, subject to the founders offer still being available. You’ve seen what’s included. You’ve seen the software in action. And you’ve got the 30-day satisfaction guarantee to review your purchase. So, click the link in the chat, apply your coupon, and get started. Your first video doesn’t have to be perfect, but it can’t exist until you create it. And I’d love to see what you build with Tube OSX. Guys, this is your deadline warning. I don’t want anybody coming back after this webinar saying, “I thought I could get the same deal tomorrow.” Because this offer is about to disappear. Right now, the special webinar price is just $267, and that’s only for the first 50 people who enroll. Once this founders offer ends, the deal changes. As you can see right here on the slide, the price is scheduled to turn into a monthly or annual recurring payment. Even if spots are technically still available, and it’s not just the price you risk losing, the fast action bonuses end. The tube50 coupon ends and the special commercial license ends with this offer as well. So waiting doesn’t get you a better deal. Waiting means you could end up paying recurring fees and walking away without the bonuses, without the coupon, and without the commercial rights included in today’s package. And remember, you’re covered by the 30-day satisfaction guarantee. So, ask yourself a very simple question. Would you rather get inside now at the special founders price? Lock in everything while it’s available and actually experience TubeOSX for yourself or come back later and discover that the deal you wanted is gone. If you know you want this, now is the time to act. Use coupon Tubos 50. Lock in the $267 onetime webinar price while one of those first 50 spots is still available. because when this offer changes, this exact deal is gone. All right, guys. Before we wrap up, I want to answer some of the questions coming into the chat because I know a few of you are still thinking this through. Michael asks, “I’m a complete beginner. Is Tubosex going to be too complicated for me?” No. Remember auto mode? You can literally communicate with the system conversationally and let it handle much of the workflow. And when you’re ready for more control, you’ve got advanced mode where you can customize the details yourself. Priya asks, “Do I need an existing YouTube channel or subscribers?” No, you can start with a new channel. Tube OSX is designed to help with the process from finding opportunities and building your channel DNA through creating, optimizing, publishing, and tracking your videos. Kevin asks, “Do I have to show my face or record my own voice?” No, you’ve seen the AI characters, the 50 DFY characters in Pro and the 100 plus AI voices, so you can build a faceless channel without becoming the person on camera. Rachel asks, “Can I use this for affiliate marketing?” Absolutely. That’s one of the big use cases we covered. You can connect relevant offers to your content, whether they’re from platforms like Warrior Plus, JV Zoo, ClickBank, or other affiliate programs. And with Click Agent AI, you can send interested viewers from your videos into an AI powered sales room where they can ask questions about the offer. James asks, “What if I want to sell videos to clients instead?” That’s exactly why the commercial license matters. During this offer, you can create content with Tube OSX and sell that content to clients at prices you choose. You could find clients directly or through platforms like Fiverr and Upwork. Sarah asks, “Okay, but what if I want to sell Tubosx itself?” That’s different, and that’s why you’re getting the reseller version. You can manage up to 100 clients, set your own pricing, use the DFY sales assets and website, and we handle the support for your clients. Daniel asks, “Can I manage multiple channels?” Yes. Master mode supports up to 30 channels plus separate organization for channels, clients, and campaigns. You can also add up to 10 team members if you’re scaling production. Sophia asks, “Can I really run this from my phone?” Key parts of the workflow can be controlled through Telegram. So, as you saw in the demo, you don’t necessarily have to sit in front of your computer every time you want to interact with the system. Now, here’s a good one from Crit. What if my videos don’t get views or make sales? Are you guaranteeing results? No. And I want to be very clear about that. No legitimate software can guarantee that every video will rank, get views, or generate sales. Your niche, offer, content, execution, and audience still matter. What Tubosx gives you is a system designed to help you research opportunities, create differentiated content, connect offers, publish, track results, and then learn from what’s actually working. And finally, David asks, “What if I buy it and decide it’s not for me?” That’s why you have the 30-day satisfaction guarantee. Get inside, use it, explore it, and if you’re not completely satisfied, contact support within 30 days for a full refund under the guarantee. So guys, those are the big questions I’m seeing. If something else is stopping you, put your question in the chat now, cuz I’d rather answer the difficult question while we’re here than have you leave wondering whether Tubosx is right for you. All right, guys. I think that’s our time. And seriously, I’ve had a lot of fun with you today. You’ve been an absolutely amazing audience. The questions, the comments, the yeses, the lives. Thank you for staying with me and giving me your time. I hope you can see that TubeOsx is about much more than simply making another AI video. It’s about building a smarter, more connected YouTube business. Now, there are still a few founders spots left. So, if you’ve been sitting there thinking about it, this is your moment. Grab your copy of Tubosx. Lock in the $267 onetime founders price. Get the complete bundle. And remember, you’re protected by the 30-day satisfaction guarantee. Don’t be the person who comes back after the spots are gone and says, “Man, I should have grabbed it.” Get inside, start using it, and let’s see what you can build with TubeOSX. Thank you again, everybody. You’ve been amazing. Grab your copy while those final spots are still available, and I’ll see you inside Tubo.

    Ever feel like you’re stuck in a rut? Like no matter how hard you work, [music] success always seems just a little bit out of reach? You’re not alone. A lot of aspiring entrepreneurs hit this [music] wall. You’re putting in the hours, trying different things, creating more, working [music] harder, but somehow it still feels like you’re running in place. And this is something I’ve been thinking about a lot lately, especially when it comes to building a business with platforms [music] like YouTube, because creating more content isn’t always the answer. Sometimes you need a better way to decide what deserves your time, [music] what’s actually working, and what you should do next. That’s actually the thinking behind a tool I’ve been checking out called [music] Tubosx. Instead of just helping you pump out more videos, it’s designed around an outcome first approach. [music] Imagine trying to focus on work, but your setup is all wrong. It’s frustrating. A cluttered desk, tangled wires, and a chair that feels like a medieval torture device. You’re not alone. Many people [music] struggle to create a productive home office. Now, think about what really makes a difference. A good monitor can transform how you see your work. Ergonomic accessories. Hear the buzz about Bali? It’s everywhere. But why? Picture this. Stunning beaches, lush jungles, and vibrant culture. But there’s more. Behind the beauty lies something strange. [music] People flock here searching for peace. Yet many leave feeling unsettled. It’s like Bali holds secrets. [music] The energy skyrocket your e-commerce sales. Email marketing is the secret weapon you need. Most store owners think it’s just for updates. [music] But here’s the kicker. It’s about building relationships. Picture this. A customer opens your email and feels like you’re talking directly to them. That connection can boost your sales big time. Start by segmenting your email list to level up your gaming experience. Here are five upgrades that can make a huge difference. [music] First up, a high refresh rate monitor. Imagine playing your favorite game and everything is smoother, faster. You’ll notice every detail and those split-second [music] decisions. Way easier to make. Next, consider a mechanical keyboard. The tactile feedback feels great and can actually [music] improve your response. Your dog bark at everything. Seriously, it’s one of those things that can drive anyone nuts. You’re just trying to [music] enjoy a quiet day and then bark bark. It’s like they’ve got a personal alarm system for every [music] leaf that rustles. But here’s the thing. Dogs bark for a ton of reasons. Have you ever thought about how your personal brand might be holding you back? It’s a big deal. Especially in 2026, many people make simple mistakes that can really hurt their image. For instance, oversharing [music] online can backfire. It’s easy to think that sharing every detail [music] creates connection. Imagine you’re in the heat of an epic gaming session. The stakes are high. You reach for your controller, but something feels off. It’s not just you. Gear can make or break your experience. As you dive deeper, you realize the right headset [music] brings every sound to life. The crisp crack of a gunshot, the soft whispers [music] of strategy. Ever wonder how some people seem to have endless energy and focus? Biohacking might just [music] be the secret sauce. It’s all about tweaking your body and mind for peak performance. [music] Picture this. Small changes in your routine can lead to big shifts in your health. [music] Seriously, it’s not just for the biohacker elite. I told you most people are missing the secret source to a successful online business. It’s not just about having a great product. [music] Seriously, a lot of folks jump in thinking they need the fanciest website or the best marketing plan. [music] But here’s the kicker. Connection is everything. You’ve got to know your audience. [music] Really know them. What keeps them up at night? What makes them laugh? That’s where the magic happens. When you tap into those emotions, people don’t just buy. They engage. They share. They [music] stick around. And guess what? That builds loyalty. So, think about your message. Is it landing? Are you creating real connections? [music] If not, it might be time to pivot. Hey, quick question. What if you could turn one [music] simple Telegram message into a complete YouTube traffic and sales system that finds hot topics, creates [music] unique branded videos, connects them to affiliate offers, and helps turn views into clicks, customers, [music] and commissions without filming, without editing, without juggling a dozen AI tools. Fact, making generic AI slop is now [music] super duper easy. My 80-year-old grandma could do it. My 3-year-old kid could [music] do it. Hell, even my dog could create AI videos. Type a prompt, pick a voice, click [music] generate, boom, another video. And that’s exactly the problem. Everybody can do it. [music] Same stock voices, same fake looking avatars, same recycled scripts, same generic visuals, different channels, different niches, same [music] AI slump. Your viewer has seen it a hundred times already. They scroll. They forget you. [music] And even when they watch, why would they trust you enough to click, forget about buying from you? Meanwhile, you’re burning AI credits, paying for voices, [music] thumbnails, research tools, and another monthly subscription. You publish 30 videos. Check your channel. 47 views, zero clicks, zero sales. And the software bill, that still gets paid. So, you make more videos, earn more credits, pay more subscriptions. That’s not a YouTube business. That’s [music] an expensive content factory. You don’t have a video creation problem anymore. You have a content to revenue problem. Nobody pays you for generating the same generic AI videos [music] 300 times. You get paid when someone watches, trusts, clicks, buys. That’s the real game. [music] Let’s be real. You don’t want to spend your life making generic AI videos. You want traffic, clicks, [music] sales, freedom, and a channel people actually remember. So, if you’re tired of making more AI slot while [music] your sales dashboard stays empty, you’re about to love this. Introducing Tubosx, the revenue first YouTube [music] operating system that turns one simple Telegram message into a complete traffic and sales workflow. Find what works, find what sells. Create unique [music] branded videos. Publish, track, scale, all from one connected system. No filming, no complicated editing, no juggling 12 different AI [music] tools. Just send a command, review what matters, and keep your YouTube business moving right from your phone. And you can see how it works in three stupid simple steps. Step one, [music] find what works and what sells. Send Tubosx a Telegram message. Tell it your niche, keyword, or goal. It helps uncover trending and hot [music] topics, winning angles, audiences, keywords, competitor opportunities, and matching [music] affiliate offers from JVZoo, Warrior Plus, Digi Store 24, Explode, Launchpad, and more. So, you’re not creating another random video, then desperately [music] searching for something to promote. You start with the opportunity and the monetization angle. Step two, create and publish unique branded [music] videos. TubeOSX turns that opportunity into a complete video. Your unique style, [music] your unique character, your unique script, your visuals, your voice, your thumbnail, and [music] SEO to help your content get discovered, not another generic AI upload that looks like everybody else’s. You’re building content that looks, sounds, feels like your brand. Review it, approve it, and publish or schedule [music] it through your connected YouTube workflow. Step three, automate, track, generate sales, and scale. Here’s where most AI video tools leave you hanging. What happens after you publish? Tubos X lets you plan and schedule content for [music] the next 30 days. Then track what matters. Views, clicks, traffic, sales, [music] commissions. Use real performance data to identify your winners and focus your next videos on what’s working. Not just create, publish, [music] hope, but find, brand, create, publish, track, scale. One connected YouTube system. [music] One Telegram controlled workflow built to turn content into traffic, traffic into clicks, and clicks into [music] sales. Now look, Tubus X is launching. We’re not going to dress up a new product with years of results it [music] hasn’t earned. But the experience behind it, that’s real. I’m Ramarat. I’ve helped over 60,000 marketers worldwide and generated over [music] $2.5 million in sales in the last four years. My mentor, Gorb, has launched over 100 products and generated more than $10 million in revenue. [music] We took our decades of experience, everything we’ve learned about YouTube, AI, automation, and selling online, combined it with months of research, testing, and [music] real customer feedback, and asked, “What would it take to solve all these problems [music] in one place?” We didn’t want another video generator. We wanted a complete revenue first YouTube system and that’s how Tubless X was born. A [music] beast was born. The strategy just works. Look at Mr. Beast, Alux, and MKBHD. Different niches, different audiences, but each has a recognizable style, voice, and [music] identity. People remember the brand, not the software used to make video. Now you can build that same kind of consistency [music] without filming every video yourself. Instead of creating random videos and hoping they make money, [music] start with what works, what sells, and who you want to reach. Then connect your brand, content, offer, CTA. People recognize you. They have a [music] reason to watch and a clear next step. That’s how you build a channel around outcomes, not just uploads. Who’s this for? Affiliate marketers who want relevant offers, not random uploads. YouTubers [music] who want more than views and subscribers. Faceless channel owners who want a recognizable brand and digital product sellers, agencies, [music] and online business owners who want a connected video workflow. If you’re sick of paying for tools that don’t work together, [music] Tubosx is for you. Right now, you can grab Tubosx at our lowest founders special price. You get the connected YouTube workflow, branding and creation systems, [music] Telegram control, and the limited time commercial license included with this offer. Plus, you’re covered by our 30-day [music] money back guarantee. After launch, Tubo SX is planned to move to monthly pricing. So, if you want to lock in the one-time [music] founders deal, now is your opportunity. Look, you can keep buying more AI tools. Keep generating generic videos. Keep burning credits and keep hoping the next upload finally [music] makes a sale. Or you can change the system. Start with the opportunity. Build the brand. Connect [music] the offer. Create, publish, track, improve. That’s TubeOx. Click the button below and grab your copy at the lowest founders special price while [music] it’s still available. Stop running a content factory. Start building a revenue first YouTube [music] system. Tubosx. Let’s go. All right, guys. Uh before we officially wrap this up, there’s one last thing we promised you. It’s time to pick our three winners who are getting the premium version of Tube OSX, the complete front end absolutely free today. All right, I got the names here. Our first winner is Marcus. Second winner, Niha. And our third winner is Daniel. Congratulations, guys. Marcus, Niha, and Daniel. If you’re still here, just type a big hi in the chat box right now. Our team will get in touch with you and send you your TubeOsx premium access. And everybody else, don’t go anywhere thinking you’re leaving empty-handed because as promised, everyone who attended this live webinar is getting free access to our Tube Bonanza system. You don’t need to do anything else. Just keep an eye on the inbox of the email address you use to register for this webinar. You should receive your Tube Bonanza access within the next 10 to 15 minutes. And please check your spam or promotions folder as well, just in case the email lands there. Guys, thank you so much for spending this time with me today. You’ve been an amazing audience and I genuinely hope you got a ton of value from everything we covered. Congratulations again to our three winners and to everybody here, thank you for joining us live.

  • 10/14/2026 – The Al That Creates, Predicts & Publishes Your Social Media

    If that happens, if it all of a sudden goes silent, open your audio settings and select your speakers again. And number three, please close your other tabs and get ready to pay attention and do some learning. And make sure to stick around all the way to the end because one or more people watching live right now are going to win a partial but big reimbursement to your purchase. It will be random. Now, many of you know me from well, you know my history at least. You don’t actually know me from TV, but you know that I was on television for like years and years. And if you include radio, I think we’re going on 50 years here. [laughter] I know that sounds crazy, right? But I’m older than I look. And I’ve been on since 1976. Is that 50 years? So that’s a long time. My entire life was about one thing since I was a little kid and that was forecasting. Taking complex computer models, looking at radar, predicting what the storm was going to do before it hit. All right, so that’s my background. What does that have to do with what we’re doing here today? Well, in internet marketing, Roit Sha, my partner, and I have partnered on massive breakthroughs this year like one man army and Done on Command. Now, give me a one in the chat box if you own oneman army or done on command. I’m just curious. Just give me a one in the chat box.

    Okay. Yeah, we got a bunch. Joe has one man army. We have Casper and Brian and Michelle. All right. So, you know the quality that Roit puts together in terms of his programming team. Over the past two years, we together have been looking at social media marketing and realized something was profoundly broken. And it’s something that I’ve been doing since I’ve been doing internet marketing dating back 20 years. That’s 2006. Everyone is guessing. Yes, they’re split testing their posts, but they’re guessing first and then publishing and then they’re split testing. It’s backwards. Everyone is blindly throwing content, including their videos, into the wind. Now, think about what your social media workflow looks like today. All right, just think about it for a second. Or your client. So, let’s say you’re social media management. You sit down, you have AI write a post, you upload it to your scheduler, you hit post, and then you cross your fingers, and you hope I’ve done that. You cross your fingers. You check your phone 4 hours later or the next morning. In my case, it’s usually like 20 minutes later. You see two likes, one from your business partner and one from your mom. And by the end, you realize the post, well, it flopped. It’s already too late. You wasted the effort. The algorithm buried it and you’re back on the hamster wheel. So, eventually you probably will get a good post. You may split test it after that. Um, you know, send another one out and another one out, but you’ve been wasting your time. You’ve been just spinning around in that wheel. Here’s what changed everything. Groundbreaking published academic research recently proved that advanced AI personas can simulate human audience behavior with shocking accuracy. Think about what that means for a moment. That means that we’re taking AI, which of course is booming right now, and we’re using it in a whole different way. We’re going to mimic the audience. Researchers fed thousands of real social media posts to simulated AI audience personas before the real humans ever saw the posts. And before that, of course, that’s the AI accurately predicted whether people would hit like, whether they would share, whether they would leave a comment, or just scroll right past it beforehand. Now, look at the statistic. up to 96% prediction accuracy when the AI understands the audience profile. The more the AI knows about who is reading, what their interests are, their frustrations, what they care about, the more accurately it forecasts their reaction. So now, do you see the link to the weather forecasting? Basically, in weather forecasting, if let’s say you’re 4 days out, you do not have a 96% chance of getting the right temperature. You do not have the 96% chance of getting the right snowfall amount. But here we have 96% prediction accuracy in terms of social media posting. When Roit and I saw that research, a light bulb went off. We said, what if we built an entire social media command center around this exact principle? a command center like Done on Command or Oneman Army. But what if before you ever hit publish, a room full of your exact ideal customers read your draft, critiqued it, scored it, and showed you how to fix it. Is this fascinating or what? We all know the power of one breakout piece of content. Just one reel, one Tik Tok, or one LinkedIn post that takes off can completely transform a local business or an agency or even an individual. Like in my case, one of my Tik Toks had over 13 million views, in fact, and changed the game for me in the weather and astronomy niche. But I did not know when I made it that it was going to do well. I had to figure it out afterwards and break it down and figure out what I did and try to copy that over again. I had been just throwing one after another after another after another out before that one, wasting my time until today. Getting that breakout reach felt like playing the lottery like I was just describing. You were just kind of tossing spaghetti at the wall and praying something stuck. Now, here is how postenomomas, that’s what we’re going to be talking about today, or postmus, which most of you will pronounce it, or just post for short, solves this in three simple steps. First, it learns your exact audience from your website, from your past posts, and your competitors winning posts. Second, simulated AI personas. This is what we’ve been talking about, matching your target demographic. Read your draft just like real prospects would. And third, you get an instant win score from 0 to 100. High score means strong viral potential. A low score tells you exactly why people will scroll past with actionable suggestions to rewrite it into a winner before you waste your shot. Let’s test your instincts right now with an example. And the example may look easy to you at first, but I’ll explain why it’s not. Type A or B into the chat, please. Post A, if that’s the one you think will do better. Post A is new autumn menu is here. Come try it. Post B is our squash soup is back. Roasted butternut, fresh sage, and a swirl of brown butter made every morning before we open. Grab a bowl with a warm slice of rye before noon. Which autumn bake should we bring back next? The spiced apple cake or the pear and ginger pie? All right, I’m looking at the chat and obviously everybody’s writing B. Overwhelmingly B. However, some of you did write A like Ralph. And I got to tell you, I personally thought A might win because it was short and sweet. I just wasn’t sure. But let’s see the results. Let’s go to the next slide. Now, if you look at the screen, you see that version B did indeed win 50 to 36. You guys were right. And the AI personas read both drafts and benchmarked them against 66 top performing posts in that exact local food niche. Now, post A, it basically had zero hook. It had no real sensory detail and no engagement prompt. Post B. It triggered the appetite. It created urgency by that before noon statement and it ended with a question that forces comments. Now, the question actually caught my attention. That’s why I was going to possibly vote for B because of that question at the end, but I still wasn’t sure between A and B. You knew even better than me then that B was better instinctively, but the simulator quantified that. It proved it. And importantly, it diagnosed why it did better. Now, do you know what local businesses and brands pay right now for basic social media management? It’s huge. According to 2026 industry pricing guides, between $500 and $5,000 every single month. And almost every agency collecting that check is still doing the old blind guessing way, the way that we described just moments ago, where you’re throwing the spaghetti against the wall. Think about the tools you already have or see on the market. You have AI writers that churn out 10 bland posts in 10 seconds. Not one of them gives you any reason to believe it will actually work. You have schedulers like Buffer or Hootsweet. Now, think about this. They push your post live at 9:00 a.m. sharp. That’s great. But a terrible post going out right on time, it’s still a terrible post. And agencies bill you thousands every month, whether the posts convert or whether they die.

    That is the fundamental flaw of the entire social media industry. You measure after, but never before. Analytics dashboards only tell you the post died after the funeral. What you need is an MRI, so to speak, before the post leaves your computer. And that brings us to what we built today. Welcome again to Postinomus. Now, the reason we named it that is as a nod to the unbelievable Nostradamus, but most people call it Postmomus. and I just call it post for short. So during this presentation, you’ll hear me referring to it affectionately as post. It is the very first platform that not only generates your content, but actually scores every single post before it ever goes live. It handles the complete triple threat. First, it creates stunning content. It does. It creates the content, the posts, the graphics, the viral shorts, and fulllength YouTube videos. So, it’s not just judging, it’s creating. Second, it predicts what will win using our proprietary AI persona simulator. And third, it posts and schedules directly to six major social networks, plus your WordPress site. Now, I need to make a quick transparent announcement right here. I need you to get ready later because we’re strictly limiting today to a special webinar package to just 40 bundles of post for this session. So, I just wanted to let you know that to get ready for later on. Why? Because every single bundle includes thousands of monthly recurring AI credits that we pay the cloud servers out of our own pocket. So, we cannot offer this on each one of the webinars we do, you know, at this one-time price and just make it unlimited. So, it’ll be like 40 on this one. We may do 30 on the next webinar, but then we have to limit it from there. So, when the link drops later on, you’ll want to move quickly. All right. Sorry for that aside. I just wanted to warn you. All right. Here is what Roit and I are going to show you inside the live app today. And you’re going to see a demo in just a moment. I’m just saying get back get back to the screen because the demo’s coming. You’re going to see post learn an entire business from a single website URL. You’re going to see complete video productions generated from a single sentence. You’re going to see our AI persona scoring engine in action. and you’ll see how to monitor whether Chat GBT, Gemini, and Perplexity recommend your business when customers search. Now, getting started takes less than 3 minutes. Step one is to paste your website URL. It’s very easy. Post scans your site. It pulls your brand colors, your logo, your tone of voice and core offerings automatically. Step two is to connect your social accounts like Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Tik Tok, LinkedIn, and X. X is Twitter. Step three, type what you want in plain English like this. You’ll say five posts about our seasonal special or I’d like a 60-second explainer video. Then it writes it. It scores it and waits for your thumbs up. Now, I know what you’re thinking. Todd, sounds great on a slide, but is the content actually any good? Yeah, it’s really good. And it takes all different forms, images, videos, and all different kinds of videos. Uh we’re talking about, you know, person mixing it all together with people. I mean, you’ll see it in a second. Don’t take my word for it. Let’s look at what the platform produced for real business with zero mock-ups. Watch this screen recording taken straight from the live production app. We plugged in one brand, gave it the directive, and in under five minutes, the app populated a full 30-day content calendar, highresolution branded images, engaging captions tailored for each platform, hashtags, and video scripts. All scored, polished, and ready to deploy.

    and we’re going to get the demo playing for you right now.

    In in the next few minutes, you’re going to watch AI do a month of social media for a business. It makes the content. It predicts what can go viral and it posts it. No mockups. Everything you’ll see is the real app. Here’s why this is possible. Now, researchers built AI personas from real people, showed them real posts, and the AI predicted how those people reacted about 70% of the time. So, we built an app around that idea. It’s called Postonomous. One early user made a single Instagram reel with it. It’s at 3.1 million views. That’s her result. And it isn’t typical, but it’s the moment this app was built for. Let me show you the whole thing. Let’s say I just signed a client, a neighborhood coffee shop called Larkmore Coffee. It’s a demo brand, but everything you’re about to see the app do is real. I add the brand and I paste in their website. In under a minute, it has their logo, their colors, and the way they talk. Then I give it the things it has to get right every time. their hours, their prices, the seasons offers, and what it must never promise. This is the brand’s memory. Every post, every picture, and every video is made from it, so it sounds like them from the first draft, and it works from their real prices and offers. Now, the content, I pick a post with a picture. I pick the networks, and I type what I want in plain words. Saturday’s pastry drop is at 9:00. lead with the cinnamon knots. And here’s what came back. A picture in their colors with their logo on it. And it isn’t one caption copied five times. Instagram gets the story and the hashtags. Facebook gets two lines. Tik Tok sounds like Tik Tok. LinkedIn sounds like a business. And YouTube gets a title and a description. Now look closer. Gone by noon. Mil Street. I never typed those. It pulled them from the brand’s memory. The rest of the month works the same way. One line each, 12 posts, a picture for everyone, and a caption for every network. That alone saves a business hours every week. But making content is the easy part. Now, here’s the part that’s new. Before any of this goes out, I can test it. I send the Instagram post to the simulator. It reads the post the way this cafe’s audience would and judges it against 60 real posts from their market. 60 out of 100 nearly there. And it doesn’t just hand me a number. It tells me what’s working. The picture and the first line. And it tells me what to fix. In this market, video gets 64 times the engagement of a picture. So, make this one a video. That’s the difference. I’m not guessing what to post next. I’m told from real posts before anything goes out. A score is a strong signal, not a guarantee, but it beats posting and hoping. So, let’s make the video. This is the part people don’t expect from a posting tool. One sentence, that’s all I type. I pick a style, a short for reals, Tik Tok, and shorts. It writes the script, makes every scene, records the voice, and adds the music and the captions. A video takes a few minutes to build, so I’ve cut the waiting. Here’s what came back. Every Saturday, our cinnamon knots vanish [music] before lunch. Here’s why people line up on Mil Street. They’re baked fresh that morning, [music] never the day before, so the first bite is still soft and warm. Mil Street baked fresh that morning. I never typed either of those. The video works from the brand’s memory, too. I asked for three more the same way. One sentence each. A whiteboard explainer for their coffee card. Then comes the good part. Fill nine stamps and your 10th coffee is completely free. No act, no sign up, no fine print. A 15-second ad for the autumn latte. Autumn’s here and so is our spiced maple [music] latte made with our small batch coffee roasted every Tuesday on Mil Street. And a presenter who welcomes you to the shop. Hi, I’m Maya. Looking for a cozy coffee spot on Mil Street? [music] Larkmore Coffee roasts small batches every Tuesday so the beans in your cup are always [music] fresh. Maya is an AI presenter from the app’s library. or upload one photo and the presenter is you in your own cloned voice if you want. Now it posts. Their channels are connected. Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Tik Tok, and LinkedIn. I press schedule on a post. Pick the time and it’s on the calendar.

    And here’s the whole month. 12 posts, five networks, one calendar. Notice what it did not do. It did not post anything on its own. Nothing goes out until I press post now or schedule. And posting never costs a credit. It also watches the market for you. Your competitor’s posts ranked by what really worked. Each one a click away from your own version. And it shows you what’s trending right now with the real numbers behind every post. Now, the one that matters more every month. People used to search for a business. Now, they ask AI, “Where’s the best coffee shop near me?” And the AI answers with a few names. If your business isn’t one of them, you were never in the running. Getting recommended by AI is the new SEO. So, Postonomous tracks it for you. It’s called AI presence. I give it the business and the town and it suggests the questions customers really type into AI. Then it asks them for you. Chat, GPT, Gemini, Perplexity, Claude, Grock, and Deepseek. Every question, every assistant, and it keeps asking every day or every week on its own, so you always know where you stand. Here’s the first run for our cafe. 60 answers, and it isn’t named in a single one. I can see every question, every assistant, and the sites the AI takes its answers from. And then the part that changes things, it shows me how to get AI to mention this cafe more. Get listed where the AI is looking. Publish the post that answers the question. And the posts are one click from a draft. This is where being found is going. And this puts your business on the front line. If you do this for clients, it’s white label. Every report carries your name and your logo and your clients sign into a portal with no postonomous name on it. And it also works with your AI agent. Open Claw, Hermes, Claude Code, Codeex, Chat, GPT, Cursor. Plug it in and make and test content straight from a chat. So add up what you just watched. A month of posts, a picture with everyone, a post tested before it went out, four videos, a full calendar, and the market watched for you. Businesses pay $500 to $5,000 a month to have their social media run for them. That’s the going rate for the work you just watched. It makes the content. It predicts what can go viral. It posts it.

    All right, let’s go over that again. I’m going to get back to the slides and uh we’ll really break that down. We’ll look at what was just produced and we’ll compare it against 2026 industry agency rates. All right. So, first there was 30 days of social posts with custom images. That’s $500 a month. All right. That’s the going rate. It was a 60-second whiteboard video explainer. That’s 1,500 a month. Viral short videos for reals and Tik Tok. That’s $500. A talking presenter video, that’s $1,000. AI search presence tracking, that’s $1,000 a month. That’s over $5,000 worth of creative deliverable output created by one platform in just minutes. Incredible, right? Let me know in the chat how you’re feeling about this so far because this is darn exciting to me. I don’t know about [laughter] you and thank you. I do see that you’re asking the questions in the chat right now to the rest of the gang and I I appreciate that you’re letting them answer. This is very very interactive and I’m just looking over at some of the things you’re saying. Nice. Amazing. Wowzer. Love it. This looks amazing. Great. Thank you. Thank you for writing that. I appreciate that. David and Bradley and Sai and Casper. Um, listen, you aren’t Let’s talk about video for a minute. One of the things that I surprised surprised me the most about this was about the video because when I first was going over this with Roit, I said, “Look, you know, our audience is really interested in video. You know, not just regular posts, but video. Video dominates social media, but video production is usually expensive and intimidating.” I know that. I was one of the first people really to bring video to internet marketing back in 2006. It was there before me, but I was the one that started the idea of putting a video on a landing page. That was squeeze videos. I actually did that with Derek Van Djk. Now with post, you type one single sentence and the video creation suite handles the script, the voice over, the visuals, the transitions and editing all automatically. Watch. Let’s get another video up there so you can see that.

    We have the wrong video up. Hold on one second. [laughter]

    We should have numbered them. But you can see this one’s going to be cute when we get to it. [laughter] All right, let’s select again.

    That’s not it either. But you’re going to see this looks cool too, right?

    We’re going to blame you for this one. You should have numbered them.

    [music] Heat

    [music]

    [music] up

    [music]

    here.

    I’m glad that we got the right one up there. And we’re going to have another one in a second, too. So, let’s see if we get this one right. Now, you’ve got to admit that’s not just any video. That’s high quality. The kind of video you expect to see on the on a commercial, you know, on television just a year or two ago. I mean, really good stuff. You aren’t locked into just one cookie cutter format there. You saw that you get seven distinct video engines from high retention viral vertical shorts for Tik Tok and reals like Instagram reels to full landscape whiteboard explainers, corporate brand ads, documentaries, and 3D animated story books. Let’s see if we could show you another example.

    [music] It’s Tuesday evening and Milo is tugging his mom toward the dentist door. Not dragging his feet, tugging at Bright Smiles. That’s normal. Here’s the simple three-step routine that turns a scary checkup into something kids actually look forward to. Step one, Milo is in charge of something. He picks his own flavor for the polish. Strawberry today. A small choice, but it matters. Giving kids a little control can help an unfamiliar room feel less scary and much more like [music] theirs. Step two, the ending is the best part. Every visit finishes at the sticker wall where Milo hunts for the perfect one. Kids tend to remember how things end, so the last memory of the dentist [music] becomes a proud shiny win. Step three is for parents. evening appointments so nobody rushes out of work or school. Calm grown-ups make calm kids. Got a little one aged 3 [music] to 10? Book their first visit at Bright Smiles and watch them tug you through the door. [music] Now, the thing about this is that we’ve kind of buried the lead here at the beginning. We were talking about how great it is that we can judge how well these are going to do ahead of time, but of course we didn’t really even hint that the videos are going to be of this caliber. I mean, this is just as a video product alone, it’s incredible. And in fact, here’s my personal video uh layout, my favorite. It’s the hybrid video. An AI presenter is going to open on camera to hook the viewer with eye contact. And then it’s going to cut directly into a dynamic animated whiteboard to break down the concept. And then it transitions back to the presenter for a strong call to action. So the app edits, renders, and stitches the entire timeline together for you. Do we have the right video ready for this? Okay, here it goes. Hi, I’m May. [music] If you run a small business, receipts pile up fast. Every receipt is proof of a business expense. [music] Lose it and you may struggle to back up a deduction, which can mean paying more tax than you actually owe. Coffee with a client, fuel for deliveries, [music] a new printer. Small costs add up over a year, and without records, they can quietly disappear from your return. So, when tax time arrives, many owners end up digging through shoe boxes, [music] email inboxes, and glove compartments, trying to rebuild a whole year in one [music] stressful weekend. That’s why Ledger Line offers new clients a 20inut [music] receipts review. We look at how you collect receipts today and show you a simple way to keep everyone. After that, [music] we keep things moving. Your monthly books are closed by the 10th and your tax deadlines are tracked for you so nothing [music] sneaks up on you. Book your 20inut receipts review. Tax time can feel calm.

    All right. Now, I want to walk you through what we call our four shows stoppers. These are capabilities that are built into post that go far beyond what anyone expects from a social media app. Showstopper number one, a talking presenter from a single photo. That’s right. You saw just an example of that just moments ago. You can upload any portrait or photo of yourself. You know, it’s funny because it’s so powerful that we do all this video stuff and that we’re not headlining with it. It’s it’s like amazing because I don’t know if we should headline the video stuff or should we headline the fact that we’re doing all this magical research. Showstopper [laughter] number one, a talking presenter from a single photo. Upload any portrait or photo of yourself and the engine animates realistic facial movements, eye blinks, and lip sync to any script. Plus, you can clone your own voice once, and every video speaks in your authentic voice without you ever having to sit under studio lights. So, it clones your voice, and it also can clone from a picture. Do we have another video to play here? And we’re going to play another one to show you that.

    Hang in there where we find that video.

    It’s 4 in the morning in Portland [music] and the only light on the street is Maya’s. She lifts the lid on yesterday’s starter, smells it, and smiles. It’s bubbly and ready, so the first dough [music] of the day gets mixed by hand. Sourdough [music] can’t be rushed. The wild yeast and bacteria need hours to rise the dough and build flavor. So Maya folds, rests, then shapes each loaf herself, pulling [music] the surface tight so it holds its shape in the oven. [music] Then comes the moment she waits for. The oven door opens, steam rolls out, and the crusts crackle as they cool. At 7, [music] the doors open and neighbors drift in for a warm loaf, a quick hello, [music] and news from down the street. By dusk, the shelves are bare, and the floor [music] is swept. Maya feeds her starter one last time, turns the key, and walks [music] home. Tomorrow, it starts again. And on Saturday at 10:00, she’ll teach you how she does it. Yeah, Maya. Now, if you’ve ever tried using midjourney or generic AI image generators, you know the biggest hair headache is character drift. You know what I’m talking about. How you can’t quite get the character to stay the same. In one scene, your character has brown hair. In scene two, they look completely different. Post solves this with character anchoring. Your brand mascot or character maintains 100% visual consistency across every single slide, every single scene, and every single video.

    Do we have a video that we could show that?

    It’s 7 in the morning at a little corner [laughter] cafe. The owner is wiping the counter full of ideas. A new cinnamon bun, a rainy day special, a thank you to regulars. Then a tap at the window. The bird tucks every idea into its satchel [music] and flies. Bird is the same. Yes. There it sketches the whole week. A post for Monday, a short video for Wednesday, a cozy photo caption for Friday. Plans, words, and videos all in one place. But here’s the part that matters most. [music] Nothing goes out yet. The bird carries the drafts back and waits while the owner reads each one, changes a word here, a photo there, and only then says yes. [music] The owner always decides. By sunset, the week is ready. The cafe owner locks up knowing Monday’s post is waiting [music] and the courier bird flies home over the rooftops. Your ideas, your voice, your say with a little help carrying the load. That was our mascot. Oh, that is so funny. Yeah. So, you saw how the bird of course carried through from scene to scene to scene. I thought we were playing the wrong video. Problem is we we wrote the names of the videos without putting the numbers of the videos down. So, that’s why they’re a little mixed up. All right. Showstopper number three. we’re up to. You get an instant library of 38 pre-rendered expressive character personas across multiple styles. Now, the styles include Pixar style, 3D, anime, cartoon, claimation, and real professional actors, too. Or, as we said, upload your own custom mascot in seconds. Now, a quick poll for the chat for a second. All right, come on back. I need your help on this one. Which video style would you make your first make first for your business? Your clients either yourself or your clients. Do you like type number one for viral short, type number two for whiteboard, type number three for talking spokesperson, or four for brand ad? Put in one, two, three, or four?

    You could also pick five. A story with the same character in every scene if you want

    Dave Todd Don Kel. Okay, this is interesting. All right. Yeah. All right. So, I see I’m seeing mostly ones and threes. I would have thought more twos. The short form vertical videos are pure gold for instant reach. I have to say you did pick every single one of those. Um, all of them got a vote from you, but ones and threes was the most. All right, showstopper number four. And pay close attention here because this is where marketing is heading in 2026 and beyond. And some of you will understand this. This is a little above my pay grade. This is more Rowit style. Generative engine optimization. That’s called GEO. Today, when people look for a plumber, a coach, a software as a service tool, or a restaurant, they don’t just Google it. Not at all. They ask Chat GPT, Gemini, Perplexity, or Claude. Who is the best dentist in North Dallas, right? I do it now. You do it. You ask the actual AI more than you ask Google. I didn’t realize that was called GEO. I forgot that. Post queries. all six AI engines on autopilot and monitors where your brand appears and alerts you whether AI is recommending you or your competitors. So you could see that we do more here with post than just judging you know if it’s a winning post. We do more than just creating the posts and the videos. We actually also do other stuff. That’s showstopper number four. generative engine optimization or more simply we tell you whether you’re up there in the new kind of search engines. Now you never need to run out of ideas again. You could plug in three to five of your top competitors to help you out so to speak because post scans their profiles. I mentioned this briefly earlier. It analyzes hundreds of their recent posts and it flags their highest engaging content. You know, I mean, copying is the greatest form of flattery, and it really doesn’t pay to reinvent the wheel all the time. You could see their winning hooks, adapt the formula in one click, and put your own brand spin on the proven content that’s already out there. Now, we all know that posting the exact same caption on LinkedIn and Tik Tok looks sloppy. Post takes one central brief and automatically rewrites it to match the native culture of each platform. So in other words, it won’t look the same. Right? On LinkedIn, it will be formal and insightful for the professionalism of LinkedIn. Now for Instagram will be punchy with hashtags. Now, of course, Tik Tok and YouTube are very video focused. So it will be that and it will be a long form for WordPress blogs. Now, for those of you who love working with AI agents like Claude Code, ChatGpt, or Cursor, POST includes a full model context protocol. Again, that’s a word that Rohead threw at me. MCP server with 22 built-in tools. Now, let me tell you what this means. You can literally tell your AI assistant, postmus, check our competitor scores and schedule five winning posts for tomorrow. And it executes the entire job through our API. So, we’re actually connected that way to those AIs. Now, there are two distinct ways that you could use this platform starting today. You could use it strictly for your own business to dominate your niche or you can turn around and get paid substantial fees providing this as a premium service to local businesses obviously. So if you use it for your own business, you’re going to of course surge ahead. But selling this as a service, think about that. becoming the social media manager is going to pay you a regular income. So, there’s actually three clear revenue streams if we break it down. Number one, you could grow your own company’s organic reach. You could get more leads and obviously more sales. Stream two is you could charge these local businesses, I say this is on the low end, but $500 to $2,000 every single month to manage their social calendar with proven pre-scored content. There’s ways to charge them even more than that by doing more videos. All right, but let’s say 500 2,000 every month. And stream three is to sell actual user accounts of the software itself and keep 100% of every dollar you collect. Does that mean we’re going to give you reseller accounts? Oh, did we hint at something there? Were we supposed to reveal that yet? I don’t know. Look at the alle cart pricing routinely paid right now. Let’s let’s back this up on how to make money with this. I really want to examine that because so many times, you know, we have a product for you and we say, “Here, go sell it.” And we don’t tell you exactly what, you know, to charge. All right. Look, a single 60-second whiteboard video can honestly sell for $1,500. At least $500, the very least, but can regularly go for $1,000 to $1,500. AI search visibility monitoring sells for $1,000 a month. And even if you offer just one of those deliverables, you have a high ticket agency offer in a box right there. Now, with our agency platinum license included in today’s bundle, remember doing 40 bundles or 40, you know, all access passes. There is zero postmous branding anywhere. You can invite your clients into their own unbranded portal where they could view their scheduled posts. They could approve drafts and they will have a read white labeled monthly performance reports displaying your agency logo. Your agency logo, not ours. So, that’s how you’re going to be getting money from this in another revenue stream. Where do you find your first client? That’s that’s you’ve been asking that for ages right now. Many people here already have clients. I I really would like it if you would help me with this. If you already have a client at all, even if it’s just one, put one in the chat box. And if you don’t have any clients that you’ve ever sold anything to, put two in the chat box. Please help me out on this. I want to see who we’re dealing with today as an overall audience.

    I appreciate your help on this. So, it’s about 50/50. So, about half of you, maybe a little less than half, already have clients that you sell things to and about 50% a little less, a little more don’t, like 55%. So, where do you find your first client? You start right in your own hometown. on your main street, dentists, chiropractors, real estate brokers, roofers, auto mechanics, every single one of them knows they need to be active on social media. They’re all looking for social media managers. This is the big thing. It’s been a big thing for years and it’s become bigger every single year, but they either have zero time or they’re paying an agency thousands for zero results. And now you have a way to really oneup them. So, here is our secret sauce for closing clients with zero cold call anxiety. So, you don’t have to like walk in or call them just, you know, out of the blue. We call it the Trojan horse strategy. This is how you do it. So, I want you to take notes on this part, okay? It’s important. Before you reach out to a business, take their last three Facebook or Instagram posts and run them through the simulator. Right? We have a simulator for you to run those posts through. Send them a short two sentence email or message. Hey, Dr. Smith, I ran your last three clinic posts through our audience simulation software. Your latest post scored 34 out of 100 because of a weak hook. Now, here is a rewritten version that scores an 82 with strong viral reach. Feel free to use it. Go ahead. And if you want me to prescore all your content this month, let me know. When you hand them proof of a problem and you hand them the solution on a silver platter, landing clients, it becomes effortless because you’re giving them something. And it didn’t take that much for you to do it. You you gave them something. Let’s do the math again. 10 clients at the absolute lowest entry level rate of 500 a month equals 5,000 every single month or 60,000 a year. Right? And remember this, your very first client in their very first month covers the entire cost of this webinar bundle more than twice over. Now, on top of the agency capability, you’ll also receive 25 reseller customer accounts. I alluded to that earlier. You could sell these directly to other marketers, freelancers, or local clients. You could keep 100% of the purchase price and our technical team handles all the hosting, all the server costs, and all the customer support for your buyers. Now, this is something you’ve asked us for. By popular demand, you’ve got it. All right. You get 25 reseller customer accounts. They can actually use the software and it will look like it’s coming from you. Now, normally when a software launch of this magnitude goes live on places like JV Zoo, it is sold through a multi-step salesunnel. That’s a front-end product followed by four separate upgrade pages. Let’s look at what each piece would cost if you bought them individually. So, you’ll understand everything that’s going to be in this package because we’re not going to offer right now, not this week, those single pieces. We’re going to offer everything to you. We’re going to have 40 of these for you all in one. But again, keep in mind only 40 bundles are available today. When these 40 are claimed, the special pricing and the bonus credit bundle will disappear. All right, component number one. We’re going to break it down now. You’ve been asking us to get to it. So, we’re going to break it down. Component number one is the core postomus or postonmomous commercial platform. Now that would get you two business workspaces, 1,000 monthly credits publishing to all six networks, full post simulation, AI image generation, and full commercial rights. But component number two, which is also included, is the postenomous pro. This unlocks the full HD 1080p rendering that is videos up to 10 minutes long, the talking photo presenter engine, the voice cloning, and expanded competitor tracking. And by the way, we missed a few videos to show you, and we’re going to play them later for you. So hang in there in case you want to see more examples. We’re going to do that. But first, we want to break this down and get this into your hands. Component number three is our VIP concierge setup. If you don’t even want to paste your website, our internal team, get ready for this, you sitting down, will personally set up three complete business profiles for you. It’s a done for you option that we’re including. We’ll generate a 30-day pre-scored content calendar and produce a custom story video. What? Yeah, we have it done for you in there, all made, ready to go. And component number four, if we were selling this individually,

    is an upgrade your account to 10 businesses. Supercharges your monthly allocation to 5,000 credits every single month, unlocks the white label client portal, and provides our complete agency client contract and pitch deck kit. We’re not done. Component number five, it’s called reseller pro. So component number four was called the agency platform. Component number five is the reseller pro. All of these are going to be like, you know, you get the main, then you go to 1,02, oto3,04, oto5. You’re getting all of it. You get 25 individual software licenses like I was talking about that you could sell at any price you choose and keep 100% of the revenue while we handle the user onboarding and of course the user support. We talked about that just moments ago. Now I know you’re excited and I’m not going to make you wait this time. I’m going to get right into it. If you bought each upgrade individually throughout the launch funnel, you would pay 475 total. But today on this live webinar, you do not pay 475. In fact, you will not even pay the public price that we’re going with this week of 347. All right, we have a special webinar prize for you. To get all those five elements with our exclusive live webinar coupon code, your price on this webinar drops all the way down to 267 just one time. No monthly subscriptions, no hidden maintenance fees. You save $28 immediately. And all you have to do to get it is what? You have to check the link that we’re about to drop into the chat. Let me just check with our other people. Are we dropping that? It’s already there. It’s there. [laughter] Thank you, Lan. Just check the chat. We just sent them 267 with the coupon, one payment, but there is what? Yep, you’re going to be able to get the mega after you get the bundle. Look for the mega bundle. What does that mean? The mega bundle. Why is this so popular? Because if you want all the functionality of the software, you could get it at such an amazing cost. But we have a way for you to be able to take it to like the moon unlimited. You see, basically the mega bundle means unlimited brands, 10,000 credits a month, and priority rendering. All right. So, we actually have a graph here so that you could see what you’ll get with the mega bundle. Now, Lan, can you come in and explain a little bit more about how they can get the mega bundle?

    Yes, they it actually [laughter] I should have checked it out myself because I am assuming that it is and I’m looking right now. Um does Shannon set this up? Um it is the Yes, I see it. Okay, go ahead Shannon. Yeah, it’s it’s on uh checkout. So you have the option on checkout to grab it. If for some reason you miss it on checkout, then um you’ll default to landing on the page. You’ll be able to get it there. but it is upon checkout. You can click um you’ll have the main offer. Make sure you put your coupon in and um then scroll down and you’ll see it uh the option for mega bundle for 247. And make sure you click that box and then check out.

    Okay. And just to review, why would you want the mega bundle? Because it’s only a onetime price. Unlimited brands subject to fair use. That doesn’t mean like infinity. It means unlimited to the point of reason. 10,000 credits a month, priority render queue, unlimited AI presence trackers, early access to new video styles, and priority support. Three steps, about a minute. One, enter the coupon code from the chat and press apply. and then the price drops down to 267. Number two, if you if an affiliate sent you here, you want to check, you know, check their name. It’s in the fine print. And number three, pay just once. Now, let’s start talking about the credits. There’s 5,000 credits a month. Here’s one month worth of credits. I’ll show you what that gets you. 60 social posts, eight branded images, 25 posts scored before they go out, one competitor check, 30 of their posts, one viral short video, and one 15-second video ad. That would run up the $5,000 credits. So, that’s why you may want to go and double that, of course, and get the mega because you get 10,000 credits a month with the mega.

    the other way. Nine apps or one AI writer posts and blog articles in your voice 39 a month. Social media scheduler publishing to six networks, it would have been 2188 a month. We figured it out for you. AI image maker. I mean, if you just add it all up, it would come to all nine jobs that we have listed right here would normally come to $2500 a year if you were doing social media management or doing it for yourself. $2500 instead of $267 just once.

    Now, one payment, $5,000 credits, 5,000 credits of AI work every month. Every credit you spend is AI work that we pay for. We can’t give this to everyone at a one-time price. So, in this session, we only have 40, and by now, we probably have far less. I’ll check with Shannon in a moment on that. When they’re gone, the webinar deal goes with them.

    Todd, if I could interrupt here few people who are not finding the link, if you look at very top menu, you’ll see two chat bubbles and that is where the link is. If you click on those two chat bubbles, you’ll see the live link in there.

    Also, if you want to go ahead and throw in the um question and answer, if you just put link in there, then we can post it there too for you. Yeah, just put link in the question answer box if you don’t see it. Put link in the question answer box and we’ll send it right back to you individually in case you didn’t find the chat.

    Now, for this particular webinar, we’re doing 500 bonus credits. We told you about that in the emails we sent out. Congratulations. We’re also going to do a contest. The contest is basically someone’s already been pre-selected and we’re going to announce who that person is in just a few minutes. We already selected the person just randomly and you’re going to be getting a $50 reimbursement towards your purchase and we will announce that person in just a few minutes. But I also want you to know you get 500 bonus credits for the 40 webinar bundles in this session added once on top of your 5,000 a month credits. That’s a 4minute whiteboard video value if you know what I mean, right? Because that’s what a 4-minute whiteboard video would cost. And that’s a pretty long whiteboard video. All right, so we have some other bonuses for you for today. So, I’m going to go over them one by one one by one for you. Bonus number one, we have the first 30 days playbook. So, no overwhelm, just one simple five minute action step per day guiding you from setting up your brand profile to having a full 30-day pipeline scheduled and running. Bonus number two, the hook bank. 150 proven opening lines across 10 distinct industries. These hooks have all been pre-ested in our simulator with win scores above 85.

    Next, we have bonus number three, the ask for you, ask for it pack. 61 battle tested prompts you can paste directly into post or your connected AI agent to generate targeted campaigns instantly. Bonus number four, client getting scripts. Word forword email and DM templates designed to turn local businesses, local business owners into paying monthly retainers, plus exact scripts for overcoming pricing objections. We want you to try this completely at our risk. So, we have a full 14-day money back guarantee to log in, connect your accounts, score your posts, generate videos, and even pitch your first client.

    Now, if for any reason Post doesn’t blow you away, just send a oneline email to our 247 help desk within 14 days and you will receive a 100% prompt refund through JV Zoo. You’ll have zero downside. All right, let’s recap the four facts. One, it’s a one-time payment today. 5,000 credits plus 500 bonus credits and your 5,000 credits get refilled every single month. Every month. Two, landing just one local client covers your entire investment. Number three, full safety. Nothing ever posts to your channels without your manual review and approval first. I know in the AI age that gets a little dicey. And four, you have two full weeks to test drive everything with zero risk.

    One app, one payment, every feature you’ve seen, 5,000 credits every month, six networks plus WordPress, 25 accounts to resell, four bonuses, 10 businesses, all four video showstoppers that I talked about, run it for clients, three businesses set up for you, for you, and 500 bonus credits while we’re live today on this webinar and I’m losing my voice. I’m going to have to hand it over to you in just a moment,

    but we have another video to show you um because it’s just too good. [laughter] 267 with coupon.

    One website start to finish. A roofing company’s website put through the whole app. It’s brand learned posts written and scored. A video made the week scheduled.

    We’re going to show them the video. Yes. Let’s say someone in the room hands us their website and says, “Show me everything.” So that’s what we did. One local business, a roofing company, put through the whole app, start to finish. No mock-ups. Every screen is the real app, and every score you’ll see is real. Here’s the website, Ridge Haven Roofing. Roof replacements, repairs, storm damage, and gutters. I add them as a new brand and paste in the address. A few seconds later, it has their logo, their colors, and the way they talk. Then, I give it the facts it must always get right. The free inspection with a photo report in 48 hours. Their prices, their warranty, and what it must never promise like a price before the inspection. That’s the brand’s memory. Everything it makes from here comes out of it. Next, their channels: Instagram, Tik Tok, Facebook, YouTube, LinkedIn, and X. The business approves access on each network itself. The app never sees a password. Now, the part most people skip, the competition. I add two roofing companies that are already active on Instagram. It scans 30 posts from each, 60 and all, and ranks them by what really got likes, comments, and views. Then, it turns what worked into ideas this roofer can use. And every idea is backed by a real post. Now, the content. A post with a picture, five networks, and one line in plain English. Storm season is coming. Get a free roof inspection before the next big storm. Here’s what came back. A storm picture with their logo on it. And a different caption for every network. The photo report in 48 hours, their phone number, familyowned since 2009. I didn’t type any of that. It came from the brand’s memory. Before anything goes out, I test it. The simulator reads the post the way their customers would and judges it against those 60 real posts. 62 green light. This one’s built to perform. And it tells me why. The picture stops the scroll. And the first line is local and urgent. It even says what would push it higher. Post it at a better time of day and try it as a video. Now, let’s fine-tune a weaker one. A words only post about gutter guards. 45. Hold off. This needs a rework. It reads like a price promotion. And in this market, posts that tell the problem and the fix do better. So, I press fix the gaps. It rewrites the post with the judge’s notes. The price comes out and the problem and the fix go in. Then a matching picture and I test it again.

    1. From hold off to nearly there before a single customer has seen it. That’s the difference. You’re not guessing what to post. You find out before it goes out. A score is a strong signal, not a guarantee. But it beats posting and hoping. and it said, “Try a video.” That takes one sentence. Three signs your roof needs attention before the next storm. It builds on its own while I get on with the week. Here’s what came back. Most homeowners ignore these three warning signs until it’s too late and water [music] is dripping inside. Sign one, missing or curling shingles. If you see bare spots or shingles that look like potato chips, [music] water’s getting under your roof. Script, voice over, pictures, captions, and music, all from that one sentence, or a whiteboard explainer of what happens at their free inspection.

    You call for a free roof inspection and within 48 hours, someone from Ridge Haven arrives with a ladder, a camera, and a clipboard. They’re not here to sell you a new roof. They’re here to document every shingle, every flashing joint, every trouble spot you can’t see from the ground, so you know exactly what’s going on up there. Now it posts. Nothing goes out until I press post now or schedule. I take the simulator’s advice and schedule it for a better time. And the rest of the week goes on one calendar across every network.

    And if you run this for the roofer, their report goes out with your agency’s name on it, not ours. So from one website, the brand learned in seconds, two rivals scanned, posts with pictures and a caption for every network, posts tested before they go out, a week one fixed from 45 to 61, a video from one sentence, and the week on the calendar. Businesses pay $500 to $5,000 a month to have this done for them. And you can run it for them under your own name. It makes the content. It predicts what can go viral. It posts it.

    Wasn’t that cool? I had Rohit do that for us today because I wanted you to see it actually in action. Really interesting. Now, what I’m going to do is I’m going to actually have you guys come back. I want to remind you of course that the link is in the chat and if you just post in the question answer box you put link we’ll send it to you directly if you don’t see it in the other chat and um now get back to your keyboard because we’re going to choose a winner. We actually did it randomly. We did it while that was playing. It’s completely random. So, please um understand it’s basically um a $50 reimbursement um back to your PayPal email and we’re going to ask you to send your PayPal email and a copy of your receipt for purchasing the software to your [email protected]. And Lan is going to post this directly to you. The person who won and everybody let’s give him a round of applause is Ralph Harris. Ralph, thank you so much for being here today. [applause] Um, and to the hundreds of people that [laughter] weren’t chosen, I’m sorry. Ralph, congratulations. You are the winner of the day. $50. So, we need you to write to us at [email protected] with your receipt and your PayPal email. All right. So, we have a lot of questions coming in, some of which we’re able to scribble down here. So, um, I’m actually going to start reading these questions to you. Some of them came from our beta testers and some of them we’ve snuck in there just now that you just asked us. And keep them coming right now in that question answer box. So, question one, is this really a one-time payment? Because, you know, we’ve had two payments that we talked about for the bundle and for the mega bundle. Yes, you pay once. 267 is what you end up paying with your coupon. Zero monthly subscription here. Yeah. Look, I know it’s confusing because you get 5,000 every single month. Your credits are refilled. You know, we worked it out economically so that we’d be able to do this for the 40 people today. All right. But your credits are refilled every month, but you’re not paying every month. You’re paying just one time. Question number two, what is included in the bundle? Again, you get the entire funnel. That’s the commercial license. So, that’s the basic package. You get the pro upgrade, the VIP concierge setups, the agency platinum, the reseller pro, all five of those things that I went over before. And I’ll have we can repeat them again later. I’ll have Shannon or Luan because I’m my voice is running out. I’ll have them read it to you later if needed. But all five of those are included. Question number three, do I need the bundle to get the mega upgrade? Yes, you first have to get that bundle package, that’s the all access pass first and then the mega upgrade is an enhancement that really stacks on top of it. You’ll see on the thank you page right after checkout what I mean. Question four, can I buy credit topups later? No, we actually don’t sell peace peace meal credit packs and a lot of you asked this. The mega bundle is the single way to lock in 10,000 credits every month permanently. All right, question five. What if I do run out of credits? Well, first remember that posting, scheduling, and connecting accounts never use credits. And if you add your own open AI API key, text writing, and postcoring use zero credits, plus your 5,000 credits refilled fresh every 30 days. Now, I know that sounds a little confusing, so later on I’ll bring Lan, Shannon, and Rohit on to answer if you if you’re confused about what credits count for what. Question six, which networks are supported and will it post without my permission? All right. No, it’s not going to post without your permission. Absolutely never. Which networks are supported? Well, it connects directly via official APIs to Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Tik Tok, LinkedIn X, wish they’d still call that Twitter, and your self-hosted WordPress site. Question seven, do I need to be a tech wizard or have an API key? No. No, not at all. If you could type an email, you can use Postonomous Postmomus. post. It works right out of the box with zero setup. If you happen to have an open AI key, you could paste it in to make text generation free, but it is completely optional. Question eight, how long can videos be? And are the actors real? Now, with the pro upgrade included in your bundle, it’s included. You can create long- form videos up to 10 minutes long in full 1080p as well as vertical shorts. The presenters are photorealistic AI models that look and sound completely natural. They look and sound like real people. You saw that in the demo. Question nine. Can I use this for client accounts? Yes, absolutely. You get 10 dedicated client business slots, unbranded client portal access, and white label reports with your agency logo, plus 25 reseller licenses that you could also sell to clients or other businesses and keep 100% of the revenue if you want to do it that way. And Lann could explain to you later the difference between those two. Question 10, how does the scoring algorithm work and does it integrate with AI agents? Now, the simulator runs multiple synthetic audience personas calibrated to your market and scores your post against hundreds of proven viral posts. And for advanced users, our MCP connector also integrates directly with Claude Code, ChatgBT, and Cursor. Question 11. Who owns the copyright to the content created? Now, that’s a great question. Who asked that one? You own 100% of everything you produce. All images, videos, and scripts belong entirely to you and your clients. And your account access email lands in your inbox immediately after payment. Question 12. Why are we strictly capping this at 40 packages? All right, I’m going to go over this again. We cover the ongoing cloud server costs for your 5,000 monthly 5,000 monthly credits. And if you ever have a question or need technical help, our support desk is staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week by real human support technicians. So, we’re doing this in 40 package um slots. Basically, we have 40 packages now, 40 packages maybe tomorrow. Hey, Todd, that’s actually down under 10. All right. So, it’s not 40 now, it’s 10. All right. Under 10. Nine. So, it’s nine today. And we have a webinar coming up 10:00 a.m. in case you we get sold out, you could come back and get the get it then in case you see that it’s not available. Question 13. How does the guarantee work? All right, the guarantee. And what about affiliate credit? All right, so you have a full 14-day money back guarantee processed directly through JBZoo. And the affiliate credit is like this. We suggest that you check the bottom of the checkout page. just confirm that the affiliate who invited you here, if it wasn’t me directly, um, gets credited for the sale. All right, we’re down to the final handful of bundles here. All right, we have, as you heard, eight or nine left and once this webinar room closes, that 267 price with coupon code and the 500 fast action credit bonus will be disabled. Now, I’m going to bring Lann back on because you guys have asked even more questions since the ones that were able to compile on the screen there. And Len, could you come back on and answer some of those questions? I’ve got to rest my voice and lie down. Yes, absolutely. Well, I have been keeping track of some of the questions that have been a asked already and uh if I if I get to my right sheet, I’ll I’ll let you know. [laughter] Um let’s see. Someone asked, did it does it create hashtags for the post? And the answer to that is yes.

    And I love it that I can use. Can I use this for digital products? Yes, you can. Can I upload a PDF with the information I want Postonomous or Postonomous to use instead of entering a URL? That is a no at the moment, but Roita has on the list of things to do uh very soon. So we will have that ability as well. Uh can the car can the avatar be a character for the posts and videos like for example a children’s book character? Yes. Uh Ponomous look supports custom characters and animated storytelling including 3D storybook style videos. You can create character-based content rather than using a realistic human spokesperson. Is this from a prompt or a full script? Just a simple sentence is all you need. No script. Does it do lip sync? And yes, it does. The lip sync the presenter videos you just saw along the with lip sync were made using a single photo.

    Do I have to ask each client for all their social media passwords? You can create your create their login without Postonomous’s branding and they can connect their channels themselves. What about the voice of the children’s avatar? How can we choose the voice? If or I’m sorry, how can we choose the voice? Or if we already have a voice for that character, how can we have the AI use it? You can use our AI cloning feature to clone the voice and use it for videos.

    Why is it 14 days instead of 30? We pay for the credit during your trial period. So this is why there is a limit of 14 days instead of the standard 30 on our guarantee.

    can post integrate with an existing AI content creation system through an API or web hook, allowing us to automatically submit posts for win score evaluation, receive improvement recommendations and return the optimized content to our workflow. Yes, it comes with MCP as well, so you can connect it with any existing systems. All right. Uh, one other person asked, he’s uh, he says he writes uh, highly re highly researched articles of integrated medicine. Can I share a section and it will work from that so that the facts used are confirmed? Yes, you can create content using your existing research. All right, let me catch up with any other questions we’ve gotten in the uh questions box as well.

    Uh

    hi online. Well, we I’m sorry. Go ahead, Shannon. I was saying Cal is asking is there integrated email component to the product? Not as of right now. I don’t believe we’ll double check with Roit

    uh online. I’m sorry that you were late in coming tonight, but uh we you know we we’ve gone over everything. You have 14 days that you can check everything out if you want to go ahead and purchase this tonight and get that special discount for the webinar at turn attendees that are here. So um you do have that option.

    14 days should give you a good t chance to go ahead and check everything out. And we will also have a we also will have another replay, I’m sorry, another webinar tomorrow morning at 10:00 a.m. Eastern time and you’re welcome to come back for that. You’ll have the same login uh information from goto and a reminder coming to in your email tomorrow about that. If you aren’t able to come to the replay, we will also have to I’m sorry to the webinar. We will also have a replay on the sales page at 11:00 a.m. Eastern time tomorrow.

    Uh the current coupon is good for tonight only. Carl

    Frederick asked about um foreign languages and yes it supports all major languages

    [laughter] slide says this was a great review from a top secret marketing lab.

    Um, David just uh Oh, David, you need Okay, what you need to do and for anyone else who is looking for their particular affiliate, please go back to the email that from the affiliate you want to get credit for this purch for your purchase. go back to that email, click on the link again. Then that should take you to the um at your cookie you and you can click on the link that we gave you and at that time you should see their name. So you you might want to clear your cash before you try to do that. So uh get rid of any cookies that you have. Now you can try that and see if uh your particular affiliate comes up. Uh please do do that before you make your purchase. We do not recommend or do not condone uh anyone ch uh trying to get a refund because the wrong affiliate came up. We always implore you to check out that name on the checkout page before you make your purchase. But thank you for asking about that, David. You know, we really encourage everybody to support the affiliates who brought them here.

    Uh, E, I have um I’m trying to get an answer to you. [laughter] Uh, yeah, I’ve been working on that.

    Um, Elias is asking, “I mean the design I I didn’t see the first part of your question.” So, so I’m not sure what you said before that. Oh, Rohit is answering you. Uh, the design is not customizable. However, it is generic and without any post branding. So, does that answer your question?

    If we have not answered your question, please post it again. Sometimes it’s very difficult to follow the questions on goto. So, please um give us the whole question, not not a partial question. And it will really help us to be able to get a good answer to you.

    Four now. Ah, okay. There’s four left. Thank you, Russ, for coming. We appreciate you.

    So, four left. Four left for tonight. You’re welcome. Was

    um

    Rohe do we have an example of what it would look like? Uh he’ll last his f further question is I would like to know how it looks like when we give customers access to their own campaigns under our agency brand. Do we have a screenshot of that or or um do we have a was that covered on the demo video? I’m not sure that it was.

    Yes, on online we will have but it will be a different discount tomorrow. So do keep that in mind.

    Thank you Brian. We appreciate you being here.

    Um, Rohit, will you want to check out Al Rice? He has a comment there.

    Or um, Shannon, you might want to check that, too.

    Bradley, you certainly can get the mega tomorrow. Yeah, we and um uh just you just need to um

    yeah, come tomorrow at 10:00 a.m. and we’ll have that uh next webinar. and just ask in the chat they said you know you were on tonight’s webinar and uh could I have the link then you won’t if you don’t want to sit it through the entire webinar that’s fine

    Vernon congratulations

    Dave you’ll be able to get mega or anyone else you’ll be able to get mega later if you if you do do not want to purchase it uh tonight after the bundle But just keep in mind that we will um uh you know the price will be going up. So but let us know and uh Shannon just dropped the email. You can write to me there and we can take care of you.

    Elias, understand it if again if you want to come back tomorrow morning uh for the 10:00 a.m. Eastern time webinar, you’ll be able to see the entire presentation at that time or we will have tonight’s replay on the sales page uh starting at 11:00 a.m. Eastern time tomorrow. So either way,

    any other questions? Good night, Vern. Thank you for being here.

    Those are extra credits on us. Yes.

    Yes. That that’s for today.

    Um, Cal, I think we answered that question already. Uh, Cal’s asking, “Is there an integrated email component to this product?” Shannon, I think did you say there there is not at this time? Right.

    Thank you, Abdul. Good night.

    Any other questions?

    So, uh to further answer your question, Cal, is uh Rohit just responded to you at the moment? know, but we have MCPs, so you can hook it up with most of the tools. So that would be that would include email as well.

    Um, e, I will I will email you as soon as I can. [gasps]

    No, Carla, this is not the same product. The done on command is a totally different product. It’s done by the same people, but not the same product.

    Yeah, as Rohit said, it’s a totally different product and it serves different purposes, completely different purposes. So, yeah, and we had quite a few people on here tonight who do own Done on Command and some who also own um our other products. So, one man army

    Um, Shannon, total number of credits if they purchased the mega bundle. Alan wants to know. Yeah, it’s 10,000. They go from 5,000 to 10,000. 10,000, right? Okay. And when you get inside uh after you purchase uh you get you log into your account there is under the billing button on the menu there is a list of all how the credits are used. So you have a very good idea just scrolling down through there how many credits if for to it’ll take you to do whatever your um your project will entail. So that make it easier for you to kind of visualize things. Uh Carlos know this is not on one dashboard. They’re completely separate dashboards from one on command and one man army. Down on command. Let’s see that. Down on command and woman army.

    I just checked the numbers again. One more left. Okay. Um Jim is saying that the bonus documents have the wrong name on them. We’ll check that out. him. I’m not sure why that happened, but

    any other questions?

    You’re welcome, Carlos. We appreciate all of you being here.

    Carla, I’m glad you got it.

    And again, anyone who wants to watch again, we will have the second webinar at 10:00 a.m. tomorrow Eastern time. You’ll get reminders from Goto and you can just click on that link and join us again tomorrow. or you can watch the replay which will be available at 11:00 a.m. when the sales page goes live. You’re welcome, Carla. Good night, Carlos.

    understand allias. I’m glad you think it’s promising. I I really appreciate that.

    And yeah, everything will be shown just like it was tonight. So you’ll have a good idea of what all this can do, which is pretty phenomenal.

    It’s it’s a the kind of product that a lot of people will get to a certain point they’re launching they want to launch their own product and and they get stuck because they don’t know what to do next with uh getting the word out there about that product or they try and they don’t have much success because they didn’t know how to word something or get somebody’s attention and this will take care of that with bells on

    and and this being a a service that you can provide to other businesses, it’s fantastic. It really is going to be just a game changer for uh many people with that ability. One more service that you can offer your current clients

    Oh, excellent, Bradley. Excellent.

    And thank you for being here.

    All right. Again, that the link is in the chat. If you have it, if you’re been sitting on the fence and you’re ready to make that choice, the link is in the chat where the two bubbles are, two chat bubbles. Click on that and you’ll see it. I’m glad Bradley says, “Yeah, this fits my brand.

    Well, they’ve been on for almost two hours. Again, if you’ve been sitting on the fence, you need to make up your mind uh what you’re going to do and get that extra discount tonight. It will be a little less tomorrow. We appreciate all of you showing up. So, we’re giving you some extra uh discount to uh show our appreciation.

    Uh Bradley, if you write to me at your green [email protected], we can make sure that you have um have this

    have those uh videos for your promos. you can make a make an arrangement about that. Uh I will

    put the email in the chat box so that you can have that

    any questions that you have like that. Yeah, don’t hesitate to Whoops. Well, sorry about that. [laughter] I just sent it to one person instead of everybody. Um,

    that’s interesting. Okay, so it is in the chat box. If you have any questions, yeah, please don’t hesitate to write to me there. Paul or I will be responding to you.

    Yes. Uh yeah, Eddie. Yeah. Um those are already available. Yeah.

    [laughter] Yeah. Thank you, Bradley.